Unit 1 Pre
Grammar
I Wybierz odpowiedni czasownik:
1.My grandmother often (is coming/comes/come) to us on Sunday.
11. We (rest/have resting/aren’t resting) in the living room now.
2. George (help/is helping/does not help) mother in the kitchen now.
12. She always (come/comes/is coming) late to school.
3. Andrew’s brother (lives/is living/do not live) in a big house.
13. My father (reads not/isn’t reading/doesn’t read) a book now.
4. They (don’t make/aren’t making/making) cakes now.
14. (Are/Does/Do) they often dance together?
5. A small dog (stands/is standing/stand) in the middle of the picture. 15.You (aren’t having/hasn’t/have not) got any pictures in your room.
6. (Eat you/Do you eat/Are you eating) at the moment?
16.Our mother (isn’t watching/watches/doesn’t watch) TV now.
7. This man (is not playing/does not play/plays) with his child now.
17. (Is/Are/Does) his brother knocking at the door?
8. Judy often (is talking/talks/don’t talk) with her neighbours.
18. What (he does/does he do/is he doing) on Saturdays?
9. Frank (have/is having/has) some fruit on his plate.
19. I read books when I (am having/am/have) got time.
10. Do your parents often (visiting/visits/visit) Warsaw?
20. When (do/are/have) they usually eat lunch?
II Napisz czasownik w Present Simple lub Present Continuous.
1.In our school there (be) some new computers.
2. Cindy’s boyfriend (live) in Texas.
3. We often (meet) together in the club.
4. Dr Green (help) people when they are not well.
5. My brother (listen) to some music in his room now.
6. This book (be) not more interesting than that one.
7. Our father usually (work) at weekends.
8. The boys (not, play) basketball now.
9. There (be) some very old pictures in the museum.
10. We normally (not sleep) long.
III Zapytaj o podkreśloną część zdania:
1.Robert’s sister has got 5 cats at home.
2. In the wardrobe there are only two jackets.
3. My younger sister is drawing something on paper.
4. They often go to the cinema on Saturdays.
5. Cindy visits her friends in New York when she has time.
6. The workers are repairing something in the street.
7. Tom’s mother is the nicest teacher in our school.
8. Our neighbours often write letters to their friends.
9. Mary’s mother is very well.
10. Monica’s father is painting the living room.
IV Zadaj pytania do podkreślonych części zdań:
1.They go to the cinema once a month.
2. He plays tennis on Wednesdays.
3. He does his homework at school.
4. I want to go to the swimming pool.
5. They ate breakfast at 7 o’clock.
6. John gave me a present.
7. He was in London last week.
8. I was hungry last night.
9. Mother cooked a tasty meal yesterday.
10. She is walking with her dog right now.
11. I am waiting for Peter.
12. They are looking at the timetable.
13. He was travelling by plane.
14. He has already found a job.
15. The boys have had their computer for 5 years.
16. I have been a doctor since 2000.
17. He has met an interesting person on the train.
18. They must get up at 6 tomorrow.
19. He can’t go out because he is ill.
20. I am going to pay only $10.
V Przetłumacz na j. angielski:
1.Czy oni mają jakieś prezenty dla nas?
2. Ci ludzie nie są z naszego miasta.
3. Przynieś mi kilka gazet z pokoju.
4. Jak się ma dzisiaj pan Green?
5. Chcesz kilka kanapek?
6. Ojciec Dicka jest w garażu. Naprawia samochód.
7. Czy listonosz często przychodzi do waszego domu?
8. John zwykle chodzi spać później niż jego brat.
9. Co Frank teraz robi? Maluje obraz w swoim pokoju.
10. W lodówce nie ma żadnych pomarańczy.
VI Wstaw czasownik w Present Simple lub Present Continuous:
1.(you, like) ………….. her?
2. He (not, play) ………….. the drums regularly.
3. No, I (not, like) ………….. the band now. I (listen) ………….. to ‘Muse’ these days. (you, know) ………….. them?
4. He’s so boring. He usually (talk) ………….. about his favourite sports team and I’m not interested in it!
5. My girlfriend (not, understand) ………….. why I like heavy metal.
6. Look, he (fall) ………….. asleep again! I can’t believe it!
7. (he, read) ………….. anything at the moment?
8. His father (prefer) ………….. detective stories.
9. (her husband, come) ………….. from Wales?
10. Jay can’t come to the phone. He (serve) ………….. the customers.
11. No, she (not, belong) ………….. to any club.
12. He feels lonely. His girlfriend (study) ………….. in Scotland this term.
13. (he, come) ………….. here often?
14. Oh, I (see) ………….. now, he’s your brother’s best friend.
15. My brother (never, agree) ………….. with me.
16. (their son, stay) ………….. in Edinburgh at the moment?
17. Paddy (not play) ………….. the violin. He’s a drummer.
18. I (usually, visit) ………….. my grandparents on Friday.
19. Sh! We (listen) ………….. to the radio programme on young people.
20. More and more teenagers (join) ………….. youth groups these days.
21. She (prefer) ………….. baggy trousers because she finds them trendy.
22. This weekend all the scouts (paint) ………….. the room where they have their meeting.
23. Every day my brother (save) ………….. some money for an electric guitar.
24. Our house isn’t ready yet so we (live) ………….. here for the winter.
25. More and more students in my school (work) ………….. part-time.
26. I (believe) ………….. our son (understand) ………….. now how dangerous gangs can be.
27. Vicky’s boyfriend (often , take) ………….. her to those heavy metal concerts!
28. My mum (talk) ………….. to my teacher on the phone. I think I might be in trouble.
29. You lied to me yesterday so now I (not believe) ………….. you any more!
30. Could you call me back later? I (watch) ………….. a very interesting documentary now.
31. Anthony has a real gift for languages. He (speak) ………….. Italian, Swedish and Hebrew.
32. We (move) ………….. to a bigger flat. Could you help us transport our furniture?
33. You shouldn’t wear this old-fashioned hat, you (need) ………….. a new one.
34. It (not, snow) ………….. here a lot at this time of year.
Functions
Uzupełnij dialog zdaniami: a-j:
a/ What do you like doing in your free time?
b/ Whereabouts?
c/ What are you planning to do afterwards?
d/ What do you do back home then?
e/ Do you know Italy?
f/ Would you like to go and see it tonight?
g/ And what about you, Martin? What do you do?
h/ So what are you doing over here, Lucia?
i/ How are you finding it here?
j/ So, where are you from Lucia?
Martin: Hello, can I introduce myself? I’m Martin from next door.
Lucia: Pleased to meet you. I’m Lucia.
M: 1) …
L: Well, I’m spending the summer with Mr and Mrs Grey. I’m looking after their children and trying to improve my English.
M: I see. 2) …
L: I’m from Italy.
M: How lovely! 3) …
L: From Pisa. You know it’s famous for its Leaning Tower? 4) …
M: No, I don’t but I’d love to go one day. 5) …
L: I’m studying medicine. My parents are both doctors.
M: Wow! A house full of doctors!
L: 6) …
M: Well, I’m in my final year at university, I’m doing a degree in geology.
L: That sounds interesting. 7) …
M: I’d like to get a job in the oil industry. 8) …
L: Well, it’s different – but so far I am enjoying myself.
M: 9) …
L: Well, I enjoy playing volleyball and going to the cinema.
M: Really! The new Twilight movie is on. 10) …
L: That’s really kind. I’d love to, but I have to babysit this evening.
II Zareaguj w podanych sytuacjach:
1.Someone invites you to a party next weekend. Refuse politely. Say you are going away the next weekend.
2. You want to invite someone to a picnic this weekend. Make a polite invitation.
3. You want to find out what a foreign visitor does in their own country. What question do you ask?
4. The person you are speaking to says he is from France. You know to want where exactly. What one-word question can you ask?
5. Someone you meet asks what you like doing in your spare time. How do you reply?
6. Ask a foreign visitor to your country how they feel about their stay.
Writing
I Przedstaw się na portalu społecznościowym:

Podaj podstawowe informacje o sobie i wspomnij o twojej rodzinie

Napisz, jakie masz hobby i dlaczego je masz

Napisz, jak spędzasz wolny czas (poza swoim hobby)

Zachęć innych, by pisali do ciebie
II Chcesz wziąć udział w imprezie organizowanej przez Centrum Młodzieżowe i byłeś tam by uzyskać informacje. Napisz maila do kolegi.

Napisz, gdzie byłeś i po co

Opisz oferty Centrum

Podaj dobre i złe strony tych ofert

Poproś kolegę o jego sugestie i zachęć, by przyłączył się do ciebie
III Napisz artykuł zachęcający młodych ludzi do podjęcia wolontariatu. Podaj, jakie opcje są dostępne w twoim mieście i co taki wolontariat
może zaoferować młodym ludziom.
IV Napisz rozprawkę o dobrych i złych stronach wolontariatu.
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
Hi everybody! We are Marion and Tara. We’re twin sisters so we’re both fifteen. But we are different. Marion is crazy 1) (at, about, in, on)
everything Japanese. She likes Manga and she thinks the characters and stories are really cool. She’d like 2) (to go, to going, going, go) to
Japan so she is learning Japanese from a CD. Tara is interested in science. When she 3) (will leave, is leaving, leaves, leave) school, she’d
like to study medicine and 4) (work, works, working, will work) in a poor country. There are some things we have 5) (-, at, on, in) common.
We spend our free time together 6) (on listening, on listening to, listening, listening to) heavy metal music. We are big fans of old heavy
metal bands. And 7) (we are also into, we are also in, also we are of, we also are at) water sports. We love windsurfing in summer.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.Sarah decided to stop going out with Mark. (up) Sara decided to ….
2. They are really fond of online social networking. (on) They are really …
3. She’s never had a friendly relationship with her sister. (got) She’s never …
4. After moving into a new house, she had to learn gardening. (take) After moving into a new house, she had to …
5. My love of the theatre began when I was 15. (fell) When I was 15, I ….
III Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
1.Peter’s remarkable talent for music became evident in his (child) …
2. Jimmy’s parents are proud of his unique (collect) … of old coins.
3. The rules of the school competition are the same for all (participate) …
4. What’s your (favour) … social website?
5. London is one of the world’s most multicultural cities with a (mix) … of 300 languages.
IV Przetłumacz na język angielski:
1.It (robi się) … dark. Let’s go back to the hostel.
2. Your new dish (pachnie) … promising.
3. ‘Do you fancy going out tonight?’ ‘(Bardzo bym chciał)…, but I am busy.
4. (Czy muszę mieć) … my equipment?
5. (W którym dniu) … of the week is the judo course?
V Uzupełnij luki jednym słowem:
After dinner I usually 1) … text messages to people from school and my friends. Then afterwards, I 2) … chatting to my friends online. I also
3) … to a social network and I have got a lot of new friends. My parents 4) … understand me – they believe the best way to meet people is
face 5) … face. Anyway, I don’t usually spend more 6) … a couple of hours 7) … night, so I think it’s all right.
Unit 2 Pre
Grammar
I Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple lub Past Continuous:
I 1) (meet) ………….. Carmela two years ago when I 2) (be) ………….. in Madrid on a business trip. I 3) (sit) ………….. in a café with
some business partners when a beautiful young waitress 4) (come up) ………….. to us to take the order. I 5) (speak) ………….. to her in my
broken Spanish and we 6) (fall) ………….. in love with each other at first sight. The next day we 7) (have) ………….. our first date.
II Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple:
1.I (be) ………….. only 3 years old then.
2. When (she, leave) ………….. university?
3. Agatha Christie (not, be) ………….. a good student because she (not, know) ………….. how to spell.
4. I’m not going to put on that sweater! I (wear) ………….. it yesterday!
5. We (write) ………….. a maths test last week. I hope I (not, fail) ………….. it.
6. (they, be) ………….. happy when she (tell) ………….. them the news?
7. I (feel) ………….. stupid when all the kids (laugh) ………….. at me on my first day of school.
8. (you, have) ………….. a uniform when you (be) ………….. a student?
9. (she, be) ………….. present at school yesterday?
10. Her parents (buy) ………….. her a piano when I (do) ………….. that music course.
III Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple lub Past Continuous:
1.We (go) ………….. to France just after the school ended.
2. I couldn’t answer the phone because I (have) ………….. a shower.
3. I (find out) ………….. that my sister was in love with a 50-year-old history professor.
4. When I (see) her ………….. for the first time, she (wear) ………….. a white dress and black high-heeled shoes.
5. They (get) ………….. married two months after they announced their engagement.
6. I’m sorry I couldn’t talk when you called yesterday. I (have) ………….. a big argument with my sister.
7. For the first time we were not late. The performance (begin) ………….. when we arrived at the opera house.
8. We didn’t have much time to talk. He (come) ………….. in just as I (leave) …………..
9. When (he, become) ………….. successful?
10. When I (watch) ………….. TV, my brother (break) ………….. my computer.
11. What (your son, do) ………….. yesterday at 8 pm, Mrs Walker?
12. It (rain) ………….. and the sun (not, shine) …………..
13. What (you, read) ………….. before you (fall) ………….. asleep?
14. While she (complain) ………….. about the noise, he (switch) ………….. on the television.
15. Finally, he (finish) ………….. writing and called it ‘The Cat Waltz’.
16. He (not, finish) ………….. the book before his death.
17. As they (sit) ………….. by the fire, somebody (knock) ………….. on the door.
18. At 7 o’clock my son (surf) ………….. the Internet and I (clean) ………….. the kitchen.
19. No, it (not, snow) ………….. when he (decide) ………….. to leave the house.
20. Eventually, he (give) ………….. me the key to the room.
21. I (paint) ………….. the living room ceiling when I (drop) ………….. my brush on the TV.
22. I (not, do) ………….. my homework last night. I forgot.
23. Where (you, be) ………….. yesterday?
24. I (not, come) ………….. to see you yesterday because I (sleep) ………….. all day.
25. I (be) ………….. tired yesterday and this morning I (wake) ………….. up at 10 o’clock.
26. I’m sorry I (not, see) ………….. you. It’s so dark in here.
IV Wstaw czasownik w odpow. czasie:
1. Our meeting (begin) at 10 o’clock.
2. Wait for me! I (go) to school, too.
3. There (not, be) any demonstrations last month.
4. When he (change) the wheel on the roadside, she (wait) in the café.
5. Tomorrow afternoon we (go) to the zoo.
6. Yesterday at 8 p.m. my mother (help) our neighbour in the garden.
7. His alarm clock (not, ring) and he got up too late.
8. I (talk) on the phone when they (arrive).
9. The day is fine and everybody (sit) in the sun.
10. When he (be) in France last year, he (learn) to speak French very well.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
V Przetłumacz:
Kiedy szedłem do kina, spotkałem Toma, który biegł do apteki.
Ona chce wiedzieć czy Jason mówi po niemiecku.
Julia czekała na Toma przed kinem, ale nie przyszedł.
Gdzie oni jadą w przyszłym roku?
Jak wam się podoba nowe mieszkanie w Pradze?
Na biurku nie ma twoich okularów. Nie wiesz, gdzie są?
Gdy Jack wszedł do pokoju, dzieci rysowały coś na papierze.
Ona nie chciała wracać do domu, więc zjedliśmy lunch w restauracji.
Nie zamierzamy wydawać pieniędzy na drogie hotele.
Dlaczego on zwykle chodzi spać tak późno?
II Zadaj pytania:
1. When he was a boy, he lived in Alabama. Where.....
2. Yesterday at midnight, I was still working. What ……
3. He has got seven rooms in his house. How many…..
4. Jack invited me to a match on Wednesday. When……
5. Peter took Eva’s exercise book home. Whose…..
6. She’s shouting at her younger brother. Who…
7. They’re going to buy a yacht. What ….
8. She was playing the guitar when I returned. What ….
9. Jake’s father lives in Philadelphia. Who… Where….
10. We work in a factory. Where……
VI Przeczytaj biografię i ułóż pytania do podanych odpowiedzi:
One of my greatest heroes is Steve Wozniak. Wozniak was working at Hewlett Packard when Steve Jobs convinced him to become his
business partner. They didn’t have any money so they sold their most valuable possessions to raise their money for their venture. These
included Wozniak’s scientific calculator and Jobs’ Volkswagen camper van. Together they founded Apple. Wozniak wrote most of the
software for the operating system. He created the Apple I for computer enthusiasts and Apple II, the world’s first personal computer, for the
general public. It became one of the most popular personal computers of the 1979s and 1980s. The Apple computer’s big advantage was that
it was easy to use. In 1981 Wozniak was flying his plane when he had a bad crash which resulted in memory loss. In 1985 he and Jobs
received the National Technology Medal from Ronald Reagan, the American president. He finally left Apple in 1987.
1.Where …………..…………..? Hewlett Packard.
2. What …………..…………..? He convinced Wozniak to go into business with him.
3. Did …………..…………..? No, they didn’t.
4. Who …………..…………..his camper van? Jobs did. Wozniak sold his calculator.
5. Who …………..………….. the software? Wozniak did.
6. Who …………..………….. the Apple I for? Computer enthusiasts.
7. What …………..………….. big advantage? It was easy to use.
8. What …………..………….. in 1981? There was a plane crash.
9. Who …………..…………..? The plane? Wozniak was.
10. What …………..………….. receive? They received the National Technology Medal.
11. Did President Obama …………..…………..? No, it was president Reagan.
12. When …………..………….. Apple? In 1987?
VII Ułóż pytania do tekstów na s. 22 w podręczniku:
I tekst:
1.Who / work / in shipyard in Philadelphia?
2. Why / he / do / experiments with springs?
3. What / happen / to one of the springs?
4. Why / he / decide / to turn the invention into a toy?
5. Who / invent / the name ‘Slinky’?
6. How many springs / the company / sell / in 90 minutes?
7. How many springs / the company / make / every year?
II tekst:
1.What / be / the problem with zip fasteners?
2. What / he / notice / when he came back from a walk?
3. What / he / see / under a microscope?
4. What idea / come / to his mind?
5. Who / he / develop / Velcro with?
Functions
I Przeczytaj email, następnie odpowiedz na pytania zgodnie z mailem.
Hi Martina, I am back from our trip to the Natural History Museum. What an amazing experience! I loved the huge skeletons of dinosaur but
I thought the fossil collection was a bit boring. There was an amazing exhibition about Darwin. I took one of their audio guides – it was
excellent. I learned such a lot. They queue for the restaurant was terrible, but it was bright and clean and the food was good value for money.
The only thing I didn’t like was the behavior of some of the school children who were visiting. Where were their teachers, I wonder?
Love, Jeremy
1.Which exhibition did you find the most interesting? …………..…………..
2. Which one did you like the least? …………..…………..
3. Did you visit any of the temporary exhibitions? If yes, which one? …………..…………..
4. Did you hire an audio guide? Yes / No. If yes, how did you find it? …………..…………..
5. Did you visit the restaurant? Yes / No. If yes, how did you find it? …………..…………..
6. Overall, how do you rate your visit?
a waste of time
poor
satisfactory
7. Further comments …………..…………..
very good
excellent
II Przeczytaj informacje o Biskupinie i napisz pytania do ankiety:
Biskupin is Poland’s oldest archaeological site. It is almost 3000 years old. You can travel there by a narrow gauge railway. There is a
permanent museum there that shows all aspects of prehistoric life. During the Biskupin festival in September, you can go to concerts, watch
tournaments, witness ancient handicrafts and learn more about the mysteries of underwater archaeology.
The train
1.…………..…………..
Yes, I did, it was a funny way of getting to the site. The children enjoyed it a lot.
The museum 2. …………..………….. Yes, we did. The children got a little bored but my husband and I found it interesting.
3. …………..………….. No, we didn’t. We just walked around on our own and read the brochure.
The festival
4. …………..………….. Yes, we all loved it. It was wonderful to see all the old arts and crafts in action.
5. …………..………….. The underwater archaeology. Definitely! We all thought that was the best!
The food
6. …………..………….. The food was OK and god value for money. The queues were very long. I think they needed more
staff and tables where people could sit down.
Comments 7. .…………..…………..
We had a really great time. They could make it better for families by having a play area for
children and activities like colouring books and quizzes to keep them busy during the visit.
Writing
I Napisz maila do kolegi z wycieczki, na której jesteś.

Napisz, gdzie jesteś i z kim

Napisz, co już zwiedziliście i co się najbardziej podobało i dlaczego

Napisz o zakwaterowaniu i jedzeniu na wycieczce

Napisz, jaką przygodę miałeś na wycieczce
II Napisz artykuł do gazety dotyczący jakiegoś wynalazku, np. smartfona czy samochodu. Napisz, dlaczego jest on tak ważny dla człowieka.
Napisz też o złych stronach tego wynalazku.
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwe słowo:
Wayne Mushrow 1) (lives, lived, is living, was living) in a coastal Canadian town and working as a milkman. He was a known keen diver
who loved 2) (exploring, explore, explored, to exploring) the seabed. One day, 3) (after, while, before, until) he was swimming near an island
off the coast, he 4) (found, founded, was finding, was founding) an old anchor and some French coins from the 17 th century. He decided 5)
(search, searching, to search, searched) the place again. While he was looking around, he noticed a small shiny object in the sand. He dug it
out and took it home. But when he washed it and removed the dirt, he 6) (sow, sew, saw, seed) an object he couldn’t identify. After searching
through encyclopaedias and navigation books, he learned that his 7) (discover, discovery, discoveries, discoverer) was an instrument called
an astrolabe. It was used by sailors to measure latitude. Mushrow’s mystery object was 350 years old and probably 8) (come, comes, came,
was coming) from Portugal.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.When I arrived, Jane was having dinner. While …
2. We found the hotel and afterwards we went sightseeing. After …
3. Can you help me? I wonder …
4. Why don’t we take the bus to the museum? How about …?
5. In my opinion, you need a bit of luck to be successful. As far …, you need a bit of luck to be successful.
III Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
1.You need to study a lot to become a (profession) … explorer.
2. It is difficult to make complicated (calculate) … without computer software.
3. Maria Skłodowska-Curie is the only Polish (physics) … who has been awarded the Nobel Prize.
4. She’d like to become a fashion (design) …
5. Alexander Fleming was a modest but a brilliant (science) …
IV Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasach:
1.Why (powiedziałaś mu) … about my problems?
2. Who (zaprosił cię) … to the party?
3. I (całkowicie się nie zgadzam) … . I think we should wait.
4. They saw the flat, (a następnie) … they signed the contract.
5. What (miał na sobie) … when you last saw him?
V Uzupełnij luki jednym słowem:
You may think 1) … strange that we don’t call 2) … whole of America Colombia, rather 3) … a single country 4) … South America. This is
because America is named 5) … the Italian sea captain Amerigo Vespucci. He was a sailor 6) … explored the coast of the new world. 7) …
map maker called the continent America, and the name stayed.
Unit 3 Pre
Grammar
I Wstaw ‘used to’ w odpow. formie:
1. When I was a child I … live near the coast.
2. (you )… live in that old flat?
3. I (not) … like tennis but I love it now.
4. We (not) … have a pet but now we have three dogs.
II Wstaw odpowiednią formę used to:
1.I (smoke) ………….. when I was younger.
2. (she, wear) ………….. glasses when she was in primary school?
3. The actress (be) ………….. famous for her films but now she works in a shop.
4. My daughter (not, like) ………….. her form tutor because he was very strict.
5. I (like) ………….. my classmates because they were very friendly.
6. My sister (not, believe) ………….. in ghosts and I couldn’t scare her easily.
7. (Albert Einstein, have) ………….. problems at school.
III Przepisz zdania wstawiając used to jeśli to możliwe:
1.I played for the football team when I was at school.
2. My family went on holiday to Scotland every year.
3. I started piano lessons when I was 6.
4. Our team won the cup three times.
5. My brother and I liked writing plays.
6. My father often worked overtime when he was younger.
7. Every time he came to visit me in Warsaw my friends gave a party.
8. When Susan was a student she never talked about her friends behind their backs.
9. They had many friends in their hometown but now in London they feel very lonely.
10. Robert didn’t smoke before but now he smokes like a chimney.
11. He lived near the mountains, and sometimes our elder brother took us climbing.
12. In the 1980s only a small number of people knew how to use the Internet, now it’s very different.
IV Wybierz właściwy czasownik. Czasem oba są poprawne.
1.How many times (did you lose / did you use to lose) your documents?
2. When my children were younger they (used to / would) spend a lot of their free time outdoors.
3. When I was a child I (would / used to) believe in Santa Claus.
4. My neighbour (would live / lived) abroad for many years.
5. Jack (played / used to play) computer games when he was at primary school.
V Wstaw, gdzie możliwe ‘used to’ albo Past Simple:
1.Biggs ………….. (be) a carpenter before he ………….. (become) a train robber.
2. Before he ………….. (come back) to England, Biggs ………….. (live) in Brazil.
3. He ………….. (invite) guests to a barbecue, where he ………….. (tell) them about his life.
4. His guests ………….. (pay) $50 for the privilege! Then he ………….. (try) to sell them a T-shirt that said ‘I know someone who went to
Brazil and met Ronnie Biggs’.
5. The outlaw Jessie James ………….. (live) a short and violent life.
6. He …………..(hold up) banks and trains. People call him a Robin Hood but as far as I know he ………….. (not share) the money he stole
with the poor.
VI Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple lub Past Perfect:
1.She (discover) ………….. that he (have) ………….. a love affair with another woman.
2. (they, break) ………….. into your house before you (buy) ………….. an alarm system?
3. And then she (see) ………….. that somebody (steal) ………….. her purse from the office.
4. The student (say) ………….. that he (not, cheat) ………….. in an exam before.
5. He (spend) ………….. 6 years in prison before he (escape) …………..
6. She (tell) ………….. the police yesterday that she (not see) ………….. her husband for three months.
7. How long (you, know) ………….. him before he (steal) ………….. all your money?
8. They (come) ………….. to the bench and (talk) ………….. to the judge.
9. The boys (vandalise) ………….. four phone boxes before the police finally (catch) ………….. them.
10. The shoplifter (leave) ………….. the store before the security guard (notice) ………….. anything.
11. We (go) ………….. to France just after the school ended.
12. She (not, know) ………….. anything about love until she (meet) ………….. Henry.
13. Margaret (oversleep) ………….. that morning because she (forget) ………….. to set her alarm clock.
14. We (arrive) ………….. at the station late. The train (leave) ………….. 5 minutes before.
15. In 1965 my parents (move) ………….. into what (be) ………….. a storage place before.
16. I (be) ………….. very nervous because I (not, give) ………….. a speech to a big audience before.
17. For the first time we were not late. The performance (begin) ………….. when we (arrive) ………….. at the opera house.
18. Tom (decide) ………….. to break up with her because she (let) ………….. him down many times.
19. I (not, know) …………..…………..much about Greek cuisine until I (go) ………….. to Athens last year.
20. My cousin (send) ………….. many CDs before he finally (get) ………….. a job.
21. She (start) ………….. different courses before she (choose) ………….. the one that (suit) ………….. her.
22. By 2003, he (star) ………….. in three Hollywood films.
23. After the lightning (strike) ………….. him for the 6th time, his name (be) ………….. put in the Guinness Book of World Records.
24. When they (introduce) ………….. me to her, I (realize) ………….. I (see) ………….. her somewhere before.
4. The driver who (cause) the accident, (have to) be taken to hospital.
VII Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple lub Past Perfect:
1. Before we (set) out, we (spend) a few hours checking the boat.
2. She (write) a lot of poems by the time she (die).
3. After I (lose) my wallet, I (go) the bank for a loan.
5. Many months (pass) before they finally (decide) to get married.
6. By the time Mr Palmer (call) the police, the burglar (escape) with their loots.
7. Who (the flat, belong to) before you (move) in?
8. Jane (not, be) at home when I (come). She (go) shopping.
9. Sean (be) late. His car (break) down on the road.
10. By the time we (arrive), other tourists (book) all the rooms in the hotel.
11. They (start) working hard after I (reprimand) them strongly.
12. She (already, practice) judo for 4 years when she (win) the world championship.
13. We (not, meet) until he (come) up and (introduce) himself.
VIII Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple, Past Continuous lub Past Perfect:
1. She (drive) very fast when the accident (happen).
2. She (spend) all her money before father (come) back.
3. When I (come) to the station I (see) that the train (already, leave).
4. At half past nine she (still do) her homework.
5. I didn’t have much time to talk. He (come) in just as I (leave).
6. While we (listen) to the concert, somebody (knock) at the door.
7. When I (see) her the first time, she (wear) a white dress and high-heeled shoes.
8. She (correct) her students’ essays all day yesterday.
9. When I (come) in, it (be) cold in the room because someone (leave) the window open.
10. We (meet) him just after he (learn) about his mother’s death.
IX Połącz zdania używając słów w nawiasach:
1. I read the letter. I threw it away. (when)
2. He passed his driving test. He bought a car. (as soon as)
3. I took the book back to the library. I finished reading it. (when)
4. I didn’t go to bed. I did my homework. (until)
5. I spent all my money. I went home. (by the time)
6. I read the book. I saw the film. (before)
7. Her children left home. She started working. (after)
8. I was hungry. I didn’t eat all day. (because)
X Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple lub Past Perfect:
I 1) (go) ………….. to the cinema with Terry last week. We 2) (see) ………….. a very good film. Terry 3) (see) ………….. it before so he
4) (know) ………….. the plot. It 5) (be) ………….. directed by Stanley Kubrick. I 6) (never, hear) ………….. of him before that but after
the film I 7) (start) ………….. reading about him on the Internet. I was searching the Internet late one night when my mum 8) (come)
………….. into my room. She 9) (see) ………….. the light on and 10) (think) ………….. something 11) (happen) ………….. She 12) (tell)
………….. me to switch off the computer and go to sleep.
XI Wstaw Past Simple, Past Continuous i Past Perfect:
On Wednesday 7 August 1963 the overnight post-office train to London 1) (leave) ………….. Glasgow station as usual. It 2) (carry)
………….. £2.3 million in cash – about 30 million pounds in today’s money – and 70 postal workers. It 3) (approach) ………….. London
when the driver 4) (see) ………….. a red signal and 5) (stop) ………….. . He 6) (not, know) ………….. that someone 7) (change) …………
the signals. One of the 15 gang members 8) (get on) ………….. the train and 9) (hit) ………….. the driver. When the gang 10 ) (put)
………….. the sacks of money into a van they 11) (drive) ………….. to their hideout on a farm. While they 12) (drive) ………….. there
they 13) (listen) ………….. carefully to police radio messages. Once they 14) (share) ………….. the money, they 15) (leave) …………..
each other. The police 16) (find) ………….. the farm where the gang 17) (hide) ………….. but they 18) (already, go) ………….. . All the
same, in the following weeks the police 19) (catch) ………….. most of the gang members, who 20 (get) ………….. long prison sentences.
Most of the money from the robbery is still out there somewhere.
Functions
I Imagine two people mugged you while you were waiting for a bus. Answer the questions:
Police Officer: Hello, can I help you?
P: Can you describe the first person?
You: 1) …
Y: 6) …
P: Oh dear. Where did it happen?
P: And the second person?
Y: 2) …
Y: 7) …
P: I see. And what did they take?
P: Was there anything special about them?
Y: 3) …
Y: ) …
P: Can you describe the items?
P: I’d like you to fill in this form, please.
Y: 4) …
Y: 9) …
P: Did they threaten you?
P: And can you give me a phone number in case we need to contact you?
Y: 5) …
Y: 10) …
II Z notatek a-f utwórz pytania, a następnie wstaw je w odpowiednie miejsce:
Iwona: Excuse me, could I bother you for a minute?
Manager: 1) …………..
I: It’s my handbag. I left it under my seat while I was watching the film. Now it’s not there any more.
M: 2) …………..
I: Well, it’s a red bag made of cloth with a large strap.
M: 3) …………..
I: In the middle row with my friend, Madeleine.
M: 4) …………..
I: Screen 5, I think. The one with the new Twilight movie.
M: 5) …………..
I: No, there wasn’t, but there was a couple sitting behind me.
M: 6) …………..
I: No, they looked just like a normal couple.
a/ where / you / sit?
b/ be / anyone / next to you?
c/ they look / suspicious?
d/ Yes, certainly, what / seem / be / problem?
e/ Oh dear. What / it / look like?
f/ And which screen / you be / in?
III Dopasuj:
1.Hey – What on earth …
2. I found it in the toilets - …
3. I’m really sorry - …
4. Don’t worry about it, my dear - …
5. Yes, I am. Someone took it …
6. Oh dear, the same thing …
7. Well, the money and mobile aren’t there, …
8. That’s a relief - …
9. About 60 euros, I think …
10. You’d better cancel your card …
11. Yes, you’re right - …
12. And were there …
13. Luckily, they’re here …
14. Yes, when it happened to me …
a/ … but my student card and address book are still there.
b/ … thank goodness they didn’t take them.
c/ … while I was watching the film.
d/ … before they try to use it.
e/ … I didn’t mean to accuse you.
f/ … I’ll do it as soon as I get home,
g/ … are you doing with my bag?
h / … so how much money was in the bag?
i / … I had to change my locks.
j/ … I was just coming to hand it in.
k/ … and of course my banker’s card.
l/ … I expect you’re upset.
m/ … any keys in the bag?
n/ … happened to me once. So, what’s missing?
Writing
I Napisz list do kolegi opisujący twoją przygodę związaną z przestępstwem.

Poinformuj, kiedy i gdzie twoja przygoda miała miejsce

Opisz zdarzenie i osoby biorące w niej udział

Napisz, jak ty zareagowałeś jako świadek

Poinformuj go o przesłuchaniu cię przez policję
II Napisz maila do kolegi w sprawie pożyczonego od niego roweru.

Napisz, co przydarzyło się rowerowi i w jakich okolicznościach

Przeproś i napisz, z czyjej winy rower został uszkodzony

Zaproponuj, co możesz zrobić z rowerem

Zapytaj, co kolega sugeruje i zaproponuj dodatkową rekompensatę
III Napisz artykuł do gazety będący sprawozdaniem z napadu na bank. Wykorzystaj historię z ‘Red-headed League’.
IV Ćwiczenie 12 ze strony 39.
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
A robber returned to the scene of the crime to express his love for the woman he 1) (robbed, was robbing, had robbed, used to rob). During
the hold-up, Bruno Perez had forced a post office worker Lucia Marcelo 2) (to hand over, hand over, handed over, handing over) the money
at gunpoint. After the robbery, he couldn’t 3) (stopped thinking, stop thinking, stop to thinking, stop think) about her. The following day he
4) (buy, used to buy, would buy, bought) a bunch of flowers with the money he 5) (stole, had stolen, was stealing, used to steal). He then
went back to the post office to speak to Lucia. 6) (While, During, As soon as, By the time) he was apologizing for his actions and asking her
out for a date, the girl 7) (pressed, had pressed, was pressing, used to press) a secret alarm. The police arrived a few minutes later and 8)
(arrested, had arrested, was arresting, was arrested) the man.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.There was too little evidence to find him guilty. (enough) There was …
2. In the 19th century, a noble family lived in this place. (used) In the 19 th century, a noble family …
3. I used to stay at home with a nanny when I was a small child. (would) I …
4. I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to hurt you. (purpose) I’m sorry. I didn’t hurt you …
5. The jury found the man guilty of murder. (accused) The jury …
III Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
1.We are going to have an alarm installed due to a number of (burgle) … committed in this area.
2. A few teenagers have been accused of software (pirate) …
3. Everyone noticed his (suspect) … behavior.
4. I’ve always wanted to become a (law) …
5. After a long (investigate) …, the police caught the arsonist.
IV Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasie:
1.(Zanim) … the police arrived, the burglar had already escaped.
2. I (kiedyś nie mieszkałem) … in such a big city.
3. We used to spend the holidays with our parents. They (zabierali nas) … to different places every summer.
4. In court, the witnesses always testify (pod przysięgą) …
5. Can you tell me (co się stało)…?
V Uzupełnij luki jednym słowem:
TV series like CSI are transforming millions of viewers 1) … armchair detectives. The phenomenon is entering 2) … classrooms and
courtrooms. Universities are seeing a dramatic increase 3) … applications to study on forensic science programmes. In court, prosecutors are
facing greater pressure 4) … juries to present more scientific evidence. People believe that 5) … can solve every crime the way they do 6) …
TV. But in real life it takes much longer, scientists have to do 7) … paperwork and they 8) … be working on 20 cases at the same time.
Unit 4 Pre
Grammar
I Wstaw czasownik w Present Perfect:
1. ……………you ever…………… (write) to a film star?
2. I (meet) …………………………my boyfriend’s parents only once.
3. …………your sister ……………… (get) engaged yet?
4. We (not choose) ………………………… an engagement ring yet.
5. Jim and Melanie aren’t here today. They (go) ………………………… to their cousin’s wedding.
6. My mum is angry because my dad (forget) ………………………… it’s her birthday today.
II Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple lub Present Perfect:
1. We (have) ………………………… our first date on Valentine’s Day last year.
2. He (ask) ………………………… her to marry him already.
3. My mum (ask) ………………………… my dad to marry her when they were both five.
4. My grandparents (be) ………………………… married for 50 years and they are still very happy.
5. Phone the vet! My dog (eat) ………………………… my ring!
III Napisz zdania w Present Perfect lub Past Simple.
1. you / eat / here / before?
2. when / you / come / here?
3. how long / you / live / in Brighton?
4. I / not meet / many people / yet.
5. I / join / a tennis club / last month.
6. I / like / tennis / but / I / not play / for a long time.
7. you / finish / your exams / yet?
8. Yes, I have. I / finish / on 5th July.
IV Wstaw czasownik w Present Perfect lub Past Simple:
1.I (work) ………….. very hard when I was in Paris.
2. I (hate) ………….. cats since I (be) ………….. a child.
3. For the last 15 years my parents (live) ………….. in Sydney, Australia.
4. Emily Dickinson (write) ………….. many well-known poems.
5. Both my grandparents (die) ………….. about ten years ago. They (love) ………….. each other very much.
6. Steven is very thirsty. He (not, drink) ………….. anything all day.
7. Chopin (compose) ………….. a lot of wonderful music.
8. Tom is my best friend. I (know) ………….. him for ten years now.
9. He (do) ………….. some sightseeing in Chile for two weeks, then he (fly) ………….. to Peru.
10. My mother is really happy because she (pass) ………….. her driving test.
11. We (move) ………….. to Warsaw when I (be) ………….. a small child.
V Wstaw czasowniki w Past Simple lub Present Perfect:
1. A: (you, do) …………………….. your homework?
B; Yes, we (finish) …………………….. it before dinner.
2. We (look) …………….. for the new Blast CD in all the music shops but they haven’t got it. The shops (sell) ……….. them all yesterday.
3. A: I (lose) …………………….. my new English dictionary. B: Oh, No! Where (you , lose) …………………….. it?
4. They (win) …………………….. three table-tennis tournaments when they were at school.
5. How many times (you, travel) …………………….. by plane?
6. (he, visit) …………………….. his grandparents yet?
7. I (not, ride) …………………….. a horse much this summer.
8. We (always, be) …………………….. proud of Mark.
9. Nobody (renovate) …………………….. this house since the Browns (go) …………………….. to England last year.
10. His alarm clock (not, ring) …………………….. and he got up too late.
VI Wstaw ago, already, ever, since, just, lately, never, yet:
1. Have you seen Mel Gibson’s new film ……………………………..?
2. Has she …………………………….. made a parachute jump?
3. We have …………………………….. been to Australia, so we are going to Africa this summer.
4. Ed has lived in Poland …………………………….. 1992.
5. A: Have you seen Robbie ……………………………..?
B: No, he’s gone to Brazil.
6. Many years …………………………….. this town was just a small village.
7. She has …………………………….. accepted an offer and started working with us.
8. I have …………………………….. heard such a stupid joke.
VII Czasownik w nawiasie wstaw w odpowiednim czasie: Present Simple, Present Continuous i Present Perfect:
1. My grandmother often (come) …………………………………….. to us on Sunday.
2. Peter (never, speak) …………………………………….. with our boss before and that’s why he is so nervous.
3. Mum is in the kitchen. She (make) …………………………………….. sandwiches for the children.
4. He (finish) …………………………………….. reading the book and he can lend it to you.
5. What (the children, do) …………………………………….. now? They’re so quiet.
6. When (they, usually, eat) …………………………………….. lunch?
7. “(you, tell) …………………………………….. Nigel everything?”
“No, I (not, see) …………………………… him recently.”
8. I (not, be) …………………………………….. abroad yet.
9. Next Sunday my father (go) …………………………………….. on a conference to Italy.
10. Where (you, go) ………………………………………………… next weekend?
11. “(Betty, ever, be) ………………………………………………… to hospital?” “Yes, she (be) ……………………… there twice.
12. Andrew’s brother (live) ………………………………………………… in a big house.
13. Tommy (not, do) ………………………………………………… his homework and he can’t go to the playground with you.
14. What (she, often, do) ………………………………………………… on Saturdays?
15. The children (sing) ………………………………………………… a song at the moment. Listen to them.
16. The day is fine now and we (sit) ………………………………………………… in the sun.
17. Tom (break) ………………………………………………… two fingers lately.
18. He (already, visit) ………………………………………………… Poland many times.
19. Listen! Somebody (knock) ………………………………………………… at the door.
20. She (have) ………………………………………………… two operations so far.
21. “(you, open) ……………………………… the box yet?”
“Yes, I (already, do) ……………………… it.”
22. Judy never (talk) ………………………………………………… to her neighbours.
23. Frank and Lucy (stand) ………………………………………………… at the bus stop now.
24. (they, play) ………………………………………………… bridge tonight?
25. He (pass) ………………………………………………… his exam and is happy about it.
27. (they, often, dance) ………………………………………………… together?
28. It’s getting colder because autumn (already, come) …………………………………………………
29. Our cat always (sleep) ………………………… in the kitchen.
30. My mum usually (wash) ………………………… her car on Sundays.
31. Our neighbour (not drive) ………………………… to work this week. His car is in the garage.
32. I (not study) ………………………… today because I am ill.
33. My friend never (go) ………………………… to the library during holidays.
34. ………… you ……………… (read) a good book at the moment?
35. ………… he usually ……………… (get) the bus to work?
36. Jazz (come) ………………………… from the USA.
37. ………… you ………………(know) Tom and his sister?
38. I can hear the children. They (play) ………………………… in the garden.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
VIII Zadaj pytania do podanych zdań.
He works in a factory. When …………………………………………………
We are looking for Peter’s credit cards. What ……………………………………..
We have asked him ten questions. How many questions ……………………………………..
They are eating sandwiches now. What ……………………………………..
We usually go to bed at 11 p.m. What time ……………………………………..
We want to see Robert’s new car. What …………………………………………………
You have written two letters to your friends. How many letters …………………………………………………
I am thinking about my girlfriend? Who …………………………………………………
She often meets him at the disco. Where …………………………………………………
He is playing chess at the moment. What …………………………………………………
Our mother goes out at 7 a.m. What time …………………………………………………
They drink coffee for breakfast. What …………………………………………………
Tom has been to Italy twice. How many times …………………………………………………
Andrew is waiting for his sister. Who …………………………………………………
You’re watching TV now. What …………………………………………………
IV Wstaw czasownik w Present Perfect lub Past Simple
Eliza Kubarska is one of the most courageous women I 1) (ever, hear) ………….. about. She is a climber, and in her career she 2) (go)
………….. to some of the most challenging places on Earth. Her passion 3) (take) ………….. her to Mali, the Himalaya and the Atlas
mountains. When she was in her teens she 4) (win) ………….. the Polish speed-climbing championship. When she 5) (be) ………….. a
student, she 6) (go) ………….. to the Warsaw Academy of Fine Art. In 2007 she and her climbing partner 7) (complete) ………….. a new
route up a granite wall in the Atlas mountains. She 8) (also, climb) ………….. the highest cliff face in the world which is in Greenland. It
rises 1,600 metres out of the sea, so she and her climbing partner 9) (have to) ………….. arrive at the bottom of the cliff by kayak. A few
years ago she 10) (find) ………….. a climbing school just for girls in Warsaw.
V Wstaw czasownik w Present Perfect lub Past Simple
Zoe: Hello, Carol. I 1) (not, see) ………….. for a while. Where 2) (you, be) …………..?
Carol: I 3) (just, come back) ………….. from New Zealand.
Z: New Zealand! Wow! Why 4) (you, go) ………….. there?
C: Well, we 5) (go) ………….. to visit Andrew’s older sister and her family. They 6) (emigrate) ………….. 15 years ago just after they 7)
(get) ………….. married. His sister is scared of flying, so they 8) (never, come back) ………….. to England in all that time.
Z: How long 9) (you, stay) …………..?
C: We 10) (be, there) ………….. for two months altogether. We 11) (stay) ………….. with his sister for a month and then 12) (travel)
………….. around. 13) (you, ever, be) ………….. there?
Z: No, I 14) ………….. . The furthest I 15) (ever, travel) ………….. is Spain! What’s it like?
C: It’s got the most fantastic scenery 1 16) (ever see) ………….. We 17) (see) ………….. mountains and glaciers too. We also 18) (go)
………….. to a Polynesian festival called Pacifica and we 19) (visit) ………….. the All Black’s Rugby Museum!
Functions
I Wstaw: don’t we, how about, how far, how long, I’d like to, let’s have, shall we, that’s a good idea, we could, what if:
Mark: Which route 1) … take? There are so many to choose from.
Jenny: This wooden architecture route looks interesting.
M: Yes, I’ve never seen anything like it before.
Paul: OK. Then why 2) … choose this one? There are some marvelous wooden churches and manor houses to see.
M: Yes, but it seems very long to me.
P: That’s true. 3) … miss out some of the sights.
J: Yes, but that would be a pity. 4) … taking the Łemko route 0 that’s a bit shorter. It goes through the territory of the Łemko people.
P: Yes, 5) … We can do another one next time. 6) … does this one take?
J: Well, three or four days I think.
M: Three or four days! 7) … is it?
P: Well, let me see… 700 kilometres. The scenery looks so beautiful too.
M: You’re right but I don’t want to see it all from a car. 8) … we spend a week on the trip?
P: Yes, that way we can see a lot more of the things that interest us.
M: OK. 9) … a look at the hostels and campsites where we can stay.
P: 10) … take our bikes too. I don’t want to be in a car all the time.
J: Yes, you’re right. We can choose somewhere as a base and then cycle around.
II Ułóż zdania:
1.it / how / is / from / far / London to Bristol / ?
2. long / coach / it / take / get / does / to / how / there / by / ?
3. know / to / I’d / the / Liverpool / like / times / trains / of / to
4. at / have / a / timetable / the / let’s / look
5. train / overnight / how / the / about / taking / Edinburgh / to / ?
6. don’t / we / tourist office / information / to / go / the / for / why / ?
III Zareaguj w następujących sytuacjach:
1.You want to watch a documentary on TV tonight about Japan. Make a suggestion with how about.
2. You want to know the distance between Warsaw and Gdańsk. Make a question with how far.
3. You want to know the time you need to travel from London to Liverpool by coach. Make a question with how long.
4. You want to play table tennis. Suggest a game of table tennis to your friend with why don’t.
5. Suggest having a look at a guidebook to New York with shall we.
Writing
I Napisz wiadomość dla kolegi po wizycie w biurze podróży, z którego wziąłeś ulotki o trzech hotelach (s. 52), w których moglibyście się
zatrzymać.

Napisz, gdzie byłeś i po co

Przedstaw oferty zakwaterowania

Wybierz jedną i przedstaw jej dobre i złe strony

Poproś kolegę o opinię i szybką odpowiedź
II Napisz maila z zapytaniem do hotelu, w którym chciałbyś spędzić kilka dni.

Napisz kiedy i na jak długo chciałbyś przyjechać

Dowiedz się o warunki (rodzaj pokoi, zaplecze)

Zapytaj o zniżki i opłatę za rezerwację

Poproś o przysłanie ci cennika i zdjęć pomieszczeń hotelowych
III Opisz swoje wrażenia z Edinburgh Festival na blogu.

Podaj szczegóły swojego pobytu w Edynburgu (gdzie, kiedy, dlaczego)

Opisz krótko organizację festiwalu (jakie atrakcje są oferowane)

Opisz szczegółowo jedną z atrakcji i wyraź swoją opinię na ten temat

Zachęć innych do wybrania się na ten festiwal
IV Napisz list do biura podróży dotyczący wycieczki do Egiptu. Dowiedz się o program wycieczki i podaj swoje wymagania dotyczące
zakwaterowania i wyżywienia.
V Napisz artykuł o Rebece Campbell. Wykorzystaj informacje z jej bloga.
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
David Adams is one of the Britain’s most famous explorers. He 1) (has taken, have taken, took, takes) many risks in his long career. He 2)
(climbed, was climbing, has climbed, was climbed) the highest mountains on each continent and has been 3) (in, at, on, to) both Poles. In
1984 he 4) (completes, has completed, was completing, completed) a solo expedition to 5) (the, a, some, -) North Pole. His love of
excitement and adventure 6) (run, runs, ran, have run) in the family. David and his daughter Camilla 7) (have already been, has already been,
already was, already were) on an expedition together. At the age of fifteen she 8) (becomes, has become, became, was becoming) the
youngest British woman to ski to the North Pole.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.My uncle promised to meet me at the airport. (pick) My uncle promised …
2. Our group was the first which reached the summit. (to) Our group …
3. How long do you travel to work by bus? (take) How long …?
4. Would it be possible to check in before 11 am? (if) Could you tell us …
5. Do you have any experience of travelling abroad? (ever) Have you …
III Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
1.Have you booked the (fly) … to Chicago for the next week yet?
2. We got a (day) … ski-pass.
3. (pack) … holidays are becoming more and more popular now.
4. I’d like to know if breakfast is (include) … in the room price.
5. Jack is going to apply for a job at the local travel (agent) …
IV Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasie:
1.I think we (nie stać nas na) … a hotel. Let’s stay in a youth hostel.
2. When my father went to Paris on business, he (skorzystał z okazji) … to go sightseeing.
3. I’ve (nigdy nie jeździłam na) … a camel.
4. His round-the-world cruise (przyciągnął) … the media’s attention, which helped to raise money for his son’s operation.
5. I’m a doctor. I’ve (zawsze interesowało mnie) … the human body.
V Uzupełnij luki jednym słowem:
A: Excuse me. I’d like to find 1) … more about the 2) … to Kew Gardens and Hampton Court.
B: Certainly, Madam. The coach leaves 3) … outside the hotel 4) … 9.15 am. And 5) … before 6 pm.
A: How 6) … is it?
B: It’s 52 pounds. That includes the coach, guide and entrance 7) …
A: Thank you.
B: You’re 8) …
Unit 5 Pre
Grammar
I Wstaw: must, mustn’t, have to, don’t have to:
1.You ………….. take part in all activities, you know. It’s not a sports camp.
2. The doctor has told me that I ………….. stay indoors for a week if I don’t want to have problems with hay fever.
3. What do you think you are doing? You ………….. take antibiotics without talking to the doctor first! It’s dangerous for your health.
4. I think you ………….. ignore the problem. It may be a dangerous virus or nothing.
5. Are you crazy? You ………….. go surfing in such terrible weather conditions. You might get killed.
6. Students who are over 18 ………….. go to bed at 10 p.m. They may stay up until midnight.
7. You ………….. hurry. I’m sure they will wait for you.
8. You ………….. park here. Can’t you see the sign? Parking is forbidden.
9. Tell them they ………….. wash the carrots. I’ve already done it.
10. Don’t argue with me, son! You ………….. do it right now!
11. Listen to me, boys! You ………….. touch it, it’s very hot.
12. The rules in our school are very strict. We ………….. study hard and always be on time for our lessons.
13. You ………….. have a visa to go to Germany. You need only a passport.
14. Fortunately we ………….. take warm clothes with us. It’s very hot in Greece at this time of the year.
15. Can’t you see the sign, young man? You ………….. drive so fast on this road! It’s forbidden!
16. You ………….. shout at me! I can hear you very well.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.Eating in class is not allowed. You …………..
2. Smoking is not allowed here. You …………..
3. You can’t stay at the hotel if you don’t pay first. You ………….. before you can stay in the hotel.
4. It’s very important for me to work harder. I …………..
5. You can wear a tie if you want but if you don’t want to it’s OK. You don’t …………..
6. Dinner is free. You …………..
7. I really need to get my hair cut. I …………..
8. You can get up early if you want or you can stay in bed. You don’t …………..
9. Climbing here is not allowed. You …………..
10. It says in the cinema to switch off your mobile phone. You …………..
11. Did they let him visit the cemetery? (allowed) ………….. the cemetery?
III Wyraź treść zdania inaczej, używając słowa w nawiasie:
1.They don’t allow me to drive a car. (let)
2. Did they force you to look after your baby brother? (make)
3. I couldn’t leave school during the break. (allowed)
IV Użyj must, have to, be allowed to
1.Yesterday I … get up early.
2. You … drive a car. You’re only 16.
3. I … earn some money. I want to buy a computer.
V Użyj let i make:
1.My parents (nie pozwalają mi wracać) after midnight.
2. What (sprawi, że pożyczysz) me $10?
3. (czy pozwoliłeś jej zrobić) a photograph of your baby?
4. Were you obliged to work 12 hours a day? (have)
5. I have no permission to go on a school trip. (must)
6. I suggest playing tennis. (Let)
4. (you) … wear a uniform when you were at school?
5. I … use my friend’s car when mine was broken.
6. Mum, (I) … stay at my friend’s house for a night at the weekend?
4. (obejrzyjmy) a match on TV tonight.
5. The teacher (kazał mi pisać) this test.
VI Sparafrazuj:
1.My wife didn’t allow me to buy a new TV. My wife … a new TV.
2. He was forced to go to the dentist by his mother. His mother … to the dentist.
3. Were you obliged to fill in this form? …fill in this form?
4. I had no permission to take this document. I … take this document.
5.He’s not allowed to stay here. He … stay here.
6. You are prohibited to enter. You … enter.
7. It was my duty to wash up. I … wash up.
VII Przetłumacz na j. angielski:
1.This week I have a lot of time as I (nie muszę) ………….. prepare for any tests.
2. If Tom wants to work as a newspaper boy, (nie musi mieć) ………….. any previous experience.
3. (Nie ma potrzeby się spieszyć) ………….. We still have enough time to finish this task.
4. We’ve got plenty of fruit in the garden. (Nie ma potrzeby, żebyś kupował) …………... any.
5. We moved to Brighton last year and I (musiałem zmienić) ………….. my school. It was very stressful to me. Fortunately, (nie musiałem)
………….. catch up with any schoolwork.
VIII Sparafrazuj zakazy używając be allowed to:
1.English teacher: You can’t speak Polish during English lessons. When we were at junior high school, we …………..
2. Security officer: You mustn’t bring any sharp objects on board. When we were flying to England, we …………..
3. Headmaster: You mustn’t leave the room without your teacher’s permission. I …………..
4. Tour guide: You mustn’t touch the animals when we were on a school trip in Białowieża we …………..
IX Przetłumacz używając : make / let sb do:
1.A: Why can’t you come with us?
B: (Bo rodzice nie pozwalają mi być poza domem po północy)
2. You know I hate Brussels sprouts. (Nie zmuszaj mnie, żebym to jadł)
3. You’ve paid for the tickets, so (pozwól mi zapłacić za pizzę).
4. Our teacher wants us to win the competition. (Zmusza nas do ciężkiej pracy)
Functions
I Uzupełnij dialog wyrażeniami:
a good time to call, could I speak to, hold on, how can I help, I’m afraid she’s busy, I’ll ring back then, I’ll try again later, I’m ringing up
about, shall we say, vacancy, would you like to give me
Danuta: Good evening. 1) ………….. Mr or Mrs Nolan, please?
Andy: This is Andy Nolan. 2) …………..?
D: Well, 3) ………….. the au pair job. Do you still have a 4) …………..?
A: You need to speak to my wife, Becca, about that. 5) ………….. and I’ll find her for you. 6) ………….. at the moment. 7) ………….. your
number?
D: No, that’s all right. 8) ………….. when she’s free. When would be 9) …………..?
A: 10) ………….. in half an hour?
D OK. 11) …………..
II Zareaguj w podanych sytuacjach:
1.Zadzwoń w sprawie ogłoszenia o pracę / rozmowy o pracę.
2. Poproś kogoś, aby nie odkładał słuchawki.
3. Poproś o połączenie a ambulatorium (emergency ward)
4. Poproś o zostawienie wiadomości.
5. Zaproponuj, że przekażesz wiadomość.
6. Przedstaw się przez telefon.
7. Ktoś prosi cię do telefonu. Odebrałeś. Co powiesz?
8. Powiedz, że oddzwonisz z 2 godziny.
9. Poproś, by oddzwoniono do ciebie.
Writing
I Opisz na blogu swoje wrażenia z pracy w indyjskiej fabryce odzieży.

Napisz, dlaczego tam pojechałeś i z kim

Opisz warunki, w jakich pracują pracownicy fabryki

Opisz swoje obowiązki i wrażenia

Zasugeruj, by nagłośnić tę sprawę i w jakim celu
II Napis list do kolegi opisując swoje wrażenia z ‘gap year’.

Napisz, gdzie się wybrałeś i dlaczego

Opisz, co tam robiłeś

Napisz, co zyskałeś lub czego się nauczyłeś podczas tego roku

Napisz, czego kolega powinien się wystrzegać i zachęć go do pójścia w twoje ślady
III Napisz list motywacyjny w odpowiedzi na ogłoszenie ze s. 70.
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
I’m 17 and I’m sometimes quite a rebellious teenager. I 1) (hate doing, hate to doing, am hating to do, am hating to doing) the housework.
Who doesn’t? Don’t think I live in a messy room or I pile up the dirty plates in the sink 2) (if, when, until, as soon as) there’s nothing in the
cupboard. What I hate most is that I 3) (need to do, have to do, mustn’t do, can do) some things immediately when my parents want me to. I
sometimes think they don’t understand me. They often 4) (make me do, make me to do, make me doing, make me to doing) the vacuuming
just when I need to 5) (text to, texting, texting to, text) my boyfriend or they think I have to wash up after dinner even though I would prefer
to get ready 6) (for, to, on, at) the disco. Otherwise, they 7) (won’t let me to go, won’t let me to going, won’t let me go, won’t let me going)
or I’ll have to be back home before 8 pm. I sometimes wonder whether they 8) (didn’t have to do, had to do, must do, could do) all these
ridiculous things at the least appropriate moment when they were teenagers.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.Kids mustn’t play with sharp objects – it’s too dangerous. Kids aren’t …
2. Students needn’t wear uniforms at my school. Students … to wear uniforms at my school.
3. Lisa can’t stay out after dark. Lisa’s parents don’t …
4. Can I take a message? Would you like …?
5. Employers didn’t let the workers leave the machines. Employers made the workers …
III Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
1.This job (nie wymaga) … any previous experience.
2. I am (odpowiedzialna za gości) … in the left half of the hall.
3. When I was at primary school, I (nie musiałem przynosić) … books every day.
4. Will your parents (pozwolą ci pojechać) … on the three-day trip to Slovakia?
5. I am writing (aby dowiedzieć się o) … a summer job at your hotel.
IV Uzupełnij luki jednym słowem :
Please allow me to introduce 1) … .My name is Sabina Turczyńska. I am 2) …eighteen-year-old student from Poznań, Poland. I am writing
to enquire 3) … you have any vacancies 4) … summer staff. I would like to 5) … further experience of hotel work and 6) … my English. My
ambition is to train 7) … hotel management, where English will be 8) …
Unit 6 Pre
Grammar
I Wybierz:
1.Many people believe that in the future television (will / is going to) disappear.
2. I think you (will / are going to) be very happy if you marry Leslie.
3. You are learning German at the Goethe Institute. (Will you / Are you going to) work for a German company in the future?
4. There are no clouds in the sky; it (will not / is not going to) rain.
5. I don’t think Mary (will / is going to) make a good decision if she decides to leave school now.
6. Don’t call me in the morning. Since it’s Sunday tomorrow I (will / am going to) stay in bed till ten o’clock.
7. We are not sure yet but we think we (will / are going to) emigrate to Canada next year.
8. They have worked hard, so they (will / are going to) pass all the exams.
9. I don’t think you (will / are going to) make a good decision if you resign from this job.
10. Mary is six months pregnant. She (will / is going to) have a baby in May.
11. I hope every child in Poland (will / is going to) have a computer at home soon.
12. How can you be so sure Carlos (will / is going to) be a doctor? He’s still a child.
13. He looks pale. I’m afraid he (will / is going to) faint.
14. Look, that plane (will / is going to) land on water.
15. It is possible that nanorobots (will / are going to) change the way we look at medicine.
16. Computers definitely (will not/ are not going to) drive cars for us. There are so many things that can go wrong.
17. My mum started taking computer classes last weekend. She (will / is going to) learn how to send emails and use the Internet.
18. Can you hear that? My neighbours (will / are going to) have another party.
19. I can see a few people I know so I (will not/ am not going to) feel lonely.
20. Who knows? Maybe new drugs (will / are going to) help reduce crime in the future.
21. I’m sure solar energy (will / is going to) be more popular than petrol.
22. Oh no! I know this sound. My computer (will / is going to) stop working.
23. I think new drugs (will not / are not going to) help get rid of anti-social behavior.
24. Look, her shoelaces are undone. She (will / is going to) fall!
25. People (will / are going to) live longer in the future.
26. Is that the time!? I (will / am going to) be late for the meeting with my boss!
27. After 2030 everybody (will / is going to) the shopping on the Internet.
28. The sky is clear so it (will not / is not going to) rain today. Don’t worry.
II Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1. Mrs Potter’s heart is very weak. The doctors say she … soon. a/ is going to die
b/ is dying
c/ will die
2. Let’s not take the children to the science museum – I think they probably … like it. a/ won’t b/ will
c/ aren’t going to
3. Scientists are certain that the sea level … rise in the next two hundred years.
a/ is going to
b/ may
c/ will
4. Look at that car! It .. hit the cyclist.
a/ will
b/ might c/ is going to
5. Do you think aliens … visit us one day?
a/ will
b/ might c/ are going to
6. She has fallen over and hurt her leg! She’s out of the race. She … win.
a/ won’t b/ isn’t going to
c/ possibly won’t
8. There are problems with the spaceship’s door so the astronauts … do a space walk on this voyage.
a/ will definitely
b/ probably won’t
c/ will certainly
10. I … to Italy for my holiday this year. a/ am going
b/ will go
c/ go
11. They … married next month. I got my invitation last week. a/ will get
b/ are going to get
c/ are getting
12. What time … the exam … ?
a/ is / starting
b/ will / start
c/ is / going to start
13. Charlie … to the party tonight.
a/ isn’t coming
b/ isn’t going to come
c/ doesn’t come
14. Are you hungry? I … you a sandwich. a/ am going to make
b/ will make
c/ am making
15. I … an exam tomorrow morning.
a/ will have
b/ am going to have c/ have
III Wstaw czasownik w odpowiednim czasie wyrażającym przyszłość:
1. When (you, do) the washing-up?
11. I promise I (do) my homework after this programme
2. Our bus (leave) at 4.30 on Saturday morning.
12. Lucy is pregnant. She (have) a baby.
3. He (spend) the first week of the holiday sleeping.
13. The phone is ringing. I (answer) it.
4. My mum (come) to the school for the parents’ evening.
14. There’s more and more water in the boat! It (sink)!
5. She (work) in the USA when she leaves university.
15. Your bag looks very heavy – I (help) you carry it to the car.
6. We (not, meet) at the pizza restaurant until 9.30 p.m.
16. (the ship, arrive) in New York on 3rd September?
7. Sylvia (throw) a party tonight. (you, come)?
17. ‘As you see, I need your help!’ ‘OK, I (help) you.’
8. I can’t come at 3. I (see) my dentist at a quarter to.
9. The cat’s opened the cage with the canary in it! It (eat) the poor bird!
10. Sorry, we (revise) for the First Certificate exams so can’t come this evening.
IV Wstaw czasownik w Present Simple, Present Continuous, Future Simple lub ‘be going to’:
1.I can’t come tomorrow. I (meet) ………….. Mr Smith after work.
2. My train (leave) ………….. Budapest at 5.15 pm.
3. Have you heard the news? Beth and Steven (get) ………….. married in June.
4. I’ll call you as soon as I (return) ………….. from Berlin.
5. I’m sure she (not, do) ………….. anything this evening. You can ask her out.
6. OK, Dad. I (answer) ………….. the phone this time.
7. Don’t forget to take the dog for a walk before you (leave) ………….. for school.
8. Don’t worry. I (help) ………….. you with your homework if you like.
9. He (not, give) ………….. up smoking next year. That’s not his intention at all.
10. In the New Year I (learn) ………….. how to play the piano.
11. When he (find) ………….. a better job, they’ll rent a bigger flat.
12. Fine, I (clean) ………….. the window today. But it’s the last time!
13. Monday is a good time for our meeting. She (fly) ………….. to Paris tomorrow for two weeks.
14. We will celebrate after you (pass) ………….. all your exams.
15. You don’t have to hurry. Her plane (arrive) ………….. at Heathrow Airport after midnight.
16. I will talk to you as soon as I (come) ………….. home from work.
17. We (not, do) ………….. anything after 5 pm. Let’s go to the cinema.
18. I don’t need your help. I think I (manage) ………….. myself.
19. Hurry up! Our bus (leave) ………….. in 20 minutes.
20. I know! We (buy) ………….. a mobile phone for her birthday present. What do you think?
21. Watch out! You (fall) ………….. down the stairs!
22. I’m afraid I can’t help you with the move tomorrow. I (have) ………….. my final exams at school.
23. I’m sure several more countries (join) ………….. the EU within the next 10 years.
24. I’ve decided not to go to Peru with them. I (spend) ………….. two weeks at the seaside instead.
25. In the New Year we (spend) ………….. less time watching TV. That’s what we’ve decided to do.
26. Have you heard the news? Tom and Jane (get) ………….. married on the 1 st of July!
27. Isn’t it Tuesday tomorrow? I (finish) ………….. classes at 5 so I can meet you at 5.30.
28. I’m sure by 2020 more than 60% of people (use) ………….. the Internet at work.
29. She looks so pale. I think she (faint) ………….. in a minute.
30. Don’t plug the kettle into a wall-socket with wet hands! I (do) ………….. it for you.
V Wstaw a, the, 1.The government should take some measures to improve the situation of … unemployed.
2. Sue has visited … Belgium many times but she has never been to … Netherlands.
3. During the trip to … China, Tom was attacked by … alligator.
4. … Mount Everest is … highest mountain in the world.
5. …most important river in … Poland is … Vistula flowing northwards through …Cracow and … Warsaw.
6. No wonder you failed your zoology test if you included … whale in a group of fish.
7. Have you ever been to … Republic of Ireland?
8. … capital of …Estonia is … Tallin.
9. No wonder you failed your geography test if you placed … Rocky Mountains in … Italy.
10. I think more taxes should be introduced for … rich.
11. Tom saw … leopard on his trip to … Asia last year.
12. … Mediterranean Sea is connected to … Atlantic Ocean by the Strait of Gibraltar.
13. We went to … capital to see … best musical of all times.
14. Let’s go on a trip to … Africa.
15. I need to buy … skin cream and … razor.
16. Do you know … good manicurist in … city centre.
17. I believe that … health is … most important thing.
18. He’s … old man and lives in … unhygienic conditions.
19. I think that … beauty isn’t … most important thing.
20. He was just … ordinary-looking man wearing … casual clothes.
21. In my opinion … spiky hair makes … men look very attractive.
22. It happened on… Monday in … afternoon.
23. He says he wants to start … new life and he’s going to work as … engineer in … South Africa.
24. At 11 o’clock there was only one cashier in … bank. Mr Rob Banks asked … cashier to hand over $100,000.
25. … Browns kept all their money in … living room.
26. We’ve found … handgun in your bedroom, Mr Smith. May we ask what you did after you had … dinner with your wife?
27. They were surprised because no one rang when they broke … kitchen window.
28. He went to … prison for software piracy in … April, 2005.
29. At first we thought that he was smart because he used … gloves. But when we found … gloves here, we knew he wasn’t a professional.
30. What do we know about … victim, Officer Drake? Well, all we know is that he worked as … accountant.
31. It was … controversial idea to install these cameras in … Oxford Street.
IV Wstaw odpowiedni article: a, an, the, Have 1) … best holiday ever in 2) … USA with Great Time Tours!
Accommodation:
We offer accommodation in 3) … family-run B&B by 4) … seaside. 5) … Wilsons, who run 6) … B&B, are 7) … most helpful and friendly
hosts that you can imagine. All rooms have 8) … Internet access and facilities for 9) … disabled.
We organize trips:
For film lovers in 10) … California.
Take 11) … two-hour guided-tour of Paramount Studios in 12) … Hollywood, 13) … Los Angeles. Visit 14) … Kodak Theatre on
Hollywood Boulevard. Each year 15) … rich and famous who you see on 16) … TV or in 17) … cinema, attend the Academy Awards
ceremonies there.
For nature lovers in 18) … Arizona.
Sightseeing from the South Rim (2,100m) of 19) … Grand Canyon is 20) .. unforgettable experience! You can also hike down in 21) …
canyon or go whitewater rafting down in 1) … Colorado River. If hiking is your thing then you should visit 23) … Black Mountains. If you
are more ambitious, try hiking 24) … Humphreys Peak (3,852m), 25) … highest summit in 26) … Arizona. The Hoover Dam on 27) … Lake
Mead, 29) … largest artificial lake in 29) … USA, is also worth visiting.
While in 30) … Arizona don’t forget to try 31) … Blue Bell ice cream. It is 32) … third best-selling ice cream in 33) … America. Some say
that it is 34) … most delicious ice cream in 35) … country. After all, this is 36) … ice cream that astronauts in the International Space Station
eat!
For history and theatre lovers in 37) … New York City.
The Big Apple is 38) … most populous city in 39) … United States and has many tourist attractions. 40) … Statue of Liberty is a must-see.
41) … Americans received 42) … statue as 43) … gift from the people of 44) … France. Go to 45) … Ellis Island, at the mouth of 46) …
Hudson River, which used to be an immigration station. Today the Ellis Island Immigration Museum is part of 47) …Statue of Liberty
National Monument and is one of 48) … country’s most popular historic sites.
In 49) … evening we invite you to 50) … theatre. There is no better place than Broadway to see 51) … greatest actors in superb
performances. For more information on 52) … Internet at www.greattime.
Functions
I Uzupełnij list: so, not only, but they also, yours faithfully, how could he, however, dear, furthermore, should, although, if, then:
1)………….. Sir or Madam,
The other day I was invited to a series of talks about how to save the environment. Everybody is talking about the state of the planet 2)
………….. I was very happy to go along and listen. The presentations were interesting and obviously well-researched. 3) …………..., I think
many of their ideas were totally unrealistic. One young woman even suggested we stop drinking milk! Then a young man spoke against the
use of disposable nappies. 4) ………….. were his ideas impractical, 5) ………….. made young parents feel guilty.
6) ………….. the conference was a good idea, the talks needed to be checked by someone with more moderate opinions. 7) …………..
environmentalists want ordinary people to act more responsibly, 8) ………….. they need to present more realistic solutions. 9) …………..,
speakers 10) ………….. also have direct experience of their subject. The young man I mentioned had probably never changed a nappy in his
life! 11) ………….. expect us to take him seriously?
12) …………..,
Stanley Hewitt
II Dopasuj początek i koniec zdania w odpowiedzi na powyższy list:
Dear Sir/Madam,
I am writing in reply to the reader’s letter that appeared the other day.
1.I too was at the talks and my own view …
2. We need to end the love affair that we have …
3. While cows are beautiful creatures, they are taking up more and more land …
4. I am sure the young man did not …
5. Nevertheless, sometimes …
6. It takes 70 years for a nappy to biodegrade …
7. One expert has calculated that if we carry on like this …
8. We should be pleased that there are young people …
9. After all, if you cannot be passionate about a cause when you are young …
Yours faithfully,
Val Huntington
a/ …used nappies could cover the size of the state
of Texas!
b/ … with milk and dairy products.
c/ … the truth is uncomfortable.
d/ … who feel passionately about causes.
e/…and produce gas that accelerates global warming
f/ … is that the speakers made some excellent points.
g/ … when will you ever be?
h/ … want to make young parents feel guilty.
i/ … and a baby will get through five thousand.
Writing
I Napisz list do kolegi o zwierzęciu, które znalazłeś.

Napisz w jakich okolicznościach znalazłeś zwierzę i co z nim zrobiłeś

Napisz, jak rodzina zareagowała na to zwierzę

Opisz swoje obowiązki wobec tego zwierzęcia

Opisz przygodę, którą miałeś, związaną z tym zwierzęciem
II Napisz maila do kolegi o swoich doświadczeniach związanych z wypadkiem drogowym.

Podaj okoliczności wypadku

Napisz, jaka była twoja rola w udzielaniu pomocy poszkodowanym

Opowiedz o przesłuchaniu przez policję

Napisz, jak się teraz czujesz po tym zdarzeniu
III Napisz artykuł o łowcach tornad. Napisz, jak przygotowują się do tego, co robią i po co. Napisz również, jakie wrażenia ta praca w nich
wywołuje.
IV Napisz list do redakcji na temat potrzeby oszczędzania wody. Podaj kilka faktów dotyczących sytuacji hydrologicznej na świecie a także
zasugeruj sposoby oszczędzania wody przez każdego człowieka.
V Napisz rozprawkę do dobrych i złych stronach posiadania zwierzęcia domowego / zakładania ogrodów zoologicznych.
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
Today, I’m going to talk about global warming and how it 1) (affect, is affecting, affected, has affected) our planet. The first thing 2) (to say,
to saying, let’s say, say) is that it is not always a bad thing. Global warming 3) (is always, has always been, always has been, always was)
with us. Our atmosphere is 4) (as, such, like, as if) a warm coat that has allowed life to exist. Nowadays, when we talk about global warming,
5) (we mean usually, usually we mean, we usually mean, we are usually meaning) the recent increase in the temperature of the atmosphere
caused 6) (by, with, from, through) man. The main cause is the increase in carbon dioxide that is produced from burning fossil fuels like coal
and oil. The earth now has an extra blanket around it, 7) (but, because, however, so) more of the sun’s heat is trapped. This ‘greenhouse
effect’ is like 8) (to be, be, being, been) inside a car on a sunny day.
II Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
1.Most cars run on (lead) … petrol.
2. After a long spell of (dry) …, the crops couldn’t grow.
3. The hurricane was a catastrophe, there were only a few (survive) ...
4. We would like to diagnose if the town citizens are (environment) … friendly.
5. Ecological organisations are campaigning against wildlife (extinct) …
III Przetłumacz na język angielski:
1.Some European countries have highly developed technologies (z wykorzystaniem alternatywnych źródeł energii) …
2. If the earthquake occurs, (nie zbliżaj się do) … windows.
3. What (zamierzasz robić) … tonight?
4. (Czy mam wezwać) … for help?
5. (Chociaż) … it was winter, people were walking around without coats.
IV Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.Deforestation does a lot of harm to the environment. (cutting) … does a lot of harm to the environment.
2. We stopped on the motorway because the petrol had finished. (run) We stopped on the motorway because we …
3. The government does not allow cars in the city centre. (ban) The government put …
4. After the brave action, the brigade managed to beat the fire. (put) After the brave action, the brigade …
5. Soldiers provided food and drink for the people in the flooded village. (with) Soldiers provided …
V Uzupełnij luki jednym słowem:
A: Emergency services. 1) … service do you require?
B: I’m calling from the road between Alton and Binley. There 2) … an accident. I’m with a young man who’s gone 3) … the road and
crashed. He’s unconscious and looks 4) … hurt.
A: Do you know any first 5) …?
B: Yes, I checked his 6) … and his airway is free. His breathing seems OK. But one of his legs looks broken. 7) … I get him out of the car?
A: No. 8) … move him. Wait for an ambulance crew to arrive.
Unit 7 Pre
Grammar
I Na podstawie tabelki uzupełnij zdania:
painting
date
size in cms interesting/dramatic beautiful
The Scream - Munch
1893 91 x 73
***
*
The Swing- Fragonard
1767 81 x 64
**
****
The Third of May –Goya
1814 268 x 347
*****
**
Primavera (Spring) - Boticelli 1482 203 x 314
***
****
1.Primavera ………….. (old) and The Scream ………….. (recent).
2. Primavera ………….. (big) The Scream, but not ………….. (big) The Third of May.
3. The Third of May ………….. (dramatic).
4. The Swing………….. (beautiful) but ………….. (interesting).
5. The Scream ………….. (interesting) ………….. Primavera but Primavera ………….. (beautiful).
II Wstaw przymiotnik w odpowiednim stopniu oraz słowa ‘the, than, as…as’:
1. That was (good) ………………………… film I’ve ever seen.
2. Jack has three younger brothers. He is (old) …………………………
3. My new job isn’t (good) ………………………… my old one – I have to work longer hours for less money.
4. Sheila was unhappy because she didn’t do well in the test – her result was (bad) ………………………… in the class.
5. Paul didn’t go to university – he’s not (clever) ………………………… his own brother.
6. I think reading books is (interesting) ………………………… watching TV.
7. Which is (long) ………………………… river: the Orinoko, the Thames or the Nile?
8. This canoe is (expensive) ………………………… as that one. They both cost 120€.
9. Jamie’s dog is (big) ………………………… dog I’ve ever seen. He’s enormous.
10. That café is (popular) ………………………… in town. Nobody goes there.
11. The curries in the Indian restaurant are (spicy) ………………………… the curries you make.
12. Your bedroom is (spacious) ………………………… my bedroom, it’s small. I’m lucky I’ve got a big room.
13. In my opinion, the maths exam was (bad) ………………………… the history exam.
III Sparafrazuj zdania używając przymiotnika w odpowiednim stopniu:
1.Your kitchen isn’t as big as mine. (large) My kitchen is ………………………… than yours.
2. This microwave was £95 and the other models were cheaper. (expensive) It was ………………………… microwave in the shop.
3. This bookshelf is uglier than the one we saw. (pretty) This bookshelf isn’t ………………………… the one we saw.
4. And I thought our garden was small! (tiny) Your garden is ………………………… than ours.
5. This sofa isn’t as attractive as that one. (ugly) This sofa is ………………………… than that one.
6. Didn’t they have a better DVD player in the shop? (bad) Why did you buy ………………………… DVD player?
7. The living room in this house is sunnier than in ours. (bright) Our living room isn’t ………………………… the one in this house.
8. This armchair isn’t as hard as that model. (comfortable) This armchair is ………………………… than that model.
9. My house is bigger than yours. (big) Your …………………………
10. Their doorbell is louder than yours. (than) Your …………………………
11. There aren’t any rooms in my house smaller than this one. (smallest) This …………………………
12. There aren’t any burgers in this restaurant bigger than a half-pounder. (biggest) The half-pounder …………………………
13. Sheila’s room is better than Steve’s. (good) Steve’s …………………………
14. This curry is hotter than that one. (milder) That curry …………………………
15. Derek’s attic is cleaner than Clive’s. (clean) Clive’s attic …………………………
16. His drive is longer than ours. (than) Our …………………………
17. There isn’t a better TV than this in the world. (best) This …………………………
18. There isn’t a worse hotel than this in the country. (is) This …………………………
IV Przymiotniki w nawiasie napisz w odpowiednim stopniu oraz dodaj właściwe słowa towarzyszące:
1. I love living in Paris. The nightlife is a lot (exciting) in Brussels.
2. Mary has four sisters and two brothers, but she is (old).
3. He did (badly) expected and that’s why he had to write the exam again.
4. Can you park the car (close) to the pavement, please?
5. If you need any (far) information, call the office.
6. I’ve heard that the supermarket on our street has (good) prices of all.
7. He spends (little) money on CDs than his friend.
8. Our package holiday wasn’t (good) yours. Yours was much (good).
V Sparafrazuj zdania:
1. John is the slowest runner of all. (as) No one else…… John does.
2. Ian’s latest book wasn’t as exciting as the others. (least) Ian’s latest book … all.
3. Your son and mine are the same height. (as) Your son …mine.
4. James is the most generous man I know. (than) James is … anyone else I know.
VI Przetłumacz fragmenty w nawiasach:
1.Who is (najwyższy z) your family?
2. We haven’t got (wystarczająco jedzenia) for two-day trip.
3. The house is more expensive than the flat. (as) the flat … the house.
4. You aren’t (tak zwariowana jak) I am!
6. They showed (najgrubszą osobę świata) on TV yesterday.
VII Przetłumacz używając ‘would rather’ i ‘prefer’:
1.Wolałbym zostać w domu niż iść do kina dziś wieczorem.
2. Wolałabyś zobaczyć musical czy komedię romantyczną?
3. Ona wolałaby nie iść sama na tę wystawę.
4.Wolę malarstwo impresjonistyczne od surrealistycznych obrazów.
5. On woli słuchać audiobooków niż czytać książki.
6. Oni wolą współczesną sztukę od średniowiecznej.
7. Wolimy leżeć na plaży niż zwiedzać muzea.
8. Autor wolałby nie czytać tej recenzji.
9. Wolimy chodzić do kina niż spędzać czas w kawiarniach.
10. Ona wolałaby pojechać do Giverny i zobaczyć dom Moneta niż pójść do Disneylandu.
11. Poeci wolą pisać o miłości niż o nienawiści.
VIII Wybierz:
1.You (could / can) stay out late as long as you promise to phone me when it finishes.
2. Will she ever (can / be able to) have a stable relationship?
3. I have (could / been able to) keep in touch with most classmates from my primary school.
4. He (can’t / couldn’t) fit in with the other boys from his class because they didn’t understand him.
IX Wstaw: could, was/were able to i przeczenia:
1.Suddenly all the lights went out. We ………………………… see a thing.
2. The computer went wrong but luckily Emma ………………………… put it right again.
3. There was a big party last night. You ………………………… hear the music half a mile away.
4. I learned to read music as a child. I ………………………… read it when I was five.
5. People heard warnings about the flood and they ………………………… move out in time.
6. The train was full. I ………………………… find a seat anywhere.
7. She ………………………… take my fountain pen whenever she wanted.
8. He ………………………… get through the barbed wire.
9. The officer ………………………… get into the director’s office at any time of the day.
10. Father said you ………………………… go for a walk after dinner.
11. We ………………………… do what we liked when we were in the country.
12. I ………………………… to type half of this pile of letters.
X Wstaw: had to, didn’t have to, could, couldn’t, was able to, wasn’t able to
1. I ………………………………. read until I was six.
2. The door was locked but the policeman ……………………………….break it down.
3. You ……………………………….get me a birthday present. A card would have been good enough
4. The fridge broke down, so we ……………………………….buy a new one.
5. My parents were very strict. I ……………………………….go out with a boy until I was 16.
6. In the 1930s, you ……………………………….drive a car without a driving licence. It must have been very dangerous.
XI Wstaw ‘be able to’ lub ‘have to’ w odpowiednim czasie:
1. We … (not) escape through the fire exit door as it was locked.
2. Mr Plump …do a lot of physical exercises since his doctor told him to lose weight.
3. Sorry, I … (not) arrive earlier. I … stay longer in my office.
4. If you want to be a good policeman, you must … set a good example.
5. … you run fast when you were at school?
6. Several years ago students … wear uniforms.
XII Wstaw ‘can’ lub ‘could’:
1. When I was a child I … ride a bike.
2. I … not buy it yesterday but I … buy it today.
3. Jill … not write with her right hand.
4. Who … break this apple into two?
5. … you help me, please?
6. She … not have three children. She is only 20!
XIII Wstaw ‘can’, ‘could’ lub odpowiednią formę ‘be able to’:
1. Since I met him, Frank … get on my nerves.
2. Alec’s sight is so good that he … find Jesse’s little ring when she lost it.
3. For many people … do something means doing it.
4. The helicopter pilot (finally) .. locate the shipwreck.
6. I’m sorry but we … (not) make a decision now.
7. Sean … (not, find) the correct answer, so he failed the test.
8. Even if I put my hands over my ears I … hear the burglar alarm in the shop opposite.
5. Pilots must … control themselves in extreme situations.
XIV Sparafrazuj zdania używając ‘can’ lub ‘be able to’:
1. Peter knows how to mend bicycles.
2. Steve is thinking of going there but he’s not sure.
3. Look! I’ve managed to bake this cake!
4. Wiesiek’s English is perfect.
5. Joe has a permission to work in Germany legally
6. Probably they are not at home. Nobody answers the phone.
Functions
I Uzupełnij konwersację wstawiając zdania:
Andy: Let’s look at the map.
Tess: Yes, good idea. 1) …
A: 2) …?
T: 3) … that goes from the Royal Albert Hall to Westminster Abbey? Next we can go to Buckingham Palace in time for the Changing of the
Guard.
A: Yes, 4) … That will take up the morning. 5) …?
T: Well, I’m going to meet Chris at Tate Gallery. We want to see the national collection of British paintings. 6) …?
A: No, thanks. 7) …I’ll go to the National Army Museum. I’ve always wanted to see a model of the Battle of Waterloo. 8) …
T: Sure. 9) … the Tower of Big Ben? Then we can take a boat cruise on the Thames River together.
A: Mm, that’s a nice idea. 10) …
T: What time shall we see each other?
A: Shall we say 2.30?
T: Yes, that should be fine. 11) …
A: OK. See you later than. Enjoy yourself.
A) But let’s get together later.
B) Let’s do that.
C) Is that OK by you?
D) Perhaps we could take the route.
E) Why don’t we meet in front of
F) What shall we do this afternoon?
G) I don’t fancy that.
H) Do you want to come too?
I) If you have a problem, I’ll text you.
J) I’d like to go along the river.
K) Where would you like to go?
II Ułóż dialog w odpowiednim porządku:
M: Well, what shall we do today?
a/ R: Well, to tell you the truth, I’m not that keen on modern art.
b/ M: Me too, I prefer walking to taking public transport. You can see so much more.
c/ R: Shall we go and visit a museum this morning?
d/ M: What would you like to do? You can choose.
e/ R: Well, how about the National Portrait Gallery?
f/ R: So, we’ll walk to the National Portrait Gallery this morning, but what about this afternoon?
g/ R: We could, but you never see anything. I think I’d rather walk.
h/ M: OK, where would you rather go then?
i/ M: Yes, how about the Tate Modern?
j/ R: That’s kind. I’d really love to go up in the London Eye.
k/ M: The National Portrait Gallery. That sounds interesting. Shall we take the tube?
M: Me too, I’ve heard so much about it.
III Z rozsypanych wyrazów ułóż zdania:
1.that / not / on / I / keen / am / guided / tours
2. own / much / would / rather / I / visit / on / somewhere / my
3. really / she / would / go / Florence / like / to / visit / to / Italy / and
4. I / art / stand / can’t / it / call / people / when / graffiti
5. I / prefer / to / metro / walking / the
6. on / whole / the / I / monuments / prefer/ museums / to
Writing
I Napisz list do kolegi o twojej wizycie w muzeum Leonarda da Vinci / jaskiniach Lascaux.

Napisz, w jakich okolicznościach zwiedziłeś te miejsca

Opisz muzeum / jaskinie

Napisz, co zrobiło na tobie największe wrażenie i dlaczego

Wyraź swoją opinię o zwiedzaniu muzeów/ słynnych obiektów przez młodych ludzi
II Napisz wiadomość do kolegi, z którym planujesz zwiedzanie Londynu:

Napisz, co chciałbyś zobaczyć i dlaczego

Zapytaj o jego sugestie dotyczące innych atrakcji

Zaproponuj sposób podróżowania po Londynie i uzasadnij go

Zapytaj o jego opinię na ten temat a także o plany spędzenia wieczoru
III Ćwiczenie 3, strona 95.
IV Napisz artykuł do gazety o słynnym polskim pomniku. Napisz coś o jego historii, opisz go i napisz, dlaczego jest tak sławny.
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
The Statue of Liberty is probably the 1) (only, first, more, most) famous statue 2) (in, on, from, at) in the world. It was a gift 3) (from, for,
by, with) the people of France and it first welcomed immigrants 4) (in, to, for, at) the United States in 1886. The statue is 46 metres tall, but
with 5) (his, her, hers, its) foundation measures 93 metres. Another version stands in the Luxembourg Gardens in Paris. It is 6) (small,
smaller, smallest, the smallest) than the one in New York but older, as it was the model for its much 7) (big, more big, bigger, biggest)
equivalent.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.’Mona Lisa’ is smaller than tourists expect. ‘Mona Lisa’ is not …
2. John was the best in the test. We were not …
3. My grandfather could write equally well with either hand. My grandfather was …
4. Let’s take a taxi. I don’t want to wait for the bus. I’d rather …
5. They wouldn’t like to spend the whole day in the shopping mall. They don’t fell …
III Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
1.Mr Thomas turned out to be passionate art. (history) …
2. We managed to get the tickets for this unique (exhibit) …
3. She’s always wanted to become a professional (photograph) …
4. When in Rome, you can’t miss the world-famous (sculpt) … by Michelangelo.
5. Modern artists often use (technique) … advanced visual methods.
IV Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasie:
1.When he was three, he (nie potrafił wiązać sznurówek) … on his shoes.
2. Let’s talk about our (dalszych planach) …
3. My brother prefers (grać w szachy niż) … computer games.
4. I’m not (zwolennikiem i fanem) … modern art.
5. They’d rather (posłuchać muzyki niż tańczyć)…
V Uzupełnij luki jednym, słowem:
‘Mona Lisa’ is a portrait 1) … a young woman sitting with her hands folded in front of her. 2) … the background there is a landscape which
is almost certainly imaginary. Leonardo began 3) … portrait in 1503 but didn’t finish 4) … until before he died in 15019. He was 5) … to
carry it with him because it was small and painted on wood. He achieved its mysterious appearance 6) … using tiny brush strokes. There are
all sorts of stories about 7) … woman in the painting. The thing that fascinates the admirers is 8) … secret smile.
Unit 8 Pre
Grammar
I Wstaw czasowniki w odpowiednim czasie – I Conditional:
1.If teachers (start) ………….. using the Internet in the classroom, it (make) ………….. education more interesting.
2. If our organization (not, win) ………….., nobody (help) ………….. the environment.
3. We (not, lower) ………….. taxes for small businesses if their owners (not, promise) ………….. more jobs for young people.
4. Students (not, stop) ………….. smoking if there (not, be) ………….. any punishment for it.
5. If your leader (not, resign) ………….., our organization (not, help) ………….. you.
6. Our party (improve) ………….. public transport if the President (introduce ) ………….. lower taxes.
7. If you (not, vote) ………….. for us, university education (be) ………….. more expensive.
II Wstaw czasownik w odpowiednim czasie – 0 lub I Conditional:
1.If she (have) ………….. a free evening tomorrow, she (take) ………….. both of you to the cinema.
2. If you (heat) ………….. water to 100°C, it (boil) …………..
3. She can help you if you (ask) ………….. her.
4. If you (not, water) ………….. plants regularly, they die.
5. If you (walk) ………….. ten miles with me, you (feel) ………….. tired.
6. I (not, go) ………….. out if it (not, stop) ………….. raining.
7. If the temperature (be) ………….. lower than 0°C, water (freeze) …………..
8. You can waste a lot of time if you (watch) ………….. too much TV.
III Wstaw if/unless:
1.Rachel will be pleased ………….. she passes her driving test.
2. The bus won’t stop ………….. you ring the bell.
3. I can’t read your writing ………….. you print clearly.
4. Emma will be upset ………….. she doesn’t get the job.
5. You can’t go into the reception ………….. you’ve got a ticket.
6. Don’t bother to ring me ………….. it’s important.
7. I would go to the dentist ………….. I didn’t have so much work to do.
8. The chemist won’t be able to read the prescription ………….. you write more clearly.
9. I’m sorry but you can’t see the doctor ………….. it is an emergency.
10. Only call me ………….. you need to cancel your appointment.
IV Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.I can’t see if I don’t wear glasses. I can’t see unless …………..
2. The doctor will be here if she isn’t called to emergency. The doctor will be here unless …………..
3. If you can’t pay your bills, you will have to leave. Unless ………….., you will have to leave.
4. We’ll be late unless we hurry up. We’ll be late if …………..
5. You won’t pass the exam unless you work harder. If ………….., you won’t pass your exam.
V Ułóż zdania w zerowym okresie warunkowym:
1.Keep milk in the fridge
2. Take care of your teeth
3. Mix red and yellow
4. Put water in the freezer
5. Don’t use aerosols
a/ Get orange.
b/ It stays cold and fresh.
c/ Visit the dentist twice a year.
d/ Don’t destroy the ozone layer
e/ It turns to ice.
VI Napisz zdania w I okresie warunkowym:
1.Lost cat. Responds to the name of Lucky. Reward £25.
2. An old lady with a broken leg. Needs help at home. Earn £5 an hour.
3. Enter our lottery. Every ticket wins. Never lose.
4. Pick fruit. Get it for free.
5. Do your shopping in BestMarket. Collect points with our loyalty programme.
6. Clean up the neighbourhood. Join the ‘Keep the Earth Clean’ programme.
VII Napisz pytania w I okresie warunkowym:
1.How long / be away / choose / Brighton?
2. How much / pay / go / Cardiff?
3. What places / visit / go / Brighton?
4. When / go / want / get a discount?
VIII Sparafrazuj zdania w 0 okresie warunkowym:
1.People who eat more than they need put on weight. If we …………..
2. Someone who wants to be a doctor has to study for years. If you want …………..
3. Eat five portions of fruit and vegetables to stay healthy. If you want to …………..
4. People who exercise feel more energetic. If you want to …………..
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
IX Choose the correct answer:
We might go for a walk tomorrow. (If/When) we go, we’ll take the dog with us.
The guests will arrive soon. (If/When) they arrive, we will greet them at the door.
(If/When) I get a job soon, I may have a party.
“Did you make this cake yourself?” “Yes. (If/When) you like it, I’ll give you the recipe”
“We’ve run out of milk.” “Well, (if/when) I go to the shops, I’ll buy some.”
We won’t go on holiday (if/unless) we can take our dog with us.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
(If/Unless) we don’t buy it now, we will have to get it later.
(If/Unless) you go to bed late, you will be tired in the morning.
I can’t finish my homework (if/unless) you help me.
I’ll open the window (if/unless) I get too hot.
I’ll lend you the money (on condition that/unless) you pay it back soon.
(But for/Even if) your help, I’d be in trouble now.
(Unless/Provided) it stops raining, we won’t be going to the park.
(Supposing/Providing) we went to London, what could we do there?
(In case of/On condition that) emergency, call this number.
You can go to the party (in case/as long as) you are home before 11 pm.
X Połącz zdania za pomocą słów w nawiasie.
1. I’ll cook supper. I’ll come home. (as soon as)
2. I want to finish my work. We’re going out. (before)
3. We’ll find a hotel. We’ll arrive in Paris. (when)
4. She won’t speak to him. He will say sorry. (until)
5. Drink your coffee. It’ll get cold. (before).
6 Don’t cross the road. You’ll see a green building. (until)
7. I’ll give you a ring. We’ll get back from holidays. (after)
XI Przy pomocy wyrazów zamieszczonych w nawiasach, połącz zdania.
(Przykład: I’ll get to the college.I’ll write every day. (when) When I get to the college, I’ll write every day).
1. I will take a taxi. I’ll borrow some money from the neighbours. (as soon as)
2. We’ll keep spending our holidays by the lake. They will no longer let us fish in it. (until)
3. I’ll go there tomorrow. You will go with me. (if)
4. I will buy a car. I’ll build myself a decent garage. (before)
5. I’ll go to a good university. I’ll graduate from this college. (after)
6. I’ll take the umbrella. It’ll rain. (in case)
7. I’ll lend you another $50. You won’t spend it on cigarettes or alcohol. (as long as)
9. We will not quarrel. I’ll marry her this Sunday.
XII Przetłumacz fragmenty zdań:
1. We’ll be very tired (kiedy wrócimy) home.
2. She’ll be all right (jeśli karetka przyjedzie) within 10 minutes.
3. Unless there is a traffic jam, (dostaniemy się) there in half an hour.
4. We’ll go camping (jak tylko dostaniemy) a week off.
5. Put on high boots (na wypadek, gdyby były) snakes.
6. I won’t lend you either of these CDs (dopóki nie zwrócisz) the three you’ve got at your place.
7. He’ll be back in a few minutes (jeśli nie jest) at the dentist’s.
8. I’ll let you into our tent (pod warunkiem, że się umyjesz).
9. (Jak tylko znajdziesz) my driving licence, we’ll go shopping.
XIII Dokończ drugie zdanie tak, by znaczyło to samo:
1.We’ll go on holiday at the end of term. As soon as…
2.If you don’t work hard, you won’t pass your exams. Unless…
3. We can have a pet if you promise to look after it properly. Provided…
4. I’ll go home and take the dog for a walk. As soon as…
5. If our cat has somewhere warm to sleep, she’s happy. As long as…
6. You shouldn’t get a big dog if you haven’t a garden. Unless ...
7. The dog whines if we leave it alone. When…
Functions
I Ułóż rozsypane wyrazy w zdania:
Doctor: seems / the / what / to / trouble / be?
Patient: my / twisted / well, / ankle / I’ve
D: dear… / look / oh / have / let’s / a
mm… / it / yes, / swollen / looks / very
you / are / move / to / your / around / foot / able?
P: painful / I / but / am, it’s / yes / really
D: I / broken / well, / think / don’t / it’s
case / X-ray / but / you’d / have / just / better / an / in
ask / nurse / to / on / put / I’ll / an / ice pack / the / it
P: I / crutches / will / need?
D: any / shouldn’t / ankle / on / put / you / definitely / weight / your
II Ułóż zdania:
Luisa: What / be / matter / Beryl? / you / feel / ill?
Beryl: Yes / I / have got / terrible headache
You / got / painkillers?
L: Yes, here you / be. / But / you not have / headache / yesterday?
B: Yes, I / do. / I keep / get / them / afternoon. / I think I / spend / too much time / front / my computer
L: When / you last / change / glasses?
B: I not / really / remember. / Three / four years ago
L: You should make / appointment / optician
B: Yes, you / be right. You know / good one?
L: Wait / moment. / Here / be / her number. / You’d better call her now.
You usually have to / wait / long time / see her
III Skomentuj zdanie używając słowa w nawiasie:
1.You are on the tennis court. Your friend wants to start playing straightaway. You think it’s a good idea to warm up first. I think (should)
…………..
2. Your friend has a strange-looking mark on her arm. You think it is a good idea if she sees a skin specialist. I think (should) …………..
3. The patient feels tired all the time. You think he needs some tests. I think (you’d better) …………..
4. Your friend is about to go out into the cold just wearing a pullover. I don’t think (should) …………..
5. A friend with pale skin is a sunbathing fanatic. You think it is bad for her to spend so long in the sun. I don’t think (should) …………..
6. Your friend has had a very bad toothache for several days. Today it has stopped, so she is thinking of cancelling the appointment with the
dentist. You think this is a bad idea. I think (you’d better) …………..
Writing
I Byłeś na obozie sportowym. Podziel się wrażeniami na blogu.

Poinformuj o tym fakcie i napisz, jakie sporty tam uprawiałeś

Opisz, jak wyglądał dzień na tym obozie

Opisz problem zdrowotny, który pojawił się na obozie i jak sobie z nim poradziłeś

Napisz, jak ważne jest przygotowanie do uprawiania sportów
II Napisz maila do kolegi z wakacji w egzotycznym kraju.

Napisz, gdzie pojechałeś i opisz podróż do tego kraju

Napisz, jakie środki ostrożności podejmowałeś, by zachować zdrowie

Opisz, jaką miałeś przygodę

Napisz, czy podobał ci się pobyt w tym kraju i uzasadnij swoją opinię
III Napisz artykuł na temat popularnego lub mniej popularnego sportu uprawianego w twoim kraju przez amatorów. Opisz miejsce, sposób,
sprzęt potrzebny do jego uprawiania i przedstaw swoja zdania na temat tego sportu.
IV Będąc na wakacjach w egzotycznym kraju zachorowałeś i musiałeś spędzić kilka dni w szpitalu. Napisz list do gazetki szkolnej opisując
swój pobyt w szpitalu, z czego byłeś bardzo niezadowolony oraz udziel rad osobom wybierającym się do tego kraju.
Use of English
I Wybierz odpowiednie słowo:
It is extraordinary that people are able to invent so many different kinds of game. I 1) (was travelling, were travelling, travelled, used to
travel) in Bangladesh, when I came across people 2) (play, playing, played, were playing) a game called Kabaddi. It is a sophisticated form
of playground ‘tag’, where you run 3) (across, after, into, over) someone and catch and wrestle them. The goal is 4) (eliminate, eliminating,
to eliminate, to eliminating) the opponents of the oppsite team. Apparently people 5) ( invent, invented, were inventing, didn’t invent) the
game around 4000 years ago. It is still used in some countries as part of the training programme 6) (for, to, of, with) soldiers. It is based on
the observation of animal behavior where the hunter selects the weakest member of 7) (other, another, the other, the others) group as its prey.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.You will never lose weight if you eat so much fast food. (cut) You will never lose weight unless you …
2. She had a terrible headache all Sunday. (from) She … a terrible headache all Sunday.
3. I think you should get interested in cycling. (up) It’s a good idea …
4. Make sure that you have the first aid kit in your rucksack. (pack) Don’t forget …
5. Avoid eating street food. Otherwise, you may get an upset stomach. (eat) If …, you will not get an upset stomach.
III Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
1.In spite of his (able)…, he managed to get a university degree.
2. I have to check the (weigh) … of your main luggage, sir.
3. Sarah has always avoided lying on the beach. She is (allergy) … to sunshine.
4. This illness requires hospital (treat) …
5. Jane can’t fall asleep at night. She’s suffering from (sleep) … again.
IV Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasie:
1.Your swollen ankle looks painful. (Lepiej by było, abyś) … see a doctor.
2. How long do I need to (poruszać się o kulach)…?
3. Please come and see me on Wednesday (chyba że) … you feel better.
4. You need to do sports regularly (jeśli chcesz być) … fit.
5. Call me (jeśli zdecydujesz się) … to come with us.
V Uzupełnij luki jednym słowem:
A: Hello Rachel. What seems to be the 1) …?
B: Well, I’ve got 2) … cold and a temperature and my throat really hurts.
A: Let 3) … have a look at it. Yes, it 4) … very sore. Here’s a prescription 5) … a course of antibiotics.
B: Can I go to school? I’ve got an important test.
A: No, you’d 6)… stay at home for the next three days. I 7) … write a note for your teacher.
Unit 9 Pre
Grammar
I Wstaw odpowiedni czas (II Conditional):
1.If I (have) ………….. enough money, I (buy) ………….. a snowboard.
2. Where (you, spend) ………….. your holiday if you (can) ………….. choose any place in the world?
3. If he (not, be) ………….. so ambitious, he (not, take) ………….. part in these activities.
4. Her (win) ………….. the game if he (not, have) ………….. backache.
5. He (not, have) ………….. problems with his heart if he (not, smoke) ………….. so much.
6. If she (not, be) ………….. ill, she (try) ………….. bungee jumping.
7. What (she, say) ………….. if her boyfriend (take) ………….. her to a football match.
8. If I (be) ………….. you, I (not buy) ………….. it now. I (wait) ………….. until the sales.
9. If you (buy) ………….. this car now, you (be able to) ………….. use it over the summer holiday.
10. What (you do) ………….. if you (win) ………….. the lottery?
11. If I (spend) ………….. more time studying, I (get) ………….. better results.
12. If we (start) ………….. shopping at a discount supermarket, we (save) ………….. a lot of money.
13. If people (use) ………….. their own containers, shops (reduce) ………….. the amount of packaging.
14. What (you say) ………….. if I (give) ………….. a 20 per cent discount?
15. If you (purchase) ………….. another pair, you (get) ………….. the second pair at half price.
II Przetłumacz fragmenty:
1.I don’t have a computer, so I have to go to the Internet café every day. (Gdybym miał) ………….. a computer, I (nie musiałbym)
………….. go to the Internet cafe every day.
2. I would love to play for the basketball team, bit I am too short. (Jeśli byłbym) …….. taller, I (grałbym) ……….. for the basketball team.
3. Too bad you are afraid of heights. We can’t go on a climbing wall. (Gdybyś nie bał się) ………….. of heights, we (moglibyśmy pójść)
………….. on a climbing wall.
4. She doesn’t have enough money, so she can’t afford to buy an MP3 player. (Gdyby miała) ………….. enough money, she (mogłaby
sobie pozwolić) ………….. to buy an MP3 player.
5. I am not the Minister of Education, so I can’t make holidays longer. (Gdybym była) ………….. the Minister of Education, I (mogłabym
spędzić) ………….. holidays longer.
III Wstaw odpowiedni czas (0, I, II Conditional):
1.What (you, do) ………….. if you (be) ………….. the Prime Minister?
2. If you (have) ………….. a lot of money, where (you, go) ………….. on your holidays?
3. I (be) ………….. upset if I (not, get) ………….. any money tomorrow.
4. I (not, worry) ………….. about it if I (be) ………….. you.
5. We (not, go) ………….. there if we (not, think) ………….. it was interesting.
6. If I (not, feel) ………….. better tomorrow, I (call) ………….. the doctor.
7. If an octopus (shoot) ………….. ink, it (have) ………….. time to escape its enemy.
8. If I (not, have) ………….. a dog, my life (be) ………….. really sad, but luckily I have Rex and he makes me happy.
9. If we (not, start) ………….. protecting endangered species soon, they (become) ………….. extinct.
10. I know I am only 16 but if I (be) ………….. a scientist, I (do) ………….. research into animal behavior.
11. If my dog (win) ………….. today, it (be) ………….. his second time this year.
12. If these animals (not, have) ………….. thick fur, they (not, survive) ………….. the winter.
13. Now we know that if an elephant (stamp) ………….. its feet, it (want) ………….. to frighten its enemies.
14. Opponents of zoos argue that if somebody (keep) ………….. us in cages all day, we (be) ………….. bored and depressed too.
IV Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.I think it’s a good idea to work during holidays. If I …………..…………..
2. I can’t afford to rent this flat because my current salary is not as high as yours. If my current salary …………..…………..
3. You need to have an excellent command of English to get this job. Unless you …………..…………..
4. My brother’s wildest dream is to win enough money in a lottery to go on a round-the-world trip. If my brother …………..…………..
5. She needs to pay a fine now in order to be taken to court. Unless she …………..…………..
6. My relatives don’t want me to stay with them in England in my gap year, that’s why I can’t improve my English. If my relatives …………
7. Tom would love to ask her out but unfortunately he doesn’t have her telephone number. If Tom …………..…………..
V Wstaw czasownik w odpowiednim czasie:
1. If it’s a nice day tomorrow, we (go) for a picnic.
2. I would wear a jacket if I (be) you.
3. The dog (not, bite) you if you hadn’t teased it.
4. You can go to the match if you (feel) better.
5. If Jessica (live) in Spain, she would speak Spanish fluently.
6. If Mike hadn’t lied, he (not, get) into trouble with the police.
7. ‘Did you invite Tim to the party?’ ‘No, but when I (speak) to him, I (invite) him.’
8. If I (not, buy) that lottery ticket, I (never, win) all this money!
9. ‘I hate going into town.’ ‘So do I. Whenever I (go) into town, I (come back) with a headache.’
10. ‘Dad shouted at me today.’ ‘Well, if you (not, break) the window, he (not, shout) at you.’
11. ‘Have you seen Dan recently?’ ‘No, but if I (have) time, I (see) him tomorrow.’
12. ‘Paul lost his watch.’ ‘Well, if he (look after) it properly, he (not, lose) it.’
13. If you (not, watch) that film yesterday, you (not, have) nightmares.
14. If she (finish) work earlier, she could have gone to the cinema with her friends.
15. If she (take) singing lessons, she could have become a professional singer.
16. Unless you (hurry), you (be) late for school.
17. If I (be) rich, I (sail) round the world.
18. Unless you go to bed now, you (be) tired in the morning.
19. If she (miss) the bus, she’ll be late for work.
20. He would have won the race if he (try) harder.
VI Sparafrazuj zdania:
1. I won’t help them if they don’t ask me. Unless…
2. I didn’t trust him. That’s why I lost all the money. If …
3. If there’s danger, call the police. In case …
4. You drink too much coffee; that’s why you can’t sleep. If you …
5. John didn’t come back home for lunch. His mother was angry. If …
6. The captain couldn’t play the match because he had broken his leg. If the captain…
7. We’ll take part in the performance unless anything unexpected happens. We’ll take part in the performance as…
8.I can’t photocopy that article for you because the photocopier is out of order. If the photocopier …
9. Take some more petrol. You may have to driver longer than you expect. Take some more petrol in …
10. It would be a good idea if you decided what to do now. If I …
11. Susan lost some weight because she ate less. Susan wouldn’t …
12. You didn’t understand because you weren’t listening. If …
13. We’ll have to take him to hospital if he doesn’t regain consciousness. Unless…
14. I must leave now or I’ll miss the bus. I’ll …
15. We couldn’t swim so we had to wait for the ferry. If we had …
VII Wstaw if lub unless:
1. … I go abroad, I’ll learn to speak foreign languages.
2. Don’t switch on the alarm …it’s necessary.
3. We’ll lose the game … we score 2 more points.
4. You’ll get wet … you don’t put on your raincoat.
5. .. father catches some fish, they’ll have only biscuits to live on.
VIII Połącz zdania, używając wyrazów w nawiasie:
1. Give me a ring. You will learn some news. (when)
2. I’ll get in touch. I’ll get back. (as soon as)
3. I’ll lend you the money. You must give it back soon. (as long as)
4. I’ll take an umbrella. It’ll rain. (in case)
5. I won’t go there tomorrow. You’ll go with me. (unless)
IX Przetłumacz fragmenty w nawiasie:
1. I’ll pay all my debts (pod warunkiem że bedę miał ) money.
2. (Kiedy Mary przyjedzie) we’ll meet Her at the stadion.
3. She’ll be upset (jeśli nie usłyszy) the doctor’s opinion.
4. (Jak tylko lekcje się skończą) we’ll go for a pizza.
5. I won’t forget your rudeness (pod warunkiem, że przeprosisz).
6. Take a map (na wypadek, gdybyś się zgubił).
7. Have some rest (zanim zaczniesz) working again.
8. I’ll help you (o ile będę miał) time.
9. (Po tym jak skończysz) studying, go outdoors.
10. Take your gun (na wypadek, gdyby był) armed.
X Wstaw odpowiedni czas czasownika w nawiasie:
1. If I (be) a famous actor, I (certainly, live) in Hollywood.
2. If I (feel) bad, I (usually, call) my friends.
3. Plants (die, if they (not, get) enough light.
4. What (you say) if a friend (ask) you to lend him a lot of money?
5. I (not, talk) to him if he (call) me a liar again.
6. (you, go away) next weekend if you (not, have to) study?
7. If John (know) Cindy better, he (invite) her for a cup of coffee.
8. If she (not, study), she (not, pass) her exams.
9. She (be) here at 8 unless she (lose) her way.
10. If I (be) you, I (not, go) out in this weather.
11. If Mark (be) older, he (join) the army.
12. If you (ass) a bakery, (you, buy) some bread, please?
13. A: Peter won’t help me with my homework.
B: I’m sure he (help) you if he (have) time.
14. If you (put) water in the freezer, it (become) ice.
15. If I (not, be) ill, I (go) with you to the party.
XI Przetłumacz:
XII Sparafrazuj zdania:
1. Jak tylko pojedziemy na Kretę, spróbujemy lokalnych dań.
1.We won’t be able to get home if they don’t give us a lift. Unless..
2. Kiedy zobaczysz Rose, powiedz jej o jej ojcu.
2. I’d like to study art. But I don’t know if I pass the exam. If…
3. Nie pójdę na przyjęcie, jeśli Connie nie pójdzie ze mną.
3. I’m not a princess so I can’t marry a prince. If …
4. Gdybym był szybszy, wygrałbym wyścig.
4. I advise you to do something about it. If I…
5. Gdyby ona miała ogród, sadziłaby warzywa.
5. The woman will die if nobody sends for a doctor. Unless…
6. Nie znajdziecie pokoju w hotelu, jeśli nie zrobicie wcześniej rezerwacji. 6. We must offer him profits or he will not cooperate. He …
7. Spóźniłbym się do pracy, gdybym nie wziął taksówki.
7. He’s afraid of heights, so he can’t go climbing. He…
8. Poszedłbym z tobą, gdybym nie miał tylu rzeczy do zrobienia.
8.She isn’t interested in art, so she doesn’t want to see the gallery. If …
XIII Put the correct tense of the verb in brackets:
1. If you (pour) ......................................... oil on water, it (float) ......................................... . It’s lighter than water.
2. If you (come) ........................................... to my party last evening, you (meet) ............................................ my friends there.
3. Nick! Stop it! The dog (bite) .........................................you if you (not, stop) ......................................... teasing it.
4. If it (be) ......................................... possible, the doctor (help) ......................................... you, Grandma. But it isn’t.
5. I had no maps, that’s why I got lost. If I (had) …………………………… a map, it (be) ………………………… all right.
6. Your room is in disorder. If you (be) ………………………………… really tidy, it (look) ………………………...cleaner.
7. Unless you (go) ……………………………… to bed now, you (be) …………………………… tired in the morning.
8. Why didn’t you tell me? If I (know) ......................................... earlier, I (not, go) ......................................... there.
9. If the temperature (rise) ......................................... above zero, ice always (melt) .........................................
10. If we (work) ......................................... more, our business (be) ....................................... better. I hope it’ll happen soon.
11. People (be) .................................. happier if they (forget) .................................... about all their problems. But they can’t.
12. We had to stand almost all the way. It was your fault. If you (book) ………………seats, we (have) ……………… a comfortable journey.
13. The book is awfully boring. If it (be) …………………………… more interesting, I (read) …………………… it faster.
14. A: Did you invite Tim to the party? B: No, but if I (speak) ………...…… to him later today, I (ask) ………………… him.
15. There are a lot of dry sticks in the forest. Now, if you (bring) ................................ some, we (build) ............................... a nice warm fire.
16. If I (be) ........................................., Jim, I (start) ......................................... using a deodorant.
17. If you (boil) ......................................... cherries, the colour often (change) ......................................... into pink.
18. If we (patent) ........................................ our little inventions before Sony did it, we (earn) ......................................... a lot.
19. You were late. If you (not, be) ………………………………late, we (not, miss) ………………………………… our bus.
20. It’s a pity I haven’t got a balcony. If I (have) ……………………… a balcony, I (grow) …………………… plants in pots.
21. A: I need some wrapping paper. B: If I (find) ……………………… any at the shop, I (buy) ……………… some for you.
22. If you (eat) ......................................... too much salt, your blood pressure always (rise) .........................................
23. If Terry (listen) ......................................... to the teacher, he (know) ......................................... what the lesson was about.
24 If fairy tales (be) ......................................... real, I (go) ......................................... to search for Alladin’s lamp.
25. If the rain (come) ......................................... early next year, there (be) ......................................... a good harvest.
26. She was a very charming woman. You (like) ………………………………her if you (meet) ………………………… her.
27. If you are not going to live in this house, why don’t you sell it? If I (have) …………… a house I wouldn’t use, I (sell) ……… it at once.
28. A: I forgot to ask Tim for his phone number. B: If I (see) ………………… him today, I (ask) ……………… him for you.
XIV Wstaw ‘too / enough’ plus przymiotnik w nawiasie:
1. Now that they have two children, their flat is …………. (small) for them.
2. They say I don’t type …………. (fast) for the position of secretary.
3. I’m going to the library because it isn’t …………. (quiet) for me here.
4. The baby is ………. (young) to eat on his own.
5. He didn’t get up ………. (early) to catch the train.
6. Isn’t it …………. (cold) for a picnic?
7. Paula isn’t …………. (strong) to lift these boxes.
XV Uzupełnij tekst wstawiając ‘too’ lub ‘enough’:
Tom is 13. He lives in a small town. He wants to go to a concert in a big city. He tries to persuade his mother to let him go. This is what his
mum says: ‘You can’t go to the concert. You are 1) (young) ………….. It could be 2) (dangerous) ………….. and you aren’t 3) (old)
………….. to travel on your own. The concert finishes 4) (late) ………….. and I’m afraid you’ll have to wait 5) (long) ………….. to
catch a train. All in all, sorry but I can’t agree.’
XVI Przetłumacz:
1.Jest zbyt późno, by zadzwonić do znajomych.
2. Nie jesteśmy wystarczająco dorośli, by podejmować wszystkie decyzje.
3. Obawiam się, że nie mam wystarczająco dużo czasu, żeby ci pomóc.
4. To zadanie jest zbyt skomplikowane.
XVII Sparafrazuj zdania używając przymiotnika w nawiasie i too lub enough:
1.The living room is much too small for our family. (spacious) The living room isn’t ………….. for our family.
2. That pink armchair is really hard. It isn’t possible to sit in it. (uncomfortable) That pink portrait is ………….. to sit in.
3. The heater is too old for this building. (modern) The heater isn’t ………….. for this building.
4. This furniture isn’t elegant enough for our flat. (tasteless) This furniture is ………….. to our flat.
5. The bad is too uncomfortable for me. (comfortable). This bed …………..
6. The water isn’t warm enough for a shower. (cold) The …………..
7. This food isn’t healthy enough for my diet. (unhealthy) This food …………..
8. My computer is too old for this game. (new) My computer …………..
Functions
Ułóż zdania w dialog:
A 40, I think.
B It’s at the end, to the left.
C Do you know your size?
D Why don’t you try on these? They should be the right size for you.
E Hi, do you need some help?
F Thank you. Where is the changing room?
G Hm, I think they are too large. Can you give me the next size down too?
H Here you are. Size 38.
I Yes, please. I’m looking for a pair of black jeans.
Writing
I Umieść wiadomość na forum internetowym dotyczącą twojego ulubionego centrum handlowego.

Opisz to miejsce

Napisz o jego wadach i zaletach

Napisz, dlaczego polecasz to miejsce

Wyraź swoją opinię na temat spędzania wolnego czasu w galeriach handlowych
II Opisz na blogu swoje wrażenia dotyczące reklamy, którą widziałeś w TV/Internecie.

Napisz, gdzie tę reklamę widziałeś i czego dotyczy

Opisz, w jaki sposób produkt jest reklamowany

Napisz swoją opinię o reklamie i uzasadnij ją

Napisz, jakie reklamy najbardziej cię denerwują
III Napisz list skargę do biura podróży, w którym wykupiłeś wycieczkę zagraniczną. Opisz te elementy wycieczki, z których byłeś
niezadowolony i przedstaw, jak próbowałeś (nieskutecznie) uporać się z nimi na miejscu.
IV Napisz rozprawkę przedstawiającą dobre i złe strony reklam.
V Napisz artykuł odsłaniający sztuczki używane przez twórców reklam, mające na celu zwrócić uwagę potencjalnego klienta. Podaj również
sugestie pomagające klientom nie dać się nabrać reklamom.
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
Everywhere we go, advertisements create the desire for things that we 1) (really need, will really need, are really needing, don’t really need),
and encourage us 2) (consume, consuming, to consume, to consuming). This constant pressure to spend and consume 3) (has gone, have
gone, went, will go) too far. So some people in the rich world show their 4) (approval, disapproval, approving, disapproving) of their
consumerism by deciding not to buy 5) (something, anything, nothing, none) for a day. But what would happen if we 6) (will take, take, took,
would take) this idea and everyone gave up buying things, not just for a day, but for months, or even a year? At first it may appear attractive,
but the 7) (further, farther, furthest, farthest) consequences could be terrible.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.I can’t afford a new computer now. If I had …
2. My father buys a lottery ticket every Sunday. He dreams of building a yacht. If my father won a prize in a lottery, he …
3. I think you should negotiate the price. I would negotiate the price if I …
4. The bag is too heavy for her to carry. She isn’t …
5. She hasn’t got enough experience to get this job. He has got …
III Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
1.’Where is the (fit) … room? I’d like to try on this blouse.’
2. These models are very popular with our clients. So far there have been no (complain) … about them.
3. Do not take too much luggage, only the basic (necessary)…
4. Always ask the shop assistant for a (receive) … in caser you want to return the product.
5. If I were the (manage) …, I’d employ only experienced workers.
IV Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasie:
1.If you opened a boutique, how (zachęciłbyś ludzi) … to come to your shop?
2. (Gdybyś nie marnował czasu) … on computer games, you wouldn’t have problems at school.
3. These shoes (nie pasują na mnie) … . They are too tight.
4. I would like (poskarżyć się na) … the service at your shop.
5. The trousers are too long. Can you (skrócić je) …?
V Uzupełnij luki odpowiednim słowem:
Charlie Bucket, 1) … hero of the tale, is a small boy who 2) … with his parents in a tiny house near a big town. Wonka’s famous chocolate
factory is in the town. Charlie’s family is 3) … poor that they can only eat bread and margarine. The only thing Charlie can look forward 4)
… is a small bar of Wonka’s chocolate 5) … his birthday. Then, 6) … day there is an announcement that causes sensation all around the
world. There are five 7) … tickets hidden in five bars of Wonka chocolate. The people who discover them 8) … have chocolate for the rest
of their lives!
Unit 10 Pre
Grammar
I Wybierz:
1.I (didn’t see / haven’t seen) my friend recently.
2. I (played / have played) computer games a lot when I was a child.
3. How many times (has he won / did he win) the ski-jumping competition.
4. I (didn’t ride / haven’t ridden) a horse much this summer.
5. How many times (have you travelled / did you travel) by plane?
6. They (won / have won) three table-tennis tournaments when they were at school.
II Wstaw czasownik Past Simple / Present Perfect:
1.Where (you, be) …………..
2. How long (he, know) ………….. his girlfriend?
3. She’s very depressed because she thinks her boyfriend (forget) ………….. about his birthday.
4. Well, (he, ask) ………….. her to marry him. No? What is he waiting for?
5. You (tell) …………..us about the job twice, don’t you remember?
6. After 10 years, they (move) ………….. away from here to start a new life in another country.
7. It’s strange but he (not, see) ………….. his children for 5 years.
8. When (you, hear) ………….. that?
9. What kind of husband is he? He (not, help) ………….. her with the housework in his life.
10. (you, send) ………….. her the text message yet?
11. When (he, get) ………….. the piercing?
12. After the wedding they (live) ………….. in Paris for 8 months.
13. How long (your sister, know) ………….. him?
14. You’re not going to believe this! Dan (take) ………….. his girlfriend to that expensive restaurant in the city centre yesterday. Do you
think it means something?
15. What? Our daughter wants to live with him? But she (not, finish) ………….. her college yet.
III Uzupełnij wstawiając since lub for:
1. … two years
4. … last Christmas
2. … over a month
5. … ages
3 … March
6. … I was born
7. … nine this morning
8. … I was born
9. … a few minutes
IV Przetłumacz na angielski fragmenty w zdań. Po każdym zdaniu wybierz since lub for:
1. I (nie widziałem jej) …………………………… for / since a few years.
2. We (jesteśmy tutaj) …………………………… for / since a few minutes.
3. She (ma ten zegarek) …………………………… for / since her last birthday.
4. They (nie odwiedzali nas) …………………………… for / since many years.
5. He (nie mieszka tutaj) …………………………… for / since January.
6. It (nie pada tutaj) …………………………… for / since a few weeks.
7. I (znam go) …………………………… for / since we were kids.
8. You (nie jadłeś) …………………………… anything for / since breakfast!
V Przetłumacz na j. angielski:
1.I love Egypt. (Byłam) ………….. there twice this year. Last year (byłam) ………….. there four times!
2. (Znamy się) ………….. each other since secondary school but we (nie widzieliśmy się) ………….. each other for many years.
3. She (nie zdała) ………….. her driving test yet. She (przystąpiła) ………….. it five times so far.
4. (Mieszkam) ………….. in Szczecin since I was born.
5. (Jestem) ………….. a member of our school volleyball team since the first grade.
6. Placido Domingo, the great Spanish tenor, (występował) ………….. in many European countries. Luciano Pavarotti, the great Italian
tenor, (występował) ………….. in many European countries too. Both are well recognized and admired.
7. (skończyłem) ………….. my homework, so we can go out now.
8. I don’t want to see this film. I (już widziałem) ………….. it.
9. (Nie kupiłeś) ………….. milk, so I can’t prepare pancakes.
VI Sparafrazuj zdania:
I have never tasted shrimps before. It’s the first time I’ve tasted shrimps.
1.I’ve never seen a film like that before.
2. Alex has never been to Paris before.
3. She has never played the trumpet before.
4. I have never had such a bad headache.
5. I’ve never read such a ridiculous article.
VII Wstaw ‘have’ w odp. czasie:
1. Emily …. her newspapers delivered every morning.
2. The Campbells … their kitchen painted at the moment.
3. I … my hair cut short last week.
4. He … his car serviced next Tuesday.
5. She … her carpets fitted yesterday when I called her.
6. I … (just) my picture taken by a photographer.
7. Mark … some trees planted in a week’s time.
8. Steve … his wallet stolen while he was doing shopping.
9. I … my jeans shortened tomorrow.
10. I always … my rubbish collected on Thursdays.
VIII Odpowiedz na pytania używając ‘causative have’:
1. Jane’s going to the hairdresser’s tomorrow. What
is she going to do?
2.Rob’s suit is dirty. What should he do?
3. Mandy’s wedding dress was made especially for her.
What did she have done?
4. Chris has paid the mechanic for repairing his
motorbike. What has he done?
6. Tim’s bedroom’s walls are dirty. Painting them
would help. What should he do?
7. The tap in their room is leaking. What are they going to do?
IX Przekształć zdania używając ‘causative have’:
1.Holly is going to ask the seamstress to sew her dress.
2.Someone has tidied the garden for Mark.
3.When will they fix the telephone?
4.Pat pays someone to clean the windows every week.
5.Can you tell someone to move these boxes?
6.When will they deliver Dan’s sofa?
7. Sally is going to ask the travel agent to book the tickets.
8. Howard should ask someone to deliver the package.
9. My teeth were cleaned by the dentist.
10. The engineer is repairing her washing machine.
11. The gardener cuts the grass in my mother’s garden.
12. The tailor is going to lengthen my skirt.
X Sparafrazuj zdania używając wyrażenia have sth done:
1.Somebody is going to write Mike’s biography. Mike …………..
2. The hairdresser has bleached Ann’s hair blond. Ann …………..
3. A professional body builder prepares exercises for him. He …………..
4. A famous fashion designer made her wedding dress. She …………..
5. A translator is checking his letter of application. The …………..
6. The barber was cutting Darren’s hair. Darren …………..
7. The hairdresser made a wig for her. She …………..
8. A photographer is taking our picture. We …………..
9. The barber was shaving off his moustache. He …………..
10. A specialist has prepared a face mask for her. She …………..
11. The secretary writes his letters for him. He …………..
XI Wyrażenia w nawiasie (have sth done) napisz w odpowiednim czasie:
Style icon Bobby Farr has decided to sell his £2m house in North London. At the moment he (have, it, redecorate) 1) ………….. to try to
make it easier to sell. If you remember last year, Bobby (have, the roof, fix) 2) …………..after a storm and we know from reports that he
(have, the whole place, clean) 3) ………….. every day, even though most of the rooms are never used. Last month we told you that he (have,
the garden, redesign) 4) ………….. so that it looked like an African savannah. No one is quite sure whether he (have, also, animals, bring) 5)
………….. in to live in the garden –even the paparazzi aren’t brave enough to risk bumping into a lion! If you want to see what you could
buy for your £2m, Bobby (going, have, brochure, print) 6) ………….. soon which will cost £5 to buy. The brochure won’t be difficult to put
together – Bobby (have, his house, photograph) 7) ………….. so many times that there were lots of images to choose from.
Functions
I Dopasuj: Customer
1.Could I have a table for one, please?
2. How lovely, what a nice view of the square.
3. So, what could you recommend?
4. OK, I think I’ll begin with the goat’s cheese.
5. Mm, it sounds lovely. I’ll go for that.
6. Just a half-litre bottle of sparkling mineral water.
7. Thank you very much. That was absolutely delicious.
8. I’ve already decided. I’ll have the chocolate mousse.
9. Yes, please, a double espresso and the bill.
Waiter
a/ Would you like anything to drink?
b/ Shall I bring you a coffee at the same time?
c/ If you’d like to follow me, there is a table by the window.
d/ Well, today’s menu is on the board. As a starter there’s goat’s
cheese salad, or stuffed mushrooms, and of course, home-made soup.
e/ Would you like to look at the dessert menu?
f/ Yes, it’s lovely at this time of the year.
g/ Here you are. Enjoy your meal.
h/ And can I recommend the lamb for the main course? It’s cooked
very slowly on top of the oven with different herbs.
II Co powiedziałbyś w następujących sytuacjach (jako kelner)?
1.What kind of soup have you got?
2. I don’t really feel like having soup. What other starters have you got?
3. I’m very fond of fish. Have you got anything you would recommend?
4. I think I’d like some meat. What would you recommend?
5. I have heard that Poland is famous for its cheesecake? Is there any on the menu?
Writing
I Będąc na kursie językowym w Londynie mieszkałeś u rodziny brytyjskiej. Po powrocie do Polski napisz do nich list z podziękowaniem.

Podziękuj za pobyt i podaj, za co szczególnie jesteś wdzięczny

Przypomnij jedną z potraw, którą u nich jadłeś i poproś o przepis

Przypomnij zdarzenie w restauracji, do której cię zabrali

Zaproś ich do siebie i zaproponuj jakąś atrakcję
II Napisz do kolegi list, w którym opiszesz swój udział w szkockim święcie ‘Burns’ Night’.

Napisz, gdzie przebywałeś i podaj cel listu

Opisz jedzenie, które było serwowane podczas święta

Napisz o innych zwyczajach, które obserwowałeś i/lub w których brałeś udział

Wyraź swoją opinię o tym święcie i obiecaj wysłać zdjęcia
III Napisz artykuł do angielskiej gazety opisujący polskie zwyczaje wielkanocne oraz napisz, jakie znaczenie ma rodzinne obchodzenie
świąt.
IV Napisz list skargę do restauracji, w której organizowałeś swoją osiemnastkę. Opisz problemy, który napotkałeś oraz zasugeruj zmiany,
które restauracja powinna wprowadzić.
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
Sam is 1) (younger, as young as, youngest, the youngest) of five children in his family. He’s been a keen cook 2) (for, since, when, after) he
was four. His mother helped him 3) (write, writes, writing, wrote) his first book ‘Cooking up a storm’. She thought it 4) (will sell, would sell,
sold, was sold) about ten copies. In fact, people all over the world 5) (bought, had bought, have bought, will buy) more than half a million
copies since it appeared. When the book came out, Sam received offers from TV companies 6) (make, making, to make, made) his own
series. He 7) (turned them down, turned them back, turned them in, turned them off) because he wanted to concentrate on his schoolwork,
playing football and cooking. Sam wants to improve the eating habits of schoolchildren. He 8) (has come out with, has come through with,
has come over, has come up with) a new book with recipes so that families can eat more healthily.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.When did you become the chef of this restaurant? (been) How long …?
2. I have never changed a wheel before. (first) It is …
3. We last met Tom two years ago. (seen) We …
4. Last week they hired a gardener to mow the lawn. (had) They …
5. You can’t wash your hair now as the plumber is repairing the tap in the bathroom now. (having) We …
III Wstaw odpowiednią formę wyrazu w nawiasie:
1.When Sam wrote his first cookery book, he was only a (teen) … at a junior school.
2. Beat the egg white until stiff and add three (spoon) … of sugar.
3. My grandfather used to have delicious, (juice) … pears in his orchard.
4. The casserole should be served (heat) …, directly from the oven.
5. I’ve run out of (bake) … powder. Could you run to the corner shop?
IV Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasie:
1.How long (znasz) … James?
2. I’ve lived in this town (od urodzenia) …
3. What (poleciłaby pani) … for the main course?
4. The most traditional dish in America is (pieczony indyk) …
5. I will (zamówię pieczenie tortu) … for my birthday party.
V Uzupełnij luki odpowiednim wyrazem:
I don’t know 1) … we would do without Mrs Hudson, our cook. She joined the school forty two years 2) … and she has been with us ever 3)
… . Even though she is almost 70, she refuses 4) … retire. She stopped 5) … six years ago to have her three children but then she came 6) …
to work. Her children and now grandchildren 7) … been at this school and have eaten her marvelous 8) …
Unit 11 Pre
Grammar
I Wstaw odpowiednie Question Tag:
1.They are studying history, …?
2. He doesn’t like you, …?
3. You went there yesterday, …?
4. She won’t be late for our meeting, …?
5. They haven’t done it yet, …?
6. You can come at five pm, …?
7. He has already finished his project, …?
8. It isn’t very expensive, …?
9. You will be able to come, …?
10. You don’t really believed it, …?
11. You don’t know the answer to question 4, …?
12. I’m your age, …?
13. Nobody has failed the test, …?
14. He always sings in French, …?
15. She took part in Eurovision for the second time, …?
16. He’ll be here when the meeting ends, …?
17. There aren’t any more questions, …?
18. She copied this song, …?
20. The politicians won’t help us, …?
21. You’ve done the quiz, …?
22. Nobody won anything, …?
23. I’m on the list, …?
24. Everybody’s going to be there, …?
II Zamień na pytania pośrednie:
1.What do they want? Do you know …………..
2. Could you tell me the time, please? I wonder …………..
3. When is the next parade? Have you any idea …………..
4. Where did they give the last concert? Can anyone tell me …………..
5. What music does he like? Do you happen to know …………..
6. Are you coming with us? I’d like to know …………..
7. Why is he using a walking stick? Would you like telling me …………..
8. Were they there alone? Have you any idea …………..
9. How much does this drawing cost? Could you tell me …………..…………..
10. When did the festival start? I’d like to know …………..
11. Could you play it again? I wonder …………..
12. What is this? Could you tell me …………..
13. When does the show start? I’d like to know …………..
14. How long will we have to wait? I wonder …………..
15. Who is the lead singer? I don’t know …………..
16. Is this the right place? Are you sure …………..
17. Are there any tickets left? Can you tell me …………..
18. Do the artists here sell many paintings? Have you got any idea …………..
19. Can we go in now? Do you think …………..
20. Does the show start at 8? Do you happen to know …………..
21. What are you doing here? I’d like to know…………..
22. What’s the director’s name? Would you mind telling me …………..
23. Have you been here before? Do you remember …………..
24. How much does a ticket cost? Could you tell me …………..
25. What do the signs on the wall mean? Can anyone tell me …………..
III Wstaw say lub tell w odpowiedniej formie:
My grandpa Joe is amazing. He 1) ………….. the funniest jokes and he can make me laugh when he doesn’t 2) ………….. anything. He also
3) ………….. the best stories in the world. He always swears that he is 4) ………….. the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth but
often his stories are so incredible that I think he invents them. But I can’t imagine that he would ever 5) ………….. a lie. And he always asks
me to 6) ………….. him what I think about his stories. And I always 7) ………….. that he should become a writer. When I was a kid he
would always read me a bedtime story and 8) ………….. funny things about the story – that was more interesting that the original story.
Then he would 9) ………….. goodnight to me and I would dream of dragons and princesses. I hope that one day when I become a
grandparent my grandchildren will also 10) ………….. that I am a great story-teller. My English teacher 11) ………….. that I am a
chatterbox and talk too much, but my friends 12) ………….. me that I am just a good talker with a lot to 13) ………….. on many topics.
IV Przetłumacz zdania używając słów w nawiasach:
1.Nauczyciel kazał nam usiąść osobno. (order) ………….. sit separately.
2. Poprosił, żebyśmy przeczytali zadanie. (ask) ………….. the task.
3. Zapytał, czy rozumiemy ćwiczenia. (ask) ………….. the exercise.
4. Kazał nam nie korzystać z książek i zeszytów. (tell) ………….. our books or notebooks.
5. Obiecał, że przyniesie testy wkrótce. (promise) ………….. the tests soon.
V Wstaw said, told, asked, wanted:
1.She ………….. she couldn’t understand his accent.
2. Miranda ………….. a teacher if she could help with the registration form.
3. Hugh ………….. it took two years to get to advanced level.
4. He ………….. the times of the buses to Brisbane.
5. She ………….. me if Polish was my mother tongue.
6. They ………….. her now to find the principal’s office.
7. She ………….. to know if he was a native speaker.
8. I ………….. I was studying in a language school.
9. She ………….. me to show her my Spanish homework.
10 Her parents ………….. to know what I thought of Bournemouth.
VI Zamień na mowę zależną lub odwrotnie:
1. ‘Stop making noise,’ said grandmother to her grandson. Grandmother …………..
2. ‘Don’t drink or eat anything in the reading room, please,’ the librarian said to Chris. The librarian …………..
3. My grandma asked me to help her with the housework. ‘………….. with the housework, please.’
4. ‘You should drink a glass of water and lie down for a while,’ I said to my younger sister. I told …………..
5. My parents often tell me not to let strangers into the house. ‘…………...’
6. ‘Tidy up your room before going to the cinema,’ my mother said to me.’ My mother …………..
7. Tom asked me to lend him some money till tomorrow. ‘………….. till tomorrow, please.’
8. ‘Think twice before you make a decision,’ my father often says to me. My father often tells …………..
9. We told Barbara not to bring any sweets for our children. ‘………….., please.’
10. ‘I think you should go to the dentist,’ I said to my mother. ‘You …………..’
11. ‘Don’t use your mobile phone during the landing, please,’ the flight attendant said to Tom. The flight attendant …………..
12. ‘I’m writing my diploma project now,’ My boyfriend said …………..
13. ‘Don’t look at people like that!’ She told me …………..
14. ‘I have never used bad language before.’ He claimed …………..
15. ‘I won’t pay back all my debts in ten years.’ My father said …………..
16. ‘We decided to take longer holidays than last year.’ She said …………..
17. ‘I’m not going to let you ruin your life!’ My mum announced …………..
18. ‘Could you give me a hand with the cleaning, please?’ My sister asked me …………..
19. ‘I was arguing with my boyfriend until 11 o’clock at night.’ Barbara admitted …………..
20. ‘Read the instructions carefully before the beginning of the test.’ The teacher told the class …………..
21. ‘And I want to stay here for 2 months.’ She added …………..
22. ‘I was watching TV yesterday for three hours instead of working on my master’s thesis.’ The student admitted …………..
23. ‘I will never marry you.’ She answered …………..
24. ‘I’m going to spend my retirement doing nothing.’ My grandmother announced …………..
25. ‘I have never suffered from insomnia before.’ He said …………..
26. ‘Don’t drive over 50mph on this road.’ The police officer ordered the driver …………..
27. ‘Why are you trying to make me change my mind?’ She asked me …………..
28. ‘Have you ever written a letter to a government official?’ My friend wondered …………..
29. ‘Where do you get all these funny gadgets from?’ My mum asked me …………..
30. ‘Can you start work on Monday at nine o’clock?’ The interviewer asked me …………..
31. ‘How long were you working on this project?’ My friend wanted to know …………..
32. ‘When did you decide to get engaged to Emma?’ I asked him …………..
33. ‘Will you be able to check our essays next week?’ The students asked the teacher …………..
34. ‘How many students were there in your secondary school?’ She was interested to know …………..
35. ‘Are you going to accuse him of stealing your car?’ My sister asked me …………..
36. ‘Will you manage to meet the deadline?’ The Managing Director wanted to know …………..
37. ‘Why do you lose patience so quickly?’ My maths teacher wondered …………..
38. ‘Can you speak French at the same level as English?’ The interviewer asked him …………..
39. ‘Have you ever been overcharged in a restaurant?’ My friend wondered …………..
40. ‘How long was she doing the housework?’ They asked me …………..
41. ‘She’s out of work now.’ Her husband complained …………..
42. ‘I’ve got my first job today,’ Jennifer told me that …………..
43. ‘Is job satisfaction important to you?’ The interviewer asked me …………..
44. ‘He didn’t have enough qualifications.’ The woman explained that …………..
45. ‘Don’t make this mistake again!’ The boss told me …………..
46. ‘Why was he furious?’ My girlfriend wanted to know …………..
47. ‘Wait here for me!’ My father asked me …………..
48. ‘I can’t do everything myself!’ The waiter protested that …………..
49. ‘I’ll take care of it.’ He promised that …………..
50. ‘I applied for this job last week.’ My brother explained that …………..
51. ‘Sit in the front row!’ The teacher told me …………..
52. ‘What’s he studying now?’ My mum wanted to know …………..
53. ‘Did you talk to him?’ My sister asked me …………..
54. ‘They’ve had a car crash.’ The officer replied …………..
55. ‘Don’t do that here!’ She told me …………..
56. ‘I see him every day in his lorry.’ My neighbours claimed that …………..
57. ‘She can also speak Spanish!’ Her boss added that …………..
VII Zrelacjonuj poniższe pytania:
1. ‘Are you working at the moment?’
2. ‘What kind of job are you interested in?’
3. ‘Have you ever worked abroad?’
4. ‘Where did you find out about the programme?’
5. ‘Who contacted you from our agency?’
6. ‘Do you like learning new skills?’
7. ‘How many foreign languages can you speak?’
8. ‘How long are you going to stay in the USA?’
9. ‘How much money do you expect to earn?’
Tom: Mark tell me about the interview you had for the ‘Work and Travel’ programme. What questions did they ask you?
Mark: First they wanted to know 1) ………….. Then they asked me 2) ………….. and ) ………….. What else? Oh yes, they wanted to know
4) ………….. and 5) ………….. They also asked 6) ………….. and 7) ………….. Then we talked about my expectations. They wanted to
know 8) ………….. and 9) ………….. And that was it, really.
VIII Zrelacjonuj dialog:
Immigration Officer: Is this the first time you have been to Australia?
Charlie: Yes, it is.
IO: How long are you planning to stay?
C: For nine months, I’m going to study at the University of New South Wales.
IO: Can you show me some proof?
C: Yes, I’ll show you the letter from my professor.
IO: Thanks. I’ll just make a photocopy. Have you got a return ticket?
C: Ye, I have. I’ll find it for you.
IO: Well, that seems to be in order. Welcome to Australia and enjoy your stay!
1.The IO asked ………….. to Australia.
2.Charlie told …………..
3. The IO asked ………….. to stay.
4. Charlie said ………….. and that he …………..
5. The IO wanted to know ………….. some proof.
6. Charlie told ………….. from his professor.
7. The IO said ………….. make a photocopy. She then asked …………..
8. Charlie told ………….. find it for her.
9. The IO said ………….. and welcomed him to Australia.
IX Zrelacjonuj pytania.
1. How long will you stay here?
2. How much money have you got with you?
3. Do you have any family or friends here?
4. Why are you visiting Canada?
5. Are you a student?
6. Is Mark in the kitchen?
7. Where’s Mark?
8. What time did he arrive?
9. How much will it cost?
10. Is there anything I can do for you?
11. How long have you been a student?
12. Were you on flight BA 739 from London?
13. Can you show me your return ticket?
14. Is the red and black bag yours?
15. Did you travel alone?
16. Should I go?
17. How long have you been in the country?
18. How far is it to the station?
19. How much was the ticket?
20. Did he win?
X Change the sentences into Reported Speech:
1. “What happened?” He asked
2. “How long will it take?” He asked
3. “Are you happy?” He asked
4. “How long have you been in the country?” He asked
5. “Did they win?” He asked
6. “I saw Mark yesterday.” She said
7. “I’m leaving tomorrow.” She said
8. “The match will be played this evening.” She said
9. “My mobile doesn’t work.” She said
10. “I haven’t done it.” She said
11. “I would buy a car if I had enough money,” he said to her.
12. “This is a very famous statue,” the tour guide told me.
13. “I don’t like this jacket,” said Bob.
14. ‘I’ve never travelled by plane before.’ He said…
15. ‘I found the note under the so far.’ He said…
16. ‘How did the operation go?’ He asked …
17. ‘Please forgive me.’ He asked …
18. ‘Are they moving house?’ He asked …
19. ‘Don’t touch this statue, please.’ He …
20. “Did you enjoy being famous?” the reporter asked him
21. “What’s the best part of your job?” the reporter asked him.
22. “What do you find difficult about acting?” the reporter asked him.
23. “How many films have you starred in?” the reporter asked him.
24. “That was a wonderful party,” said Jill.
25. “A lot of people visit museums,” he said.
XI Write the reported conversation in a form of dialogue:
1. The careers advisor asked me if I was interested in going to university.
2. I explained that I didn’t like studying and that I wanted to start earning money.
3. Then he asked what I was interested in.
4. He said that there were lots of job opportunities for science graduates and added that a lot of Maths graduates became teachers.
5. I admitted that I wasn’t interested in becoming a teacher.
6. Next, he asked me whether I thought about working in industry.
7. I said I hadn’t but that I would think about it.
8. Finally, he wanted to know if a high salary was important to me.
9. I explained that it was quite important but I was more interested in job satisfaction.
XII Przetłumacz zdania w mowie zależnej:
1. Ann spytała Johna, gdzie spędza weekendy.
2. John zapytał, z kim idę na przyjęcie.
3. Mr Pitt chciał wiedzieć, gdzie Jessica skończył a szkołę.
4. Ona zastanawiała się, od jak dawna pływasz.
5. On kazał dzieciom nie drażnić psa.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
6. Powiedzieli, że Mary musi być bardzo inteligentna.
7. Zapytał, czy wolno tu palić.
8. On powiedział, bym nie dotykał tej substancji.
9. Ona zapytała, czy powinna kupić ten komputer.
10. On zapytał mnie, która godzina, a gdy odpowiedziałem, podziękował.
XIII Change into Reported Speech. Some sentences do not need the change of tense.
The instructions say, “The camera needs two batteries.”
“I’ve finished he letter you asked me to write,” Jill said.
“Pandas live in China,” the teacher said.
Mr Brown says, “My son is going to work abroad.”
“I should have bought her a present,” he said.
Mr Collins said, “You needn’t work late this evening.”
“I’ll pick you up at six o’clock,” he has told her.
“Coal is found underground,” he said
“We might go to the cinema tonight,” they said.
They said, “We’ve never travelled by plane before.”
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
XIV Change into Reported Speech using the following introductory words:
accuse, admit, advise, agree, allow, apologise, beg, boast, complain, deny, explain, insist, offer, order, promise, refuse, remind, suggest,
threaten, warn
“I’m the fastest runner on the team.”
“I didn’t take your jacket.”
“You should go to the doctor’s.”
“I’ll call you next week.”
“Yes, I’ll set the table for dinner.”
“He always forgets my birthday.’
“Let’s go for a walk.
“Leave, or I’ll shoot.”
“Don’t forget to feed the cat.”
“You broke my CD player.”
“Don’t go near the edge of the cliff.”
“You must do your homework before you go out.”
“No, I won’t do your homework for you.”
“You lied to me.”
“I promise I won’t tell anyone your secret.”
“I’m sorry I ruined your shirt.”
“No, I didn’t use the computer.”
“I’ll punish you if you behave badly.”
“It was me who broke the vase.”
“Yes, I’ll help you with the washing up.”
“Throw down your weapons!”
“No, you may not stay out late tonight.”
“You must wash your and before eating dinner.”
“That’s the most beautiful necklace I’ve ever seen.”
“Please, please, don’t tell anyone about this!”
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
XV Paraphrase the sentences:
“You should spend more time studying.” The teacher advised...................
“Don’t forget to lock the door before you leave.” Sam reminded.............................
“I’m sorry I forgot to call you.” Jim apologised..................................
“You never listen to me, Stuart.” Mary complained........................
“Shall we go bowling this evening?” Mark suggested......................
“You mustn’t play near the road.” Father forbade............................
“This man stole my wallet.” Mr Brown accused...................................
“I’m the best basketball player in the school.” Steve boasted................................
“Yes, I took the letter.” Claire admitted...........................
“You must stay for lunch, Sarah.” Mr Stamp insisted.............................
“Please, please, let me borrow your bicycle.” Martin begged.................................
“Don’t touch the oven. It’s hot.” Mother warned........................................
XVI Sparafrazuj zdania:
1. “I’ll spend all my time at work.” He promised …………………………………………………………
2. “If I were you, I’d phone him tomorrow.” She advised ………………………………………………………….
3. “I can speak six languages fluently.” She claimed ………………………………………………………….
4. “I didn’t take the money.” He denied ………………………………………………………….
5. “I’m not going to talk about my personal relationships.” She refused ………………………………………………………
6. “Shall I make some tea?” Zoe suggested ………………………………………………………….
7. “This man stole my wallet!” Mr Brown accused ………………………………………………………….
8. “Don’t forget to buy some milk.” He reminded ………………………………………………………….
9. “I’d like to go to Venice,” she said. “I’ve never been there.” …………………………………………………………
10. “Don’t play near the road,” their mother said. “It’s dangerous.”……………………………………………………
11. “We won’t pay the bill.” They refused………………………………………………………….
12. “Susan, please don’t go today.” He begged……………………………………………………….
13. “We are getting married next week.” They announced……………………………………………………….
14. “I broke the window.” He admitted……………………………………………………….
15. “Yes, OK. I’ll talk about my new film.” She agreed …………………………………………………………
16. “I’m sorry I forgot to call you.” Jim apologised ………………………………………………………….
17. “Shall we go bowling?” Mark suggested ………………………………………………………….
18. “Don’t touch the iron!” He warned ………………………………………………………….
19. “Sarah would like to have the house,” he said. “She’s lived here a long time.” ………………………………………………
20. “Please don’t talk,” said the teacher. “This is a test.”………………………………………………………………..
21. „Don’t forget to lock the door.” He reminded…………………………………………….
22. “I’m not going to buy it.”
He refused …………………………………………….
23. “Let’s go to the cinema.”
He suggested …………………………………………….
24. “Please, please, forgive me.” She begged…………………………………………….
25. “You stole that bag.” She accused…………………………………………….
26. “Don’t touch this wire.” He warned …………………………………………….
27. “You should stay in bed for a week.” He advised …………………………………………….
28. “We’ll pay for the service.” She offered…………………………………………….
29. “I’ll show you around.” She promised …………………………………………….
30. “I didn’t do it.” He denied…………………………………………….
Functions
I Utwórz pytania z rozsypanych wyrazów;
Stephen: 1) can / spare / answer / you / minutes / me / five / to / questions / some?
Rita: Yes, OK, I haven’t got anything else to do!
S: So 2) of / first / can / is / all / you / tell / me / your / what / language / first?
R: It’s Dutch.
S: 3) it / if / alright / I / languages / is / you / how / ask / many / you / speak/
R: Well, Dutch naturally, English, German and a little bit of French.
S: Wow! The EU spends one billion pounds a year on translation costs. Do 4) think / you / do / good / this / is / a / use / money / of?
R: No, I think it’s a scandal!
S: Do 5) think / you / it / be / ‘just’ / better / would / to / have / three official languages?
R: What, like English, French and German? It would be better I suppose.
S: Can 6) you / tell / which / me / single / choose / language / would / you?
R: Well, it would have to be English. Nearly everyone speaks it.
S: Would 7) it / be / Esperanto / better / to / a / use / like / language?
R: No, I don’t think so. Anyway, I don’t know enough about Esperanto.
S: Finally, 8) ask / I / how / can / you / English / about / feel?
R: Well, it’s a useful international language – you can go anywhere in the world and get by but I feel sorry for English people. If you never
learn another language, well, you never really understand a foreign culture.
II Napisz słownie:
1.1⁄4
2. 1⁄2
3. 3⁄8
4. 3⁄10
5. 2⁄3
III Napisz ułamki:
1. five sixths
2. one and a half
3. a third
4. three and a quarter
5. seven eighths
Writing
I Napisz maila do kolegi opisującego wrażenia z kursu języka angielskiego za granicą.

Napisz, gdzie przebywasz i dlaczego wybrałeś ten kraj

Napisz, jak wyglądają zajęcia i podaj swoją opinię na ich temat

Napisz, jak i z kim spędzasz czas wolny

Zaproponuj, by kolega przyjechał do ciebie po zakończeniu kursu i zasugeruj, co moglibyście robić
II Pojechałeś do Anglii, aby popracować tam na wakacjach. Napisz list do kolegi, w którym:

Opiszesz pracę, jaką znalazłeś i napiszesz, jak ją znalazłeś

Napiszesz, jakie problemy związane z językiem napotkałeś na początku

Podaj zalety i wady takiego wyjazdu

Zasugeruj, by kolega też spróbował pracy za granicą i uzasadnij swój pomysł
III Napisz list motywacyjny o pracę wolontariusza podczas dużej imprezy sportowej. Opisz swoje kwalifikacje i doświadczenia w takiej
pracy i napisz, czego się po niej spodziewasz.
IV Napisz rozprawkę na temat dobrych i złych stron pracy Polaków za granicą.
Use of English
I Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.Which language school are you attending? (me) My friend is asking …
2. How much money do you expect to earn? (he) They want to know how much money …
3. ‘Listen carefully! I’ll ask you a few questions,’ said the teacher. (would) The teacher told the students …
4. ‘Have you read any books by John Grisham?’ ‘No, I haven’t.’ (hadn’t) He asked me … by John Grisham and …
5. Do you want to enter the museum or walk in the park? (whether) The guide asked the group …
II Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
Esperanto is the 1) (most world’s successful, world’s most successful, most successful world’s, world most successful) artificial language. Its
creator was 2) (a, the, some, -) Polish eye doctor called Ludwik Zamenhof. He was from Bialystok 3) (in, on, from, of) the east of Poland. At
that time Russians, 4) (Polish, Polands, Poles, Pole’s), Germans and Jews lived there. Each group spoke a different language and looked at
the 5) (other, others, others’, another) with suspicion. Zamenhof’s basic belief 6) (is, has been, were, was) that a neutral and universal
language would help to create understanding and brotherhood 7) (for, of, between, among) different nationalities and help them settle their 8)
(differences, difference, different, differ) . Now around two million people speak Esperanto worldwide.
III Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
1.We had a little (understand) … over the electricity bill.
2. Passing the maths exam was her great (achieve) … .
3. According to the (question) …, 90% of the island’s population prefer their mother tongue as their first language.
4. Italian is not as (wide) … spoken in the EU as English.
5. What qualifications are required to become a (translate) …?
IV Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasie:
1.Our father never (nie każe nam myć) … his car.
2. She’s leaving for London, (prawda)…?
3. The officer asked me (jak długo planuję) … to stay in Madrid.
4. Our first classroom wasn’t very spacious, (nieprawdaż)…?
5. Can you tell me (czy jest rodzimy użytkownik języka francuskiego) … at your school?
V Uzupełnij luki jednym wyrazem:
A: How long have you 1) … an interpreter?
B: 2) … about ten years. I joined the EU two years 3) …
A: Are you 4) … in Luxemburg?
B: Actually, I’m based in Brussels but I work in Luxemburg 5) … time to time.
A: What qualifications do you 6) … to work there?
B: Basically, you need a degree 7) … previous experience. You also have to 8) … a competitive oral exam.
Unit 12 Pre
Grammar
I Wybierz:
Prima Pasta 1) (situated / is situated) in Little Italy in New York. I 2) (had / have had) dinner there three times so far and each time the food
3) (was / has been) excellent. At first, the restaurant 4) (served / has served) only four kinds of pasta but later, in 1995, it 5) (changed / was
changed) by its owner into a very big pasta and pizza place. Now, apart from a variety of pasta it 6) (offers / is offered) twelve kinds of pizza
and many other Italian dishes. Pasta shapes 7) (include / are included) penne, tagliatele, fusilli and rigatoni. The staff are very competent and
you can see that they 8) (have chosen / have been chosen) carefully. The food 9) (always serves / is always served) hot and tasty and
customers 10) (never wait / have never waited) longer than 15 minutes for their dishes. Actually, when I 11) (was / have been) at Prima
Pasta for the second time, our meal 12) (brought / was brought) after 20 minutes. The waitress was very sorry for the delay and we 13) (gave
/ were given) our pizzas completely free of charge.
II Zamień na stronę bierną:
1.I will punish you if you go on behaving like this. (be) You …………..if you go on behaving like this.
2. Someone sent us a beautiful postcard from London. (were) We ………….. a beautiful postcard from London.
3. Someone should inform the teachers about the meeting. (be) The teachers ………….. about the meeting.
4. The divers have discovered an old shipwreck. (been) The old shipwreck ………….. by the divers.
5. The doctor takes my blood pressure regularly. (is) My blood pressure ………….. regularly.
6. They are going to paint the walls blue. (be) The walls ………….. blue.
7. The teacher hasn’t checked our papers yet. (been) Our papers ………….. yet.
III Przetłumacz na j.angielski:
A valuable necklace 1) ………….. (został skradziony) from Montblanc Jewellery Art Gallery last week. Two men 2) ………….. (zostało
aresztowanych) earlier today and they 3) ………….. (są przesłuchiwani) by the local police since early morning. The police think that the
crime 4) ………….. (zostało zaplanowane) earlier but it 5) ………….. (zostało popełnione) last Sunday. So far no proof 6)
…………..(został znaleziony) that the two men did it. The police arrested them because they 7) ………….. (byli widziani) before the
robbery near the gallery by a few witnesses. The suspects’ fingerprints 8) ………….. (będą sprawdzone) in the police laboratory to check if
they match the fingerprints found at the scene of the crime.
IV Zamień zdania o Ghandim na stronę bierną:
1.In 1893 a law firm gave him a job in South Africa. In 1893 he …………..
2. The extreme racism he met there deeply affected him . He………….. by the extreme racism he met there.
3. A train driver beat him and forced Ghandi to leave a first class carriage. Gandhi ………….. to leave a first class carriage.
4. The things he saw made him question the position of India in the British Empire. He ………….. to question the position of India in the
British Empire.
5. On returning to India, Gandhi and his followers organized many different protests. Many film protests …………..
6. British soldiers killed hundreds of Indian demonstrators at Amritsar. Hundreds ………….. by British soldiers.
7. Gandhi told his followers never to use violence but to use civil disobedience instead. His followers ………….. never to use violence but to
use civil disobedience instead.
8. Britain eventually gave India its independence after the Second World War. India ………….. after the Second World War.
9. On 30 January 1948, a religious fanatic assassinated Gandhi. Gandhi ………….. by a religious fanatic.
VI Zamień zdania na stronę bierną lub czynną:
1.Someone has sprayed graffiti on the castle wall. The castle wall ………….. with graffiti.
2. Someone will have to clean it off. It ………….. cleaned off.
3. The audio guide gives foreign visitors a choice between six foreign languages. Visitors ……….. a choice between six foreign languages.
4. When the police arrived, thieves had already stolen the painting. By the time the police arrived, the painting …………..
5. In 1942, the enemy army destroyed the square and all its buildings. The square and all its buildings …………..
6. We have restored the town square and all its buildings. The town square and its buildings …………..
7. The visitors will be met at the station by the mayor. The mayor …………..
8.Mrs Brennan will give our guests a guided tour of the town and its monuments. Our guests …………..
9. The feet of millions of tourists wear out the floor of cathedral. The floor of the cathedral ………….. by the feet of millions of tourists.
10. The committee has chosen the salt mines as a world heritage site. The salt mines …………..
VII Zamień na stronę bierną:
1.My father reads this column first. This column …………..
2. Dozens of Internet users visit this website every day. This website …………..
3. They have broadcast this radio drama for 25 years. This radio drama …………..
4. The TV reporter didn’t mention my name in the news. My name …………..
5. My parents don’t watch this game show. This game show …………..
6. They have printed readers’ letters on the last page. Readers’ letters …………..
7. He took the photo at the Sunday ceremony. The photo …………..
8. They haven’t given information about the earthquake. Information about the earthquake …………..
9. Thousands of readers buy this magazine every month. This magazine …………..
10. Tim Burners-Lee didn’t invent email. Email …………..
11. They have played this comedy series twice this month. This comedy series …………..
12. This station doesn’t show debates at weekends. Debates …………..
13. The Friday TV guide made a mistake. A mistake …………..
14. My English teacher has created the school website. The school website …………..
15. They haven’t delivered this newspaper for free. This newspaper …………..
16. The director has cancelled the meeting. The meeting …………..
17. Lawrence Ferlinghetti opened the oldest paperback bookstore. The oldest paperback bookstore in the USA …………..
18. The police are interviewing him in connection with the armed robbery. He …………..
19. More than a million people all over the world speak English. English …………..
20. They will officially announce their engagement tomorrow. Their engagement …………..
21. Tom is not going to invite me to his party. I …………..
22. Our physical education teacher can make a good basketball player of every pupil. Every pupil …………..
23. The UN General Assembly appoints the secretary General. The Secretary General …………..
24. Next week German-Americans will organize ‘Oktoberfest’ with German cuisine and music. ‘Oktoberfest’ with German cuisine and
music ………….
25. Nobody had informed them where they were supposed to say. They …………..
26. My boyfriend Robert is going to introduce me to his parents. I …………..
27. The travel agency can’t confirm the exact time of our flight yet. The exact time of our flight …………..
28. The policemen were interrogating the suspect for two hours. The suspect …………..
30. My parents run this hotel.
31.They are putting on their elbow pads now.
32. They won’t finish it before May.
33. Our guide has designed the route.
35. When did they bring river bugging to the UK?
36. A ghost haunts this house.
37. They were discussing the journey plan.
38. He threw a life jacket to her.
39. They are making an underwater tunnel.
40. Does the price include sleeping bags?
41. They will open the castle in summer.
42. They have postponed the trip to Egypt.
43. They were checking the rope at 2.30.
VIII Zamień na stronę bierną:
1. Somebody painted this house last week.
2. Who painted this house last week?
3. When did they paint the house?
4. Somebody has discovered oil in this valley.
5. Who has discovered oil here?
6. Where have they discover oil?
7. Something ran over Peter’s cat.
8. What ran over Peter’s cat?
9. Why did something ran over Peter’s cat?
10. Somebody broke into my house at the weekend.
11. When did somebody break into our house?
12. Did sb break into your house?
13. People export exotic fruit from Africa.
14. What do people export from Africa?
15. Where do people export fruit from?
16. They will build a motorway here.
17. What will they build here?
18. Will they build a motorway here?
19. Has a dog ever chased you?
20. My father pays my bills.
21. Two people saw the crash.
22. Will the police arrest the man?
23. Verdi composed this opera.
24. The milkman brings milk to my house every day.
25. The accident held up traffic for half a day.
26. The Darnleys have sold The Old Grange.
27. Richard Crashaw wrote all these three poems.
28. People live in this house.
29. When they were serving dinner, Jane fainted
30. They’ll clean it with some powder.
31. One can do such things sometimes.
32. They find lots of sapphires on these shores.
33. It doesn’t amuse us.
34. Somebody is following us.
35. They are watching the Sporters’ house.
36. People could hear you from far away.
37. The woman was injured and they had to carry her.
38. They were redecorating their flat when I arrived.
39. You should return the books to the library.
40. They are completely rebuilding the town hall.
41. Somebody had collected that letter long before you came.
42. We don’t expect him to come before midnight.
43. This programme doesn’t use Polish characters.
44. Do they often cook leeks for dinner where you come from?
45. Does Pavarotti sing madrigals?
46. Your threat doesn’t scare me.
47. Did Sue buy all this?
48. Do they require wearing a helmet while cycling?
IX Wstaw czasowniki w odpowiednim czasie w stronie biernej:
1. “I think it’s dangerous when cyclists don’t wear helmets.” “ I know. They (should, fine) if they don’t”
2. “Have you ordered your wedding invitations?” “I didn’t have to. They (make) by my cousin who is an artist.”
3. “Where did you get that beautiful jumper?” “It (knit) by my grandmother years ago.”
4. “Your house is a mess!” “It (clean) tomorrow by a cleaning lady.”
5. “Have the police found the person who broke into your shop?” “A young man (see) running down the street after the alarm went off but he
(not, find) yet.”
6. I went to bed late last night. My students’ tests (have to, correct) so I went to bed at 2 am.
7. “(contracts, type) yet, Fiona?” “Yes, Mr Peters. They’re on your desk.”
8. “The new library (already, open) to the public.” “I know. It (open) by the mayor yesterday.”
9. Go to the jewellery shop. The pieces of jewellery that (design) there are unique.
10. The building (evacuate) ten minutes before the explosion took place.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
X Put the verbs in brackets into the correct passive form:
Human bones (find) ....................................................... by archaeologists yesterday.
Polar bears (hunt) ....................................................... for their fur.
He wanted (reward) ....................................................... a medal for bravery.
Nurses really ought to (pay) ....................................................... more than they are.
Her ankle (injure) ....................................................... when she fell down.
Your free gift (sent) ....................................................... to you in the next few days.
My car (repair) ....................................................... at the moment so I can’t give you a lift.
XI Zamień na stronę bierną:
1. Who broke the window?
2. I insist on David writing the report.
3. Has Mr Hunter approved of the application yet?
4. She made me tell her the news.
5. A famous designer is going to make her wedding dress.
6. People saw him steal the woman’s bag.
7. I don’t like people shouting at me.
8. My parents don’t let me stay out late on Saturdays.
9. I don’t like people shouting at me.
10. The Minister of Education is making an announcement.
11. They think he is lying.
12. They believe he got lost in the forest.
13. They say he has been very ill.
14. They said the president had been shot.
15. They believe she was taking drugs.
16. They expect he will pass his driving test.
17. They said she was wrongly accused.
18. They believe he is leaving soon.
19. They say his health is very poor
20. They report that some papers have been stolen.
XII Change into Passive Voice:
1.Who made this mess? ............................................................................................................
2. When did they demolish the building? ............................................................................................................
3. They made him confess to the robbery. ............................................................................................................
4. He remembers his friend telling him about the party. ............................................................................................................
5. They are going to preview the film tomorrow. ............................................................................................................
6. People say that we were responsible for the damage. We.......................................................................................................
7. They think he will be attending the meeting. He............................................................................................................
8. The repairman is fixing the washing machine now. The washing machine…………………………………
9. Someone told us about the party. We…………………………………
10. Did they take many photos in India?…………………………………
11. Grandfather is going to tell the children a story. ............................................................................................................
12. I don’t like people laughing at me. ............................................................................................................
13. Do they sell clothes in this shop? .........................................................................................
14. They heard him calling for help. ............................................................................................................
15. What caused the explosion?. ............................................................................................................
16. People expect he will break the record. He............................................................................................................
17. They think that the fire started by accident. The fire............................................................................................................
18. Will she redecorate her flat in May?…………………………………
19. They have given me a beautiful pair of earrings. I…………………………………
20. The police are searching the city centre. The city centre…………………………………
21.Who broke the mug? ............................................................................................................
22. Do they always pay their workers on time? ............................................................................................................
23. Everyone heard her shouting at the students. ............................................................................................................
24. He objects to people telling her what to do. ............................................................................................................
25. They’ve sent for the doctor. ............................................................................................................
26. People believe that the thieves have left the party. The thieves.............................................................................................
27. They think the company is making a big profit. The company..............................................................................................
28. They have released a new science fiction film. A new science fiction film…………………………………
29. The dentist is filling her tooth. Her tooth…………………………………
30. Did the fire damage many buildings? …………………………………
31. The nurses take very good care of the patients. ............................................................................................................
32. I like people giving me presents. ............................................................................................................
33. Does the school provide accommodation for all new teachers? .........................................................................................
34. She saw them go out. ............................................................................................................
35. What caused the fire?. ............................................................................................................
36. People know he is making a lot of money. He............................................................................................................
37. They report that the government has reached a decision. The government...........................................................................
38. Have they written the documents yet?…………………………………
39.The policeman was questioning the criminal. The criminal…………………………………
40.They will give Lily a promotion this month. Lily…………………………………
XIII Wybierz właściwe słowo:
1.She’s a girl (who’s/whose) got red hair.
2. That’s the man (who’s/whose) car was stolen.
3. That’s the boy (who’s/whose) mother lives in France.
4. That’s the girl (who’s/whose) name is Marie.
5. He’s the man (who’s/whose) famous for climbing mountains.
6. That’s the woman (who’s/whose) got a garden full of exotic plants.
7. (who’s/whose) car is parked in front of the house?
8. Where are the eggs (whose/which) I bought earlier?
XIV Wstaw: who, that, which, when, where, 1.I have a new shirt … I really like.
2. John, … mother is a painter, is my best friend.
3. We went to Mechanicsburg … my grandparents live.
4. There are some boys in my class … play basketball very well.
5. I loved the book … you gave me for my birthday.
6. Frank has a small cottage … is not very far from London.
7. I don’t watch films … make me cry.
8. I know many people in Finland … speak excellent English.
9. I never go to shops … the prices are too high.
10. There aren’t any restaurants … serve good food in this city.
11. My sister has a boyfriend … cat doesn’t drink milk at all.
12. Some people … I know go to church every Sunday.
13. I like boys … are handsome and have a good sense of humour.
14. That’s the statue … my aunt wants to buy for her garden.
15. He complained about the windows … they fitted in his summer house.
16. Look, that’s the man … son boasts about how beautiful their house is.
17. She lives in the district … you can buy an ‘intelligent’ house.
18. This is a plumber … repaired the sink in our flat.
19. Let’s go to the room … is close to the stairs.
20. This is the floor … we have our dining room and the kitchen.
21. That’s the woman … is going to buy our house.
22. Is this the room … I should clean, Mrs Baxter?
23. Yes, I remember now, it’s your neighbour … garden you told me about.
24. And where is the TV … stood next to the sofa?
XV Połącz zdania używając: who, which, whose, where, why
1.The state of Alabama is known for its aerospace industry. Rosa Parks was born in Alabama. The state of Alabama, ………….., is known
for its aerospace industry.
2. Lech Wałęsa led the 1980 strike at Gdańsk shipyards. He was born in 1943. Lech Wałęsa, ………….., led the 1980 strike at the Gdańsk
shipyards.
3. Rosa Parks refused to give her seat to a white man. She wanted to protest against racism and discrimination of the black people. The
reason ………….. was that she wanted to protest against racism and discrimination of the black people.
4. Many of Warsaw’s monuments and buildings were destroyed in the Second World War. The majority of them were rebuilt in the post-war
years. The majority of Warsaw’s monuments and buildings ………….. were rebuilt in the post-war years.
5. William Shakespeare is regarded by many as the greatest writer of all times. Shakespeare’s birthplace was Stratford-upon-Avon. William
Shakespeare, ………….. , is regarded by many as the greatest writer of all times.
XVI Połącz zdania za pomocą odpowiedniego zaimka względnego:
1.Nepal is a country. It is situated in Asia.
2. The Vikings were warriors. They lived in Scandinavia.
3. Clare is an accountant. She works for my father.
4. Bob is a photographer. His studio is located in the city centre.
5. A bee is an insect. It makes honey.
6. Pamela is an animal lover. She fights for animal rights.
7. Aristotle was a great philosopher. His books are still widely read.
8. National Geographic is a magazine. It sells millions of copies all over the world.
9. That is the man. His son is a professional basketball player.
10. I live in a village. It is very peaceful.
XVII Paraphrase the sentences using the words in brackets
1.This is Mark. His sister is a famous author (whose) This is Mark ............................ famous author.
2.Mr Smith owns the company. He is a wealthy businessman. (who) Mr Smith ............................ is a wealthy businessman
3.You were taking to a girl. She is my niece. (whom) The girl ............................ is my niece.
4.The boy broke the window. He said he was sorry. (who) The boy ............................ said he was sorry.
5.Bath is the city he lived in when he was young. (where) Bath is the city ............................ he was young.
6.The best time to go shopping is in the morning. The shops are not very busy then. (when) The best time to go shopping is in the morning,
........................... are not very busy.
7.This is the suit. I bought it last week. It doesn’t fit me. (which) This suit............................ doesn’t fit me.
XVIII Połącz zdania za pomocą zaimków względnych:
1. You sent me a present. Thank you very much for it.
2. The bed has no mattress. I slept on this bed.
3. This is Ms Jones. Her son won the championships last year.
4. The car crashed into a queue of people. Four of them were killed.
5. I saw several houses. Most of them were quite unsuitable.
6. He wanted to come at 2 a.m. This didn’t suit me at all.
7. A man answered the phone. He said Tom was out.
8. She said that the men were thieves. This turned out to be true.
9. Tom’s leg is in bandages. He will have to watch the match from the stand.
10. Ann came to Tom’s assistant. Ann rather liked Tom.
XIX Wstaw odpowiedni zaimek względny:
1. In detective stories the murderer is always caught … doesn’t happen in real life.
2. He wasn’t surprised at … he saw because I told him … to expect.
3. I did … I could … wasn’t much.
4. I’m sure that … you say it’s true.
I’m sure that everything … say it’s true.
5. I saw a coat marked down to £10 … was just … I was prepared to pay.
XX Przetłumacz na j. angielski
1. Pokaż mi, co masz w ręce.
2. On nie znał języka, co utrudniało mu dostanie pracy.
3. Będziesz ukarany za to, co zrobiłeś.
4. W wypadku zginęły 3 kobiety, z których jedna była w ciąży.
5. W szpitalu budzą pacjentów o 6, co jest o wiele za wcześnie.
XXI Wybierz:
1.That actress is (really / completely) attractive.
2. The comedy is a bit (boring / funny).
3. The programme is (completely / very) ridiculous.
4. Their performance was (absolutely / pretty) bad.
5. The stories he has told are (a bit / totally) fascinating.
6. That documentary is (very / absolutely) spectacular.
7. Don’t you think that this article is a little (disappointing / exciting)?
8. His last horror film is (quite / completely) good.
9. I couldn’t call their music (totally / pretty) pathetic, but it’s not very good.
Functions
Małgosia is leading a tour of Wieliczka salt mines. Join the beginnings and endings of the sentences:
Good afternoon everyone, my name is Małgosia. I’m going to be your guide today.
1.Before we go down …
a/ there are several hundred steps down and a further two kilometres on foot.
2. 20 million years ago, this area was covered by the sea, … b/ miners carved the beautiful chapels you are going to see.
3. The salt mine was in operation for 700 years …
c/ are places of worship, so people show respect.
4. The mine goes down to 327 metres deep, …
d/ which left rich salt deposits.
5. We are going to do a lot of walking, …
e/ then this is the time to speak up!
6. You’ll be pleased to hear …
f/ everything is carved out of salt, including the chandeliers.
7. If anyone suffers from claustrophobia, …
g/ , according to the legend, Saint Kinga helped to find it.
8. Mining for salt was a dangerous business - …
h/ not to wander off on your own, as you could get lost.
9. Faith in god was important, which is why …
i/ and there are over 200 kilometres of galleries.
10. In the Chapel of St Kinga, …
j/ the galleries could collapse and floods could happen in just a few minutes.
11. Before we go down, can I just ask you …
k/ that you travel back up in the miner’s cage!
12. May I also remind you that the chapels …
l/ I’d like to tell you a little bit about its history.
Writing
I Opisz swoje wrażenia z podróży w niezwykłe miejsce na blogu.

Napisz, gdzie byłeś i dlaczego tam pojechałeś

Opisz to miejsce informując, co zrobiło na tobie największe wrażenie

Opisz przygodę, która cię tam spotkała

Poleć to miejsce czytelnikom twojego blogu i uzasadnij dlaczego jest warte obejrzenia
II Wróciłeś z biura podróży. Napisz maila do kolegi dotyczącego załatwianej przez was wycieczki.

Poinformuj go, gdzie byłeś i jakie oferty dostałeś

Podaj dobre i złe strony tych ofert

Zasugeruj wybór jednej oferty i uzasadnij ten wybór

Poproś kolegę o szybką odpowiedź i jego sugestie dotyczące tych ofert
III Napisz artykuł do czasopisma podróżniczego opisując mało znany obiekt w twoim kraju wart zobaczenia (np. Karpacka Troja). Napisz
również, jakie korzyści przyniosłoby rozreklamowanie tego miejsca.
IV Coraz więcej ludzi wybiera ‘wakacje z przygodą’, np. zdobycie Mount Everestu czy spływ górską rzeką. Napisz rozprawkę o dobrych i
złych stronach takich wyjazdów.
V Mieszkasz w miejscowości turystycznej i uważasz, ze w sezonie życie mieszkańców zamienia się w koszmar. Napisz list do burmistrza
miast wymieniając problemy, z którymi mieszkańcy się borykają i zasugeruj rozwiązania.
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
Welcome to Malbork Castle 1) (which, whose, where, who) has an important place in Polish history. The castle was built entirely of brick. It
was 2) (bad, badly, worse, worst) damaged during the last war but 3) (was, were, has, has been) restored to its former glory. Malbork Castle
is a fine example of gothic military architecture which is 4) (what, where, why, how) it is a World Heritage Site. It was built by the Teutonic
Order 5) (whose, who’s, which, where) members wore a white cloak with a black cross over their armour. It remained under the order’s
control until 1457 when the Poles 6) (took it back, took it in, took it over, took it up). The Teutonic Knights was a military order which 7)
(formed, was formed, were formed, has been formed) in the 12 th century. In St Anne’s Chapel there are the tombs of eleven 8) (their, its, of
their, of its) grand masters.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.The form teacher will inform the parents about everything. The parents …
2. Tourists can visit the palace in guided groups only. The palace …
3. Last year about 500 students attended the school. Last year the school …
4. We show this chamber only on request. This chamber …
5. They haven’t restored the frescoes yet. The frescoes …
III Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
1.I think teenagers have too much (free) … nowadays.
2. All the previous (support) … turned out to be disloyal.
3. She cares a lot about her appearance and wears only (fashion) … outfits.
4. Not only was he a world-famous (novel) … but also a poet.
5. The guide pointed out the (important) … of the castle for the world’s heritage.
IV Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasie:
1.The re-enactment of the battle is performer (aby upamiętnić) … the historical event.
2. Make sure your mobiles (są wyłączone) …
3. When inside the csthedral, (nie wolno) … take photos.
4. Sydney opera (została zaprojektowana) … by a Danish architect.
5. The reason (dlaczego się spóźniłam jest, że) … I couldn’t lock the front door.
V Uzupełnij luki jednym wyrazem:
Nelson Mandela spent 27 years 1) … prison in his fight to establish equal rights for people of all races in South Africa. 2) … he spent most
of his time on Robben Island, his last few months of 3) … were at the Groot Drakenstein prison. Now a black and white marble statue of 4)
… stands in front of it. The colours symbolize the reconciliation 5) … the different races. It is three metres tall and 6) … 490 kilos. Mandela
was finally freed in 1990 and 4 years 7) … he became South 8) … first dramatically elected president.
Unit 1 Int
Grammar
I Wstaw czasownik w Present Simple / Present Continuous:
1.Many expeditions nowadays (cost) thousands of dollars.
2. Hello, I (call) from the top of this mountain. Can you rescue us?
3. It (get) really hot in the desert by about midday.
4. We occasionally (watch) these TV shows about nature and famous explorers.
5. I (get) really cold now. Can we light a fire?
6. In which season (most climbers, attempt) to climb Mount Everest?
7. What expedition (you, plan) at the moment?
II Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
A: How many languages 1) (are you learning / have you learned) at the moment?
B: Only German. I 2) (study / studied) French when I was younger.
A: 3) (Are you ever going / Have you ever been) to either of those countries?
B: Yes. To France. But I 4) (‘m not being / ‘ve never been) to Germany before. I’m very excited about it.
A: What about exams in those languages? 5) (Do you take / Have you taken) any?
B: No, I haven’t. But we 6) (always have / are always having) exams at the end of the school year, so I’m sure there will be one in German
then.
III Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
Paul Serano 1) (teaches / has taught) palaeontology at the University of Chicago, but he also regularly 2) (goes / is going) on expeditions to
find the fossils of dinosaurs. He 3) (is being / has been) on many expeditions and his team 4) (discover / has discovered) dinosaur bones on 5
continents. Currently, he 5) (leads / is leading) expeditions in Tibet. He’s married, and, with his wife, he 6) (runs / has run) ‘Project
Exploration’, an organization providing educational opportunities for children.
IV Wstaw: for, since, never, already, yet, just, ever, so far, recently:
1.Susan Morrison has been exploring South Africa … 3 months.
2. Have you … been to Asia?
3. I’ve seen several good films…
4. Jessica Watson’s biggest achievement … has been her solo voyage around the world.
5. Susie has dreamt of visiting New Guinea … she read Malinowski’s travelogue.
V Wstaw czasownik w Present Simple, Continuous lub Perfect:
Mountaineering or mountain climbing 1) (be) one of the most dangerous sports. However, it 2) (become) more and more popular among
young people. A Czech student, Jaroslav Mrozic, 3) (be) one of them. He (be) only 17 and he 5) (already, climb) some of the most difficult
climbing routes in Europe. He 6) (not, reach) the summit of any of the 14 mountains that are more than 8,000 metres above sea level yet, but
he 7) (prepare) just now for his first attempt at one of the 8-thousanders located in Nepal. Those who 8) (be) interested in mountaineering
probably 9) (know) who the first person to reach the summits of all the 8-thousanders was. It was Reinhold Messner in 1986. Since then 20
people in total 10) (climb) all the 14 highest summits on Earth. It may well be that Mrozic will soon join this honorable group.
VI Przetłumacz zdania na j. angielski:
1.Jeszcze nigdy nie byłem w lesie tropikalnym.
2. Co zazwyczaj robisz w weekendy?
3. Nigdy nie oceniam ludzi po wyglądzie.
4. Frank był wiele razy w Indiach i zna dobrze indyjską kulturę.
5. Czytam teraz bardzo interesującą książkę.
6. Julia jest ostatnio bardzo zajęta. Uczy się do matury.
VII Wstaw zaimek zwrotny lub ‘each other’ w odpowiednie miejsce w zdaniu:
1.Cathy and Jim met in the street and said hello to.
2. He fell down the hole and found in a dark cave.
3. I had a lot of time over the summer, so I taught Spanish. I’m quite fluent already.
4. Thanks for the party. We really enjoyed .
5. The three climbers worked as a team and helped to survive.
6. Can you make something for dinner? I’m too busy to cook it.
VIII Wstaw odpowiedni zaimek zwrotny lub ‘each other’:
1.Nobody helped me. I’ve done it …
2. We were really enjoying … at the party. We even saw a famous actress and we smiled at …
3. I feel so lonely I’m all by … today.
4. This box seems to be so heavy. How has Susan brought it …? We live together so we should help … - it would be fair.
5. Don’t help them with their homework! They’re mature enough to do it …!
6. Mike and Jack quarreled a long time ago. Nobody knows the reason, but luckily they forgave … last month and now they are on speaking
terms again.
7. This family is a mystery to me. They do not talk to anyone, do not visit neighbours – it’s obvious they keep … to …
8. Mary and Gina have always been friends. They have known … since they were children.
9. We will have to ask someone to fix our roof. It’s too difficult, we can’t do it …
10. Don’t touch that wound! If it is clean, it will heal …
11. Everyone knows you like crafts. You should buy a DO-IT- … set – it could be interesting to make a rocking chair.
IX Wstaw odpowiedni zaimek zwrotny:
X Wstaw odpowiedni zaimek: ‘me/myself, him/himself’ itd.
1. They should feel responsible not only for … but for their employees, too. 1. I’m not going to help you, you must do it …
2. Let’s wait till we have the chance to talk to the winner …
2. He loves his children but he has little time to play with ...
3. Although he has a large family, she thinks only about …
3. We were hungry so we made … sandwiches.
4. Did you really cook it …? It’s delicious.
4. Sylvia watched the man who was sitting opposite …
5. Andy drives too fast. He will kill … one day.
5. Mark and John can come back home late. Their parent
6. Why do you think I didn’t write this essay …?
have always trusted …
7. My sister and I really enjoyed … at your parties.
6. In my opinion she should start thinking of … instead of
8. We asked Nicole Kidman … why she had agreed to star in this film.
doing everything for Henry and the kids.
9. Let’s try and fix the car …
7. I think that John should look at … critically and go on a diet.
10. My computer turns … off if I don’t use it for half an hour.
8. No one can accuse … of something that they haven’t done.
XI Wstaw odpowiedni zaimek zwrotny:
1. He talks about … a lot.
2. I hurt … at my judo class.
3. The politician lied about …
4. The scouts carried their tents …
5. Molly, please sit down and help … to a sandwich.
6. They enjoyed … at the football match.
7. Tom and Ellen cooked … a huge meal.
8. If the temperature drops, the heating will turn … on.
9. When the train starts to move, the doors lock … .
10. My dad taught … to play the piano.
11. Why don’t you and Adam take … away for a long weekend?
12. I can’t forgive … for the terrible thing I said.
13. The twins always buy … an enormous cake for their birthday.
14. Come to my party, Leo, you will enjoy … .
15. When Jake looked at the photo he could see … in his grandfather’s
face.
16. We’ll win the match if we believe in …
17. We have a noisy pet parrot which talks to … all the time.
XII Wstaw zaimek: ‘ourselves, yourselves, themselves’ lub ‘each other’:
1. If we try not to get angry with .. so quickly, we will probably solve our problems more easily.
2. My daughters are going to be vain. They are only six years old and already spend most of their time looking at … in the mirror.
3. Don’t forget to take a cream. You should always protect … against the sun.
4. It’s not a close friendship but we like … very much.
5. You just don’t know … if you think you can live on bread and water for ten years.
6. Mary and Tom had an argument last week and haven’t spoken to … since then.
7. How long have they known … before they set up a business together?
8. They laughed when they saw … in the photo.
9. Little James and Lucy promised to behave … at the party.
10. Have a good time on holiday but promise to take care of …
XIII Wstaw zaimek, zaimek zwrotny lub zwrot ‘each other’:
My dad is a fan of Joan Armatrading, a British singer-songwriter. I don’t like her very much 1) … but your dad says she’s fantastic. She
writes most of her songs 2) … and she always accompanies 3) … on the guitar. She played for Nelson Mandela 4) … at his 70th birthday
party at Wembley Stadium in London. There are a lot of other Joan Armatrading fans and they send 5) … emails about her music and
concerts. My dad is also a member of an Internet fan club which sends 6) … a newsletter every month. Every time he gets the newsletter he
finds something he wants to buy 7) … like a new Joan T-shirt or a rare recording. 8) … think he should spend the money on 9) …, not
himself! My dad’s favourite Joan Armatrading album is Me, 10) … , I and he plays it all the time. When my brother and I complain he says,
‘When you have your own home, you can please 11) …’!
XIV Sparafrazuj zdania:
1. John and I keep in touch by exchanging emails. John and I send emails ……………..
2. Jim says that it is his fault that he is late. Jim blames ……………..
3. Kate and Sue argue a lot. Kate and Sue argue with ……………..
4. I hope we have a good time at the party. I hope we enjoy ……………..
5. Tom started working at 8 a.m. and he still hasn’t finished. Tom has ……………..
6. I met Paul seven years ago. I have ……………..
7. What do you mean, what’s wrong? Look in the mirror. What do you mean, what’s wrong? Look at ……………..
Writing
I Dobierz formalne i nieformalne odpowiedniki:
1.Dear Mr Brown
2. I was grateful to receive your information
3. I was delighted to hear from you
4. I am writing to inform you that the time of the lesson has changed
5. I wonder if you can guess what has happened
6. I regret to inform you that the event has been cancelled
7. You might also be interested to know our shop has relocated
8. I am enclosing details of the position
9. I look forward to hearing from you in due course
10. Yours sincerely
a/ See job details attached
b/ Hi Jim
c/ Write soon!
d/ Guess what?
e/ Did I tell you we’ve changed the time?
f/ Thanks for the info
g/ Sorry but the party is cancelled
h/ All the best
i/ Great to hear from you
j/ By the way, we’ve moved
II Napisz artykuł o słynnym podróżniku lub badaczu zdającym relację ze swoich wyczynów w telewizji. Opisz też swoje stanowisko wobec
kwestii, czy warto narażać zdrowie i życie w imię swojej pracy lub dla pieniędzy.
III Napisz list do kolegi opisując swojego nowego chłopaka/dziewczynę/przyjaciela.

Podaj swoje najnowsze wieści

Poinformuj, w jakich okolicznościach poznałeś tę osobę

Opisz jej wygląd i charakter

Napisz o planach związanych z tą osobą i zaproś kolegę do przyłączenia się
IV Napisz maila z prośbą o informację do zarządcy kempingu.

Poinformuj, skąd wiesz o ich ofercie

Dowiedz się o warunkach na kempingu (zaplecze, ceny, zniżki itp.)

Podaj szczegóły swojego pobytu (ile osób, namiotów, samochód itp.)

Zapytaj o możliwość rezerwacji oraz ewentualnej rezygnacji
V Opisz niezwykłą osobę, którą spotkałeś lub o której czytałeś / oglądałeś film. Zwróć uwagę na te cechy, które czynią tę osobę niezwykłą i
wyraź swoją opinię.
Use of English
I Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
One of the first and most 1) (fame) anthropological studies was with the Trobiriand Islanders of New Guinea in the southwest Pacific from
1915 to 1918. He studied their day-to-day life and learnt their language. He was 2) (particular) interested in their 3) (believe) and one of their
rituals called ‘the Kula Ring’. The people on the different Trobiriand islands gave and took two types of objects from each other: a necklace
or a bracelet. The islanders would sail a long 4) (distant) to exchange these gifts with people on other islands. Necklaces travelled clockwise
and the ram bracelets travelled anti-clockwise. There were many rules to the Kula Ring and Malinowski concluded that the ritual helped keep
a friendly 5) (relate) between the islanders and in particular show respect to the 6) (differ) kings who exchanged the special gifts.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.She is interested in exploring other cultures. Exploring other cultures …
2. It is a snowy area. There is …
3. They will make a reservation. Then, they will go camping. When …
4. The factories pour chemicals into the Odra, which is annoying. The factories are …
5. John started limping after the accident. John has …
6. This book has three chapters. (consists) This book …
7. He looks like his father. (takes) He …
8. She started studying dodos 10 years ago. (for) She …
9. Jose works with people from Nicaragua. People from Nicaragua work with Jose. (each) Jose and …
10. Jessica has arranged to sail around the world single-handedly. (sailing) Jessica …
III Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasie:
1.Many species (wymarły od kiedy) … you (zacząłeś interesować się) … conservation.
2. I wonder (jaka stara jest ta katedra) … . It (wydaje się być starsza od) … the Mariacka.
3. He (pracuje od) … the morning. You should (przygotować sobie) … your dinner (sami) … as he can be busy till late at night.
4. It is the first time I (widzę) … such a strange creature.
5. More (coraz więcej ludzi zdaje sobie sprawę) … how important (jest, żeby segregować) … rubbish.
Unit 2 Int
Grammar
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.Too (much / many) people eat fatty foods these days.
2. Too (few / little) processed food has enough vitamins in it.
3. How (much / many) bread do you eat a week?
4. I don’t drink (any / enough) water. I need to drink more.
5. (Too few / A few) vegetarians don’t eat doing products either.
6. Would you like (a little / a few) milk in your tea?
7. Are you getting (many / enough) exercise every week?
8. (A lot of / Enough) diets never work and people don’t lose weight.
II Wstaw: little, a little, few, a few:
1.Sylvia has … hope of winning the competition. She isn’t in good shape.
2. The teacher took … days off to have some rest after a long period of exams.
3. I need … time to think over what studies would be best for me. It’s a serious decision.
4. Nina’s diet is very unhealthy. She eats too … vegetables.
5. A: Are there any eggs in the fridge?
B: Yes, there are … left – enough for scrambled eggs.
III Przetłumacz słowa w nawiasie:
1.Hurry up! There is (niewiele) time left.
2. They sell (mało) organic vegetables in this supermarket.
3. The teacher had (kilka) problems with students in the new school.
4. (Niektórzy) people can afford to buy organic food.
5. There is (trochę) milk left so I’ll make us some cocoa.
IV Wstaw: many, much, few, a few, any, some, little, a little, enough, a lot of:
1.Susan is on a diet: she has to eat … vegetables and drink … water.
2. Derek has a very unhealthy lifestyle – he doesn’t do … exercises, he eats too … healthy products and drinks too … liquids.
3. Jane wants to buy this loft on the river bank. Does she really have so … money?
4. Too … people in a small room like this will make it really crowded. We do not have … space for 20 guests.
5. … sleep, … free time, … glasses of green tea, … dairy product and not too … coffee and you will feel … better.
6. I have … ideas. … of them are really good – you will be able to choose something for sure.
7. Susan is such a lonely person. She has so … friends that she spends all her evenings at home with a book.
8. Has Sally bought … oranges? I’d love to drink … orange juice for breakfast.
9. Mike’s new flat is so poorly furnished! He has so … furniture that there isn’t a chair or sofa to sit on.
10. Do we have … meat and potatoes to prepare dinner for 12 people?
V Wstaw czasownik w Present Perfect lub Present Perfect Continuous:
1.We are throwing a vegetarian party this evening and (cook) all day, but so far I (prepare) only 3 salads and two vegetable dishes.
2. Susan (be) on a diet for two weeks and she (lose) three kilos so far.
3. They (build) this shopping centre for two years now and they (not, finish) yet.
4. Mark (study) hard for his A-levels. I think he (read) almost all the books on the reading list.
5. Mark (write) 5 e-mails so far.
6. I (jog) for ten minutes and I (complete) only 3 laps.
7. Susan (clean) two rooms although she (tidy) since early morning.
8. Finally Mary (have) her cooker repaired.
9. Kate (call) Jake for the whole afternoon and (not, reach) him so far.
10. How long (Sarah, believe) in this crazy theory of yours.
11. Jane and Frank (be) able to buy this wonderful house at last. They (live) there for a week now.
12. I (listen) to this lecture and thankfully I (understand) the problem at last.
13. My children are so tired: they (play) in the garden for three hours. Look: they (make) such a mess of this place!
14. Jane and Fran (be) friends for years. What is more, they (know) each other since they were babies.
15. Oh my God! Your hands are totally black! What (you, do) ?
16.We (clear) …………… the table. What’s the next job?
17. (you, ever, be) …………… to Spain?
18. (You, finish) …………… your homework? You can watch TV them.
19. You (study) …………… for hours. Take a break!
20. The fridge is empty! Who (eat) …………… all the food?
21. My family (come) …………… on holiday for years.
21. Why is your sister crying? (you, fight) …………… again?
22. How long (you, stay) …………… at Julia’s?
23. Hi there. I (not, see) …………… you for ages.
24. A: (you, hear) …………… about the English teacher?
B: No, what happened?
VII Wstaw czasownik w czasie Present Perfect lub Past Simple:
Global energy consumption 1) (grow) …………… enormously over the last decades. That’s why renewable sources of energy, such as
sunlight, wind and water, 2) (become) …………… very popular. The usefulness of the power of wind 3) (be) …………… first discovered in
1887 when James Blythe, a Scottish professor, 4) (do) …………… groundbreaking experiments for which he 5) (receive) …………… a
patent in the UK. Ten years, Charles F. Brush, another scientist in the United States, 6) (produce) …………… electricity using wind power.
However, mass production of wind power 7) (start) …………… much later, in the 1980s, when Danish manufacturers 8) (begin)
…………… producing wind turbines. Since 2005 wind power production 9) (double) …………… and at the end of 2009 as much as two per
cent of worldwide electricity 10) (be) …………… produced by wind-powered generators.
VIII Wybierz odpowiedni czas:
1.Yesterday I (have met / met) my best friend from high school. We (have been knowing / have known / knew) each other for ages. It’s good
to have some new information from her. last year she (started / has started) working for a well-known company and (was / has been) satisfied
with her professional life ever since.
2. Susan (has gone out / has been going out) with Tom for three years now. Last week he (has called / called) me to ask if Susan would like
to get married to him. How am I supposed to know? Susan (has always been / always was) in love with him, so I (have told / told) him that
probably yes, she would be on cloud nine. But can you believe it? She (rejected / has rejected) his proposal. Last Saturday he (has invited /
has been inviting / invited) her for dinner to the best restaurant in town and she (has been saying / said) ‘No… what a sorry. And nobody
knows why…
3. Mary has a problem. She (has been / has been being) on a diet for a month now and (has done / has been doing) fitness. But the thing is
that he (didn’t lose / hasn’t lost / hasn’t been losing) a single pound! How is that possible? Perhaps she (hasn’t been training / didn’t train)
hard enough … I don’t know what to advise her.
Writing
I Napisz rozprawkę na temat dobrych i złych stron wegetarianizmu.
II Napisz list do koleżanki, która chce zacząć prowadzić zdrowy tryb życia i prosi cię o radę:

Podziękuj za jej list i wyraź chęć pomocy w tej sprawie

Podaj swoje rady i sugestie dotyczące różnych aspektów zdrowego trybu życia.

Dodaj pewne ostrzeżenia

Wyraź nadzieję, ze twoje sugestie się przydadzą
III Napisz list do wydawcy na temat konwencjonalnych i alternatywnych źródeł energii oraz zachęć czytelników do wyrażania swoich
poglądów na ten temat na łamach gazety.
IV Napisz artykuł zachęcający do wspierania budowy studni w krajach afrykańskich. Posłuż się argumentami z tekstu na s. 31.
V Napisz wiadomość elektroniczną do kolegi o swoim pomyśle zorganizowania poczęstunku dla uczestników kursu językowego w Londynie

Poinformuj go o pomyśle

Zasugeruj menu

Podaj swoje sugestie dotyczące oprawy muzycznej

Poproś o opinię na temat tego pomysłu i ewentualną pomoc w jego realizacji
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
Imagine inviting yourself to dinner with 30 different families in 24 countries. Well, that’s how the book Hungry Planet: What the World Eats
came 1) (along, round, about, across). Photographer Peter Menzel wanted to see how globalization, migration and rising affluence are 2)
(affected, affective, inaffective, affecting) the diets of communities around the globe. 3) (All, Enough, Each, None) chapter of the book
features a portrait of a family, photographed alongside a week’s worth of groceries. One of the most interesting families in the book that we
can learn 4) (something, anything, everybody, few) from is the family in Okinawa. Okinawa has the highest percentage of people over the
age of one hundred in the world and the surprising thing for Menzel was not 5) (which, why, that, what) they are eating – which is healthy
things like fish – bit it was their attitude and what their parents taught them 6) (as, during, whereas, like) children. Children are told: ‘only eat
until you’re 80% full’. This makes sense because your brain lags behind your stomach. If you 7) (will stop, had to stop, stop, didn’t stop)
when you’re 80% full, that’s the point when your body really has enough food.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.Jane has never eaten a more sophisticated dish. It is the most …
2. How long ago did he start her diet? How long has he …
3. They ate something in the morning. It is afternoon. They haven’t …
4. There aren’t many nutrients in processed food. There are only a …
5. It is a good idea to eat a lot of home-grown vegetables. Everybody …
6. When I started using extra virgin oil, my health improved. (as) My health improved as … I started using extra virgin oil.
7. This restaurant serves the best dishes in town. (other) No … this one.
8. There is not enough water to drink in Ethiopia. (little) There is …
9. Cardamon coffee can be bought in this café. (buy) You can …
10. Natural juice is better for you than sugary drinks. (as) Sugary drinks …
III Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasie:
1.(Ludziom kończą się) non-renewable fuels and forests (znikają).
2. John and Mary (piszą do siebie od kilku) years.
3. I can see some crumble on the plate. (Czy jadłeś) the fruit tart?
4.Why (nie zrobiłeś) scrambled eggs yet? You should have done it an hour ago.
5. The savoury snack (jest zbyt pikantne dla mnie) to eat.
IV Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
Archeologists digging near Stonehenge on Salisbury Plain last year discovered the remains of a large prehistoric village, where they think the
builders of the 1) (mystery) stone circle used to live. The village is believed to be about 4,600 years old and it is 2) (little) than two miles,
that’s 3.2 kilometres, from Stonehenge and lies inside Durrington Walls, a massive 3) (circle) earthwork, otherwise known as a ‘henge’.
Remains found at the site include 4) (jewel), tools and huge numbers of animal bones, along with smashed and broken pottery. Stonehenge
functioned as a cemetery where Stone Age people buried and honoured their dead. For some people Stonehenge maintained its spiritual 5)
(important) over the centuries. 6) (two) a year people still come to worship and celebrate there, meeting when the sun sets on the shortest day
of winter and when it rises on the longest day of summer.
Unit 3 Int
Grammar
I Wstaw czasowmnik w Past Simple lub Past Continuous:
1.We (walk) outside when it started raining.
2. The other team weren’t expecting it when we (score).
3. As I was walking home last night, I (see) a strange light in the sky.
4. Michael called while you (drive) home.
5. I (not, watch) the TV when they scored the winning goal. I was so angry!
6. As I (leave) work, my boss asked me to work late!
7. While we were doing our homework, where (be) you?
8. A: What (you, do) when the teacher came in?
B: I hid the sweets in my bag.
II Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple / Past Perfect:
1.We missed the train. It was leaving when we (arrive) at the station.
2. I’d seen many famous places in the world before but I (never, see) anything like that!
3. While I was cycling to work, my tyre (burst).
4. We all ate lunch once everyone (arrive).
5. The Prime Minister had just won the election when he (have) his first political crisis.
III Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
While kings and queens 1) (were ruling / had ruled) many countries in the 10th century, leaders in Iceland had already started a parliament. It
2) (began / was beginning) in 930 AD as a place for discussing laws. Meetings were outside and many people 3) (attended / had attended).
While representatives of different groups of Icelanders 4) (were debating / had debated) issues, ordinary people met old friends and enjoyed
the annual event. Even after the king of Norway 5) (was taking / took) control of Iceland in 1262, the parliament still had some powers. In
1903, after Iceland 6) (was gaining / had gained) self-rule, the Icelanders voted in a new government.
IV Wstaw: already, then, Saturday morning, by the time, all day long, while, a week before, last Saturday.
1.It was Peter’s birthday …
2. He had invited Sophie …
3. On … Sophie woke up in a very good mood.
4. She was preparing herself …, as she wanted to look absolutely gorgeous.
5. …she was doing her hair and looking at herself in the mirror, she was thinking how she would impress everybody.
6. Sophie was putting on her make-up when she realized how much time she had … spent on grooming.
7. She started walking to the party,m but … she decided to take a taxi.
8. But everybody had already left Peter’s birthday … she arrived.
V Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple, Continuous lub Perfect:
1.When I (go) to the shopping centre, I (meet) Sarah.
2. When I (come) back home, I (switch) on the lights, (see) a burglar, (take) the phone and (call) the police.
3. Mary (drop) by earlier because she (forget) her keys.
4. What (you, do) while Sarah (take) a shower!
5. Jim and Karen (be) happy) before they (quarrel) and (decide) to get divorced.
VI Wstaw czasownik w odpowiednim czasie przeszłym:
A This morning, I 1) (leave) home at a quarter past 7. When I 2) (walk) to the bus stop, I 3) (realize) that I 4) (wear) two different socks.
One 5) (be) yellow and the other one 6) (be) blue. I 7) (not, notice) it before leaving home. I 8) (go) back home to change the socks. This is
why I 9) (miss) the bus and 10) (arrive) at school late.
B When my mum 1) (drive) me to school, suddenly the car 2) (stop). At first we 3) (not, know) what the reason 4) (be). But then we 5)
(figure it out). The car 6) (stop) because we 7) (run) out of petrol. We 8) (forget) to go to the petrol station the day before.
VII Wstaw czasownik w odpowiednim czasie przeszłym:
1.During the Prime Minister’s speech, journalists (listen) carefully and (make) notes.
2. Do you know when Slovakia (introduce) the euro as their currency?
3. Not all Polish citizens (be) happy when Poland (join) the EU. According to some of them, life (be) much better before the whole
discussion on Polish EU membership (start).
VIII Przekształć zdania używając ‘used to’. Nie wszystkie zdania da się przekształcić:
1.I played for the football team when I was at school.
2. I started piano lessons when I was 6.
3. My brother and I liked writing plays.
4. I studied mathematics for three years at university.
5. My family went on holiday to Scotland every year.
6. Our team won the cup three times.
IX Wstaw ‘used to / would’:
1.Before the countries of Central and Eastern Europe joined the EU, we … have far more trouble travelling.
2. Back then, you … spend hours at the border waiting for the customs officer to check your passport.
3. I … think of travelling as tiring.
4. Before any journey abroad by car, we … worry about how long we would have to wait at the border.
X W niektórych zdaniach są błędy. Popraw je:
1.Mark and Molly didn’t use visit their parents so often.
2. Jenny used to believe in fairy tales when she was a little girl.
3. When I attended school I was always getting good marks.
4. Gina would throw parties for all her friends very often. Now she doesn’t have time for that.
5. We would be good friends once but we fell out and we don’t talk to each other anywhere.
6. Derek did a lot of good things as a volunteer in the past.
7. Did you use to trust these surveys?
8. Was he cleaning up his room when he lived on his own?
9. I tried to call Diana again and again but she wouldn’t answer the phone.
10. Jane and Miriam used to like chocolate and eat a lot of it, but now they’re on a diet.
Writing
I Napisz rozprawkę na temat dobrych i złych stron bycia członkiem Unii Europejskiej:
II Napisz artykuł do gazetki szkolnej na temat wyborów do samorządu szkolnego. Napisz o kampanii wyborczej, zaprezentuj 2 kandydatów
(s. 44) i zachęć uczniów do wzięcia udziału w głosowaniu.
III Napisz list do burmistrza na temat kamer umieszczonych ostatnio w mieście. Wyraź swoją opinię na temat przydatności tych kamer i
zasugeruj dyskusję mieszkańców na miejskim forum internetowym.
IV Wybierz jeden z tematów w ćw. 4, s. 48 i napisz artykuł prezentujący twoje poglądy.
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
The idea for the euro began back in 1979. It was 1) (as, during, while, when) a dime of great economic change and each country 2) (steal,
steel, still, till) used its own money. The EU members started working towards unifying their 3) (economic, economical, economy,
economics) system. They hoped that this would help members to do business. Over time, as UE members became closer and relied on each
other more and more, some countries started to ask for a single currency. So, the European Central Bank was 4) (creative, crated, creating,
created) in June 1998, six months before the euro was introduced, to control and manage policies relating to money across Europe. When the
euro was introduced in 1999, eleven countries used it 5) (as, for, before, of) accounting. Euro cash was introduced in 2002. Not everyone was
convinced by the euro. The British preferred to keep the head of their Queen on the coins and notes. However, since 6) (them, than, thus,
then) Europe has grown with even more members, and many countries now have the euro. In recent years, the euro has gone up and down in
strength against other currencies, but one thing is for sure – the euro is here to 7) (stand, stay, staying, stayed).
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.The grant beneficiary submitted the application form. Then, he waited to be accepted. After the grand beneficiary …
2. Even though we had been trying to convince her for a long time, she refused to support the idea. Despite the fact that …
3. John voted in the elections, but he checked all the candidates beforehand. Before …
4. Winston was writing his diary and somebody knocked at his door. While …
5. Shipbuilding was once a major branch of industry in Poland. Shipbuilding …
6. I started working for the company in 2006. (have) I … 2006.
7. There are not as many groundhogs as there were before. (used) There … more groundhogs before.
8. He originally worked in the Belgian Parliament, then he was elected to be the President of the European Council. (would) He …, then he
was elected to be the President of the European Council.
9. The Chairman didn’t propose the motion until it was backed by the majority. (before) The chairman waited … he proposed it.
10. His response to the opponent was incorrect during the debate. (respond) He … to his opponent during the debate.
III Przetłumacz fragmenty w nawiasie:
1.I (nie wierzyłem) … a word he said, even when he (próbował przekonać) … voters that he (polepszy) … their lives if they voted for him.
2. There (kiedyś nie było tak wielu) … Eurosceptics as there are now.
3. Before (wypełnieniem formularza) …, he (rozważył) … all the requirements of the Operational Programme.
4. When I (poruszyłem) … the subject of money, I (zostałem poproszony) … to present the arguments which I (przygotowałem) …
5. He (stwierdził) … that you were glad that we (należymy) … to the EU for some time and you could travel freely.
IV Wstaw odpowiednią formę wyrazu w nawiasie:
George Orwell was the pen name of Eric Blaire, an English 1) (social) … and political 2) (think) … who wrote novels and political satires.
He is 3) (good) … known for his fierce 4) (criticize) … of the squalid living and working conditions of working class people in 1930s
Britain, as recorded in Down and Out in Paris and London and The Road to Wigan Pier, and for his political satire against 5) (total) …
government, Animal Farm. In his dystopian novel Nineteen Eighty-Four Winston Smith lives in a world of perpetual war in which public 6)
(observe) … and mind control results in the individual’s will being subjugated. There is no happy ending. Winston is arrested and tortured
for his 7) (rebel), and converted back to be an 8) (obey) … citizen.
Unit 4 Int
Grammar
I Wstaw might, must, can’t:
1.He said that Cathy is over here, but she … be. She’s still at work.
2. Bring your umbrella. It … rain. You never know.
3. Your daughter got the best exam result in her school year. You … be very proud.
4. You haven’t eaten since yesterday. You … be starving!
5. They went in that house, so they … live there.
6. It … be true about Julie and Ron getting married. They always hated each other at school.
7. You … be Bill’s brother. You look just like him.
8. I heard someone at the door. … it be your friends arriving?
II Wstaw: must, mustn’t, don’t have to, had to, didn’t have to:
1.You … leave your bags at the museum entrance. They are not allowed in the exhibition.
2. The sign says we … cross the road here. There’s a special crossing down the road.
3. You … come if you don’t want to.
4. To see this film children under the age of 12 … be with an adult. We will not let anyone in under this age.
5. When we were kids, we … let older people go first. Nowadays, no one seems to care.
6. When I was 14 years old, I … stay at school. I could learn and start working.
7. During the exam, you … talk.
8. In my country, the 25th is a public holiday so we … go to school.
III Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.(Mary, in a hurry, before leaving home) It’s my sister’s wedding. I (must / have to) be on time.
2. (Teacher, to his students before the exam) You (must not / don’t have to) cheat during the exam, or you will be severely punished.
3. My teacher tells me that I (must / have to) study really hard to pass my school leaving exams with flying colours.
4. In Poland university students and school pupils (don’t have to / mustn’t) wear uniforms.
IV Wstaw: must, mustn’t, can’t:
1.Dad … be back from work. I saw his car in the garage.
2. Don’t ask little Tom such diofficult questions! He is only 7. He … possibly know the answers.
3. (Mum to son) I cannot tolerate this any longer! You … go out without asking me first!
4. I don’t believe a word he’s saying! This simply … be true!
5. I promised to help Meg with preparations for the festival. I … disappoint her now that the celebrations are just about to start.
V Przetłumacz brakujący fragment:
1.To niemożliwe, że Tom zdał egzamin. Tom … the exam.
2. Możliwe, że Justine przyjedzie jutro rano. Justine … tomorrow.
3. Nie wolno wam opuszczać klasy bez pozwolenia. You … the classroom without permission.
4. Powiedziała Tomowi, co ma zrobić, ale możliwe, że nic nie zrozumiał. I told Tom what to do but he … me.
5. Żeby dobrze wypaść na egzaminie ustnym, musisz kontrolować język ciała. To do well at your oral exam, you … body language.
6. Musisz koniecznie poznać Marka. Polubisz go! You … Mark. You’ll like him!
7. To może być prawidłowa odpowiedź, ale nie jestem pewna. This … the correct answer. I’m not sure, though.
8. Kiedyś ludzie nie musieli chodzić do szkoły i zdawać egzaminów. In the past, people … to school and pass exams.
9. Musisz mi powiedzieć, co się stało. You … me what happened.
10. Na pewno widziałeś ten film. You … this film.
VI Popraw zdania z błędami:
1.She mustn’t have left for Barcelona – I saw her in the shopping centre yesterday.
2. They may cooked dinner themselves – they attended a cookery course last month.
3. Danny can’t have won so much money! Look at his shabby clothes!
4. Jake could be a murderer – I saw that he has a gun.
5. Don’t call them now – they might have lunch.
6. Tony might not want to visit our cousins. He doesn’t know them.
7. Jenny can have recorded her first CD. I heard her saying something about a recording studio.
8. Molly has to wear a uniform at this public school she attends.
9. Our neighbours must have had their car repaired – they go for short car trips every weekend.
10. They may have came earlier.
VII Zareaguj/Wypowiedz się w podanych sytuacjach używając czasownika modalnego:
1.You think your children are watching TV now. My children …
2. You are sure Sarah is pregnant. Sarah …
3. You think it is possible your friend read all the books by Charles Dickens. My friend…
4. You know Tara was forced to sell her jewellery.
5. You are sure Mark didn’t leave his wife.
6. You think it’s possible that your parents were relaxing on holiday when the tsunami hit the coast.
7. You know the person you are talking to is joking.
8. You know Sally was able to write and read when she was four.
9. You want to forbid your guests to smoke in your leaving room.
VIII Wyjaśnij różnice:
1.a/ I must tidy my flat.
2. a/ Jerry can’t be in London now.
3. a/ Mary may go to the party.
4. a/ Jane could ride a bike when she was six.
5. a/ I can speak Spanish.
6. a/ Mary had to go out.
7. a/ Sarah and Jason could have met.
8. a/ I may have worn that dress.
9. a/ John must not come here.
10. a/ My children could watch this film.
b/ My husband must be tidying our flat.
b/ Jerry can’t go to London now.
b/ Mary may be going to the party.
b/ Jane could be riding a bike now.
b/ They could be speaking Spanish.
b/ Mary must have gone out.
b/ Sarah and Jason could be meeting.
b/ I may have been wearing that dress.
b/ John must have come here.
b/ My children could have been watching this film.
IX Ułóż przymiotniki w odpowiednim porządku:
1.Susan brought a/n (blue , round, Spanish) plate.
2. The most incredible present I got for my birthday was a/n (French, canvas, nice) bag.
3. Have you seen Tom’s new girlfriend? She’s a/n (pretty, young, slim) lady.
4. My brother brought me a/n (cotton, yellow) T-shirt from his holiday in Hawaii.
5. We have to throw away a/n (red, old) carpet from the hall.
6. A/n (marble, huge, wonderful) sculpture made the biggest impression on me.
7. I’m dreaming of a/n (silk, Italian, expensive) scarf.
8. Sally has a/n (Polish, really, handsome) boyfriend. He is also very nice to everyone.
9. I was so terrified! Suddenly I saw a/n (grey, enormous) shape on the wall!
10. My daughter wants to take a/n (brown, young, Alsatian) dog from the shelter.
X Wstaw przymiotnik w nawiasie w odpowiednie miejsce w zdaniu:
1.For sale: beautiful English cabinet. (old)
2. Free to good home: small, white kitten. (loving)
3. I have a blue and silver bicycle in good condition. (medium-sized)
4. Ornate porcelain vase for sale. (Russian)
5. Fashionable slim party dress. Worn once. (red)
Writing
I Opisz na blogu swój udział w amerykańskim Święcie Dziękczynienia:

Napisz, gdzie obchodziłeś to święto i dlaczego

Opisz jedzenie

Opisz inne zwyczaje związane ze świętem

Wyraź swoją opinię na temat tego święta
II Chcesz iść na wystawę sztuki współczesnej. Napisz maila do kolegi z prośbą, by ci towarzyszył.

Poinformuj o wystawie (co, gdzie, kiedy)

Zaproś go na tę wystawę

Użyj argumentów, które zachęciłyby go na pójście na tę wystawę

Zaproponuj, co moglibyście robić po wystawie i poproś o odpowiedź
III Napisz artykuł opisujący jakieś doroczne obchody w twoim kraju / mieście (np. Festiwal Wina w Jaśle). Zwróć uwagę na przygotowania,
a także promocję kraju / miasta dzięki temu wydarzeniu.
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
The Rosetta Stone is a stone with writing on it in two languages, Egyptian and Greek. 1) (Moreover, However, Meanwhile, Contrary), it is
especially important because it uses three different types of script. The first uses hieroglyphics, which was the script 2) (use, using, used,
reused) for important or religious documents. Then there is demotic script, which was the common script of Egypt. And the 3) (three, triplet,
tree, third) is Greek, which was the language of the rules of Egypt at that time. Only people with high 4) (status, standards, station, posture)
and education, like the priests, government officials and rulers of Egypt, could read what it said. The Stone was carved in 196 5) (C.B., BBC,
A/C, B.C.) but it was not found until 1799 by a group of French soldiers in Egypt. They were in a small village in the Delta called Rosetta, 6)
(they, who, which, why) of course gave the stone its name. In 1822 French archaeologist Jean-Francois Champollion deciphered the
hieroglyphs using different 7) (crews, clues, clew, claims). He worked out that the text describes all of the good things that the Egyptian
pharaoh did for the priests and people of Egypt.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.It is possible that these archaic coins were made of gold. These archaic coins …
2. Would you mind lighting a candle. Could …
3. You made a mistake not reporting the illegal trade in art. You should …
4. I am sure they found a jewel-encrusted dagger during the excavation. They must …
5. It was never obligatory for small children to observe Lent. Small children did not …
6. The thief forgot where he had hidden the stolen treasures. (couldn’t) The thief …
7. It was necessary for this nomadic tribe to leave this area. (to) This nomadic …
8. This evidence shows that a volcanic eruption destroyed the civilization at the peak of its history. (have) A volcanic eruption …
9. Probably, this handcrafted clothing belonged to an ancient ruler of Persia. (might) The handcrafted clothing …
10. I am sure they are celebrating their wedding anniversary. (be) They …
III Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasie:
1.Museums (nie powinny zabierać) works of art. From the original countries as people think (jest niewielka różnica) between these museums
and criminals.
2. Hitler (być może ukrył) the Amber Room somewhere in Lower Silesia and it (prawdopodobnie zostanie odkryta) accidentally.
3. The Maya (na pewno używali) this calendar for religious purposes.
4. This tribe (musiały obserwować jak) the climate was changing. Otherwise, they (nie mogliby) adjust to the new conditions.
5. You (niepotrzebnie pytałaś) for their permission. You (wolno ci) to do whatever you want from the age of 18.
IV Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
New Orleans is a major port city in Louisiana on the south-east coast of the USA. In British English the name of the city has a different 1)
(pronounce) than in American English, which is /nju: ‘ͻrliiәnz/ and /nu: ‘ͻrlәnz/ respectively. However, both ways of pronouncing this name
are correct. It was 2) (origin) a French colony, and much of its culture and traditions, which include Mardi Gras, survive from this 3)
(colony) period. New Orleans also became famous for the music of jazz invented in the city at the start of the 4) (twenty) century. Mardi
Gras has a long tradition but it has become even more important in recent years. In August 2005, the levee system of high banks of the
Mississippi River failed 5) (catastrophe) when hurricane Katrina struck. 80% of the city was flooded, 1500 people died, and thousands were
left 6) (home). But Katrina didn’t stop Mardi Gras, and the following year the people of New Orleans were 7) (union) once again.
Unit 5 Int
Grammar
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.The ink has just run out in this printer.
a/ That’s OK. I’ll replace it later.
b/ That’s OK. I’m going to replace it later.
2. Are you free to help me later?
a/ Sorry, but I’ll help Danny later.
b/ Sorry, but I’m going to help Dan later.
3. Do you plan to leave school at 16?
a/ No, I’ll leave at 18 and study medicine.
b/ No, I’m going to leave at 18 and study medicine.
4. How are you getting home tonight?
a/ My father will pick me up. He’s on his way now.
b/ My father is going to pick me up. He’s on his way now.
5. I need a volunteer to take these books to the school office.
a/ I’ll do it!
b/ I’m going to do it!
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.I’ve arranged to meet everyone at 6 outside the cinema. (meeting) I … at 6 outside the cinema.
2. Let me carry your bags for you. (‘ll) … your bags for you.
3. Martin and Paolo intend to decorate the whole house themselves. (going) Martin and Paolo … the whole house themselves.
4. Does the government plan to increase taxes? (going) … taxes?
III Napisz, które zdanie to: A – arrangement, P – prediction, SD – spontaneous decision, I – intention:
1.Next month, I’m going to start learning Portuguese.
2. Jonathan has had a terrible toothache for days and is seeing his dentist this afternoon.
3. Suzie says she’s not going to sing at the school concert. I’m wondering why.
4. The landlord of the flat is coming tonight to collect the tent.
5. In my opinion, Thomas’ behavior will never change.
6. So, how’s your new house? Don’t tell me! I’ll visit you and sea for myself. Will this weekend be OK?
7. Mark is going to quit his job at the bar. Working night shifts is not really good for his health.
8. I will leave immediately. She cannot treat me like that.
IV Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.A: Have you thought what you want to do after finishing school?
B: Yes, I’ve already decided. I (am going to / will) be a dentist or a gynaecologist.
2. A: I cannot find my keys!
B: You are so absent-minded sometimes! But please hurry up or we (are being / will be) late.
3. A: Haven’t you done anything about the car yet?
B: Calm down! I (am seeing / am going to see) the mechanic tonight. I have an appointment at my garage at 8 pm.
4. A: I’m worried about him. he hardly ever moves from in front of TV.
B: I know what you mean. He (will become / is becoming) a coach potato if he goes on like that!
5. A: To cut a long story short, Patricia was really rude to me and then left without apologizing!
B: I get your point. I (am having / will have) a word with her, as soon as I see her.
6. A: Do you think Rob will come to my party?
B: I don’t know, but Rob and I (are going / will go) to the cinema tonight, so I can ask him then.
V Uzupełnij tłumaczenia:
1.Hillary and Henry (zamierzają wynająć – rent) a flat in the historic centre of Cracow.
2. A flat in such a place (nie będzie – not be) cheap.
3. This afternoon they (mają zobaczyć – see) the first two flats that the estate agent recommended to them.
4. Hillary (nie zamierza podejmować szybko – not rush) into a decision.
5. She’s worried, however, that Henry (będzie chciał – want) to make a quick decision, as he is a very impatient person.
VI Sparafrazuj zdanie:
1.We possibly won’t build the conservatory this summer. (might)
2. George may not buy the cottage, as the price is really horrendous. (possibly)
3. Samantha is likely to decide against curtains and buy blinds for her new house. (probably)
4. Ralph might choose blue tiles for the bathroom, but I’d prefer to have it in green. (possibly)
VII Wstaw słowo w nawiasie w odpowiednie miejsce.
1.My neighbours will move out next month. (definitely)
2. It’s quite obvious. Jane won’t come back if you don’t say you are sorry. (certainly)
3. You must be joking! I won’t win lotto! Too many people play it. (possibly)
4. Harry and Gina will get married next year – they are setting the date now. (possibly)
5. Marion won’t help us. She doesn’t have too much time. (definitely)
6. This play won’t be a success. People are fed up with this topic. (possibly)
7. Don’t worry! Your grandmother will get better – this is the best medicine. (certainly)
8. It’s so cold outside. They say the weather will improve the day after tomorrow. (definitely)
9. My dress won’t be ready for the Big Ball in the City Hall. (almost definitely)
10. Drink this coffee and you’ll feel better. (probably)
Writing
I Napisz list do kolegi, w którym zachęcisz go do obejrzenia filmu science-fiction.

Napisz jaki film SF niedawno oglądałeś i w jakich okolicznościach

Poinformuj krótko, o czym był ten film

Napisz, co w nim podobało ci się najbardziej

Zachęć go do obejrzenia filmu i podzieleniu się z tobą opinią na jego temat
II Napisz wiadomość do kolegi o mieszkaniu, które wynająłeś dla was jako studentów uczelni:

Napisz, jaki to typ mieszkania i gdzie się znajduje

Podaj podstawowe informacje o tym mieszkaniu (wygląd, urządzenia)

Podaj jakąś cechę mieszkania, z której nie jesteś zadowolony

Dodaj, że załączasz zdjęcia i poproś o jego opinię
III Napisz list do wydawcy, w którym poprzesz lub odrzucisz nowy projekt rządu dotyczący badań kosmicznych oraz zaproponujesz
dyskusję na ten temat na łamach gazety.
IV Napisz artykuł zawierający wskazówki dla obcokrajowców odwiedzających Polskę. Poinformuj w nim też o zwyczajach dotyczących
ewentualnej wizyty w prywatnym domu w Polsce.
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
We are used to 1) (hear, hearing, heard, hears) stories about humans covering the Earth with their rubbish, but now NASA, the space agency,
is warning us 2) (in front of, before, against, again) space junk. Scientists are saying it is a threat to future space flights and space missions.
Fifty years ago there were 3) (any, none, a little, no) man-made objects in space whatsoever. And in only half a century people have managed
to put over 250,000 pieces of junk into orbit around the world. It is estimated that about ten thousand of 4) (this, that, those, whose) items
have re-entered the Earth’s atmosphere. Most have 5) (rather, either, both, neither) burnt up or landed safely. So far no one has been injured
or killed by falling junk. 6) (If, When, Unless, Less) something is done about the problem soon, it will definitely happen. Sadly 7) (still, so,
enough, only), the problem will get worse over the next 20 years as more countries are planning space exploration.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.I have arranged for some friends of mine to come round tonight. Some friends of mine are …
2. Perhaps people will be inhabiting other planets if they need it in the future. People may …
3. We possibly won’t find a life-sustaining planet in our solar system. We might…
4. She intends to convert this old aircraft into a cosy house. She is …
5. It is likely that the Smiths will be invited to their new neighbours’ housewarming party. The Smiths may …
6. I am sure the landlord will not include electricity bills in the rent. (included) Electricity bills …
7. I have no intention of sharing a flat with a heavy smoker. (to) I am …
8. This hot weather is unbearable! Probably we will need to have air conditioning installed. (may) This hot weather is unbearable! We …
9. In 2060 we will have run out of natural resources for certain. (have) In 2060 we definitely …
10. We have arranged to fix our plumbing system. (are) We …
III Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasie:
1.When greeting, guests and hosts (zazwyczaj wymieniają) handshakes and they (możliwe, że pocałują) cheeks.
2. We (być może będziemy jedli) using chopsticks.
3. Look at that child! She (spadnie) from the swing unless you (złapiesz) her!
4. You (możliwe, że nie znajdziesz) a cheap flat for rent in October as they (prawie na pewno będą) rented by students.
5. Polish football players (może wygrają) the next UEFA European Football Championship.
IV Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
In a quiet suburb of Birmingham all the houses were built in the seventies and look like your average home. But one house stands out
because of its 1) (wood) front door. It looks like the sort of door you might see on a medieval castle and it gives you a clue to what is inside.
In the hallway all the furniture is based on the 2) (mid) Ages, namely on the 3) (history) pictures from that period. On the walls there are
swords and mental shields. Even though none of them are 4) (origin) and were bought from junk shops, they look genuine. The first room
you enter from the hallway is the dining room. It has a long table at which ten people can sit. The walls are decorated with old stone and the
fireplace is amazingly 5) (real). The 6) (own) have done a lot of work so far – and more is yet to be done. They have already got an ancient
front door but they want to make it look like a castle. They have applied to the local council with plans to change the exterior of the house.
They are also going to start decorating bedrooms upstairs, so they are looking for 7) (inspire) in films about that period.
Unit 6 Int
Grammar
I Wybierz właściwe słowo:
During 1) (the / -) 1996 Olympic Games in 2) (the / a) United States City of 3) (the / -) Atlanta, Michel Jackson won both 4) (the / an) 200
metres and 400 metres events. At one point, he was running at almost 25 miles 5) (a / an) hour. He went on to win 5 gold medals in his
career. Heike Drechsler from 6) (a / -) Germany is 7) (a / the) only woman who has won 8) (- / the) two Olympic gold medals in the long
jump. 9) (the / -) German took one gold medal in Barcelona in 1992 and then again 8 years later. Many people think that Jan Ẑelezny is 10)
(a / the) greatest javelin thrower ever. He won 11) (a / the) silver medal in the 1988 Olympics and then 12) (a /-) gold medals at the games in
1992, 1996 and 2000.
II Wstaw odpowiedni ‘article’:
Rund Gullit, born in 1) … Amsterdam, is one of 2) … most important figures of 3) … Dutch football world. He currently works as 4) …
football manager, but 5) … most glorious part of his career was the time when he played professionally in 6) … 1980s and 1990s. during his
career, he was 7) … captain of 8) … Netherlands national team which won 9) … Euro 1988 Cup and he was also 10) … member of the team
taking part in 11) … 1990 World Cup. He received the prize for 12) … European Footballer of 13) … Year in 14) … 1987 and 15) … World
Soccer player of the Year in 16) … 1987 and 1989. He was 17) … universal player who played in 18) … numerous positions during his
career.
III Wstaw odpowiedni ‘article’:
This is a book about 1) … man who is 2) … basketball player. He is very famous and plays in 3) … teams in 4) … various countries: 5) …
Netherlands, 6) … Czech Republic, 7) … USA, 8) … Germany and 9) … Switzerland. One day he gets married to 10) … beautiful woman.
11) … woman is 12) … actress and acts in 13) … romantic comedies. During their honeymoon she is killed in 14) … car accident which
happens in 15) … Alps. Damian (16) … main hero), gets furious because some signs show that it wasn’t 17) … usual accident. 18) … more
he looks around, 19) … more new factors appear. He finds out that his late wife and some connections with 20) … Buckingham Palace, 20)
… White House or even 21) … Pentagon. What does it really mean? Who was this woman? 22) … actress? 23) … spy? 24) … easiest
question is 25) … hardest to answer.
IV Popraw błędy, jeśli są:
1.I visited them on Monday and last weekend as well.
2. I love the exciting journeys. I’ve already been to Sahara and swum in the Lake Michigan.
3. First person to answer my questions was Jake – a best student in the group.
4. The Earth goes round the Sun and remember – the Moon is not a planet.
5. I usually go to work on foot but today I’m going by a car.
6. Susan doesn’t speak the Spanish at all although her mother comes from Spain.
7. June and July are warmest months of the year.
8. A cat, a dog, a hamster – they are domesticated animals.
9. Sheila has to go to hospital to be treated. I hope everything will be fine.
V Wybierz właściwe słowo:
1.Oliver is (slightly / far) quicker than Jean.
2. Greta is (a little / much) stronger than Petra.
3. The cinema is (a bit / a lot) further from the square than the library.
4. Irina is (only just / by far) the tallest girl.
5. They (are / aren’t) as fast as each other.
VI Wstaw: both, neither, either:
1.I like …: basketball and volleyball the same
2. … sport is safe: you can break a leg while skiing or twist an ankle while skating,
3. … sportswomen are very ambitious. Jane wants to win the world cup and Janet dreams of the European Cup.
4. They are not interested in … sport. They say hockey is violent and ski jumping is boring.
5. I have to have … gloves to play. So far I haven’t found … of them.
6. The coach says that … footballers are needed to win the match, but I believe in … of them – they aren’t so good!
7. … semi-final match was predictable. The first was won by Rwanda and the other one by China.
8. … referees decided that there should be a penalty kick for England.
9. It doesn’t matter what we play: tennis or squash. … one is interested and exhausting at the same time.
10. Australia has a hockey national team and Brazil as well but … of these is successful.
VII Popraw błędy:
1.This book is more better than the last one by this author.
2. Berlin is further from Warsaw than Poznań.
3. Sean’s work is as harder as mine – we both work in consulting.
4. Most expensive product means highest price.
5. It takes longger to learn Chinese than to learn Spanish.
6. Jason is most tired of us all.
7. George is by farther the nicest person that I know.
8. Her brother is the most tallest among his classmates.
9. Dirtiest places on the Earth are always poorest.
10. My mother used to make more delicious cakes from these ones.
VIII Uzupełnij zdania używając: get used to / be used to w odpowiedniej formie:
1.Marty’s boss was very demanding and could be quite rude from time to time. But after some time she … his character.
2. Robert is always late. I guess he cannot … the morning shifts.
3. Being a good football player requires not only technical skills, but also very good physical condition. Football players … running long
distances during a football match.
4. After the euro was introduced, many people couldn’t … paying in the new currency.
5. I work in a bar. I … people who want to share their life story with me.
6. I love my husband but I can’t … his snoring.
Writing
I Napisz rozprawkę na temat dobrych i złych stron organizowania wielkich imprez sportowych w kraju.
II Napisz artykuł wyrażający twoje poglądy na temat amatorskiego wędkowania i polowania.
III Twój kolega, który był sportowcem doznał urazu i nie może już uprawiać tego sportu. Napisz do niego list, w którym:

odniesiesz się do wypadku i wyrazisz współczucie

nawiążesz do znajomego, który w podobnej sytuacji zajął się innym sportem

przedstawisz korzyści płynące z uprawiania tego sportu

zachęcisz go do kontaktu z tym znajomym i podasz szczegóły tego kontaktu
IV Napisz list do kolegi, w którym:

poinformujesz go o wstąpieniu do drużyny sportowej

opiszesz treningi

poinformujesz go o najbliższych rozgrywkach

zachęcisz go do oglądania tych rozgrywek i zaproponujesz darmowy bilet
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
Fox hunting began as a sport in the UK in the 17th century and many of 1) (them, its, their, his) traditional hunts are very old and wellestablished. Foxhounds have been 2) (bred, bread, breed, breeding) over centuries. On a typical hunt, a pack of foxhounds picks up the scent
of a fox and follows it 3) (before, until, after, and) it is cornered and killed. The hunt follows on horseback and is led by a master of a hunt 4)
(which, when, who, whose) blows a bugle to tell riders in which direction to go. Hunts are seen as part of the country traditions, a way of
keeping down the fox population, and 5) (like, as, alike, similarly) a source of income. The League Against Cruel Sports 6) (have, had,
would, has) been active against hunting for a long time, and activists would often follow a hunt in 7) (aim, order, time, general) to try to
disrupt it. Even though the Hunting Act abolished hunting with dogs in 20904, the League Against Cruel Sports claims that many foxes are
still hunted and killed illegally.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.The race was so exhausting that he couldn’t finish it. The race was too …
2. Can’t you practice a more active way than this? Is this …?
3. Besides winning a local competition, they also won the Olympic Games. They not only …
4. No one else can do wall-climbing as fast as she can. She is the …
5. He is a good basketball player. He plays …
6. As the team practice more, they become more likely to win the event. (more) The …, the more likely they become to win the event.
7. This referee is not as fair as he once was. (be) This referee … than he is nowadays.
8. I have never defeated the opponent in the race faster than today. (race) This is … I have ever won.
9. Caving seems less dangerous than it really is. (more) Caving … than it seems.
10. Justyna had two anti-doping tests. Marit had two anti-doping tests, too. (number) Justyna and Marit had … of anti-doping tests.
III Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasach:
1.(Obie) foreign teams are prepared but (żadna ne jest tak dobrze) prepared (jak nasza).
2. (Im więcej) you practice, (tym bardziej) probable you are too achieve success during the forthcoming competition.
3. (Tylko kilku) blind fencers entered the competition. But, (było ich zbyt mało) to hold the event, so the organisers cancelled it.
4. Capoeira is (o niebo bardziej) spectacular than puroresu. (O wiele mniej) people would like to practice puroresu.
5. Zorbing is (jednym z najmniej) popular sports in Poland. But, gradually it is (staje się coraz bardziej) widespread.
IV Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
The Olympic Games are held every four years in a different country each time. At the Olympics, athletes from around the world come to test
their skills and 1) (determine). Olympic gold medals, which are given only to the winner or winners of each 2) (compete), are the lifetime
dream of athletes everywhere. However, to understand the modern Olympics better, we must return to Greece. For the ancient Greeks, the
Olympic Games represented the highest form of physical 3) (achieve). When the Olympic Games were happening, there was peace across all
the land. Olympia was a special place of 4) (religion) and political meetings. Only men could compete in the races and they wore no shoes or
clothes. Games quickly got bigger and began to include javelin-throwing and chariot racing. In ancient times, though, there was only one
winner for each event. The prize for winning was not a medal, but an olive wreath – a sign of 5) (distinguish) for an athlete. Eventually, in
393 AD, the Games were stopped by Roman 6) (empire) Theodosius I. They were brought back to life in 1896 and since then they have
developed into the world’s most important sporting event.
Unit 7 Int
Grammar
I Połącz zdania zaimkiem w nawiasie:
1.This is the same job. I did it last summer. (which)
2. This is Ms Greentree. She’s my teacher. (who)
3. I think this is the office. I have my interview at this office. (where)
4. Here is my CV. You asked me to bring it. (that)
5. It’s a job. It requires someone with intelligence. (which)
6. Susan is my friend. I like her most. (who)
7. Biology is an interesting subject. It is difficult at times. (which)
8. Terry is a teacher. I admire him most. (who)
9. Mary and Jack are the best students. Their parents invest a lot in their education. (whose)
10. The Internet is a useful device. I can’t imagine learning without it. (which)
11. This school has some old-fashioned traditions. It was founded a hundred years ago. (which)
12. This student is from the royal family. She is sitting next to Leo now. (who)
13. The teacher is really demanding. You were talking to him. (who / whom)
14. Our school starts in August. All other students have holidays then. (when)
II Uzupełnij tekst zdaniami a – g, dodając odpowiedni zaimek względny:
a/ will help you get started
b/ they will have names and addresses of possible employers and companies
c/ can give references for you
d/ they have first-hand experience of
e/ lists your qualifications and work experience
f/ take on young people for work experience
g/ profession is connected with your idea of interest
Once you’ve decided on a career, you’re ready to start looking for a job. Here’s some advice 1) …
The first thing you need to do is write a good CV 2) …
Remember to include the contact details of people 3) …
Tell relatives and friends in case they know someone 4) …
Once you have the name of someone working in that profession, don’t be afraid to contact them. Usually, they will be happy to talk about the
job, 5) …
Go to your local library 6) …
If you can’t find paid work immediately, try doing some voluntary work. There are also some companies 7) …
III Wstaw who, whose, who’s:
1.I know many examples of millionaires … build up their fortune from scratch.
2. People … innovative ideas are their only capital often become successful entrepreneurs.
3. Yesterday, I watched ‘Robin Hood’, directed by Ridley Scott, … a well-known film director and producer.
4. Scott, … films are usually a great financial success, is known for his perfectionism.
5. Can you see the man … standing in front of my house? He’s been there for hours.
6. Our project proved to be a total disaster, so I am asking once again: … fault was it?
7. We have three very good candidates for this position, but the candidate … would be the most suitable has just withdrawn his application.
8. If you want to get this sorted, you have to know … to speak to.
9. Would you happen to know … been dealing with this file so far?
10. All the employees are unhappy about the new dress code at the office, but I cannot see anybody … would be willing to speak to the
management about it.
11. My previous, … main activity was drinking copious amounts of coffee and surfing the Internet was extremely unpopular with the
employees.
12. We are looking for a person … can bring the right mix of theoretical background and practical skills.
IV Wstaw: which, when, who, whose, whom, where, why:
1.This is the man for … we are waiting.
2. This is the man … we are waiting for.
3. Last month I visited Herman’s College … my cousin studied economics.
4. Susan doesn’t understand … her friends do not have their house redecorated by the interior designer.
5. James Brown, … first occupation was a waiter is a recognized writer nowadays.
6. I called Dennis to tell him about the party, … was a mistake.
7. A computer is a device without … our lives would be much more difficult.
8. Jason, … parents buy him everything he wants, is a spoilt brat.
9. London, … I met my current boyfriend, is a breathtaking city.
10. This accident happened on the day … Jack decided to take up a new hobby – car racing.
V Zdecyduj, czy w parach zdań jest różnica w znaczeniu, czy nie:
1.a/ This is the man for whom we are waiting.
b/ This is the man we are waiting for.
2. a/ Susan’s son, who is 17, won the competition for young writers.
b/ Susan’s son who is 17 won the competition for young writers.
3. a/ Volleyball is a team sport, which I am keen on.
b/ Volleyball is a team sport, on which I am keen.
4. a/ A TV programme which we saw yesterday was about the most dangerous occupation.
b/ The TV programme, which we saw yesterday, was about the most dangerous occupation.
5. a/ Perth where I was born is a beautiful city.
b/ Perth in Scotland, where I was born, is a beautiful city.
6. a/ Her brother whose wife is an actress works as a model as well.
b/ Her brother, whose wife is an actress, works as a model as well.
Writing
I W imieniu kilku sąsiadujących ze sobą rodzin z odległej dzielnicy napisz list do lokalnych władz z propozycją uczenia waszych dzieci w
domu. Podaj argumenty przemawiające za tym rozwiązaniem i dowiedz się, jakie formalności trzeba załatwić.
II Napisz list do kolegi o szkole kamerdynerów, do której chodzisz.

Poinformuj o tym fakcie i podaj swoje powody zapisania się do niej

Napisz, czego się tam uczysz

Napisz o zajęciach, które sprawiają ci najwięcej przyjemności

Napisz o swoich planach zawodowych po ukończeniu tej szkoły
III Ćw. 8, s. 109 lub: Napisz list motywacyjny o pracę wolontariusza w Afryce (uczenie dzieci angielskiego lub praca w wiejskim szpitalu).
Napisz, dlaczego chciałbyś ubiegać się o tę pracę oraz o kwalifikacjach, doświadczeniu i predyspozycjach do jej wykonywania.
IV Uciekłeś z domu po kłótni z rodzicami. Wyślij im maila, w którym:

Napiszesz, dlaczego uciekłeś

Przedstaw swoje racje w konflikcie z rodzicami

Postaw warunki, pod jakimi wrócisz

Uspokój ich co do tego, jak sobie radzisz
Use of English
I Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.The police officer saw you with a man. He is a suspect they are following. The man …
2. I employ several sales representatives. Three of them are effective. I employ several sales representative, three of …
3. This is James. His wife is a victim of mobbing. This is James …
4. That apprentice acquired enough skills to be a professional. This is the apprentice …
5. The student won three scholarships. Two of them are foreign. The student won three scholarships, two …
6. Seven applicants were interviewed for the position but all of them turned out to be suitable. (whom) Seven applicants were interviewed for
the position, … unsuitable.
7. This is the vocational school I used to attend. (where) This is the vocational school … to study.
8. It was very rude of him not to apologise to Ann. (which) He did not apologise to Ann, … of him.
9. James is a journalist. Brad was being interviewed by him a while ago. (who) James, …, was interviewing Brad a while ago.
10. These tests assess students’ skills and progress. (which) These are … students’ skills and progress.
II Przetłumacz fragment w nawiasie:
1.The factory, (która) was built on the outskirts of the town, employed many blue collar workers (którzy) made their living working there.
2. A neighbour of mine, (którego warsztat rzemieślniczy) was closed due to the economic crisis, has been on a hunger strike against injustice
for a week.
3. Poor working conditions (które) had brought about the strike were improved by a man (który) acted as a new manager.
4. The reason (z którego) so many students drop out during the first term is laziness.
5. June 25th 2010, the (w którym) I graduated from university, was a very important moment in my life.
III Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
Charles Dickens (1818 – 1870) spent his 1) (child) in London and lived in the south-east of England all his life. He is best-known for his 2)
(able) to create wonderful characters, some sinister, some comical, others very 3) (sentiment). His novels were written for serialization in
magazines, so they are 4) (episode) and each chapter often ends on a cliff-hanger. As a child, Dickens had to work in a factory that made
shoe polish after his father was 5) (prison) for debt. His early experiences of 6) (poor) made him sympathetic to the plight of the poor and the
working class. Dickens’ best known novels are David Copperfield, Bleak House and A Tale of Two Cities. He also wrote the short story A
Christmas Carol, which featured Scrooge as its 8) (centre) character.
Unit 8 Int
Grammar
I Wstaw odpowiednią formę czasownika:
1.We all managed (pass) our end-of-term examination.
2. I considered (apply) to Oxford University, but chose Cambridge University in the end.
3. I can’t learn by (read) something. I have to do it as well.
4. My dog likes (take) a break now?
5. Would you like (take) a break now?
6. My brother communicates with friends abroad by (chat) online.
7. Most people hate (do) homework, but I like it.
8. I really dislike (waste) my time on housework.
9. Paul needs (work) much harder this year.
10. Let’s keep (read) until we’ve finished the book.
11. I’m trying (remember) what we all used to do before social networking sites were invented.
12. A: My computer won’t start.
B: Try (plug) it in.
13. I keep trying (work out) the answers for my physics homework, but I just can’t get them right.
14. He will try (persuade) them, but it is not going to be easy.
15. I know you’ve taken this test twice now, and you have failed both times. But, please, try (not, give up). You know what people say: third
time lucky!
16. Jason started coughing horribly last month. Thank God he stopped (smoke) two weeks ago.
17. Going to school for the first lesson means my (get up) at 5 am.
18. There’s no instant coffee in the cupboard. Mary keeps (say) she remembers (buy) it in the supermarket last weekend. She remembers
perfectly (take) it from the shelf, (put) it into a trolley and (pay) for it.
19. Jack’s room is so messy! I know he really means (tidy) it up but every time he starts (do) it something disturbs him.
20. Mary was surfing the Internet when I came in. Suddenly she stopped this activity (discuss) a case of birthday present for Julia.
21. I didn’t mean (hurt) your feelings. It was not intended, I wanted (say) something completely different.
22. Susan said John tried (help) with this wardrobe. It’s not his fault that the wardrobe fell apart.
23. Oh! I’m sorry, I’m really sorry! Will you forgive me? I forgot (bring) the book that I promised last week.
24. I understand that you are very busy but could you listen to me for a moment? Jack! Could you? Will you stop (write) for a moment
(listen) to me?
25. My child remembered (do) her homework – she is lucky she didn’t forget it.
II Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.Susan hopes (getting / to get) a good mark after this exam; she wants (to be / being) the best student of the year.
2. I can’t imagine (to live / living) in Australia – I enjoy (skiing / to ski) too much to give it up.
3. Jason prefers (to be / being) on his own, but he will consider (to get / getting) married.
4. It started (to rain / raining) the moment we finished (playing / to play) football.
5. I believe Betty is sick. She refused (eating / to eat) tomato soup which she loves.
6. They are always making so much noise! They keep (shouting / to shout) all the time!
7. All the British people managed (to remember / remembering) about the Queen’s birthday.
8. You would never believe it – Kate is so good at (to speak / speaking) Chinese.
9. My cousin has already begun (to plan / planning) her holidays although it’s only February. She seems (to dream / dreaming) about some
exotic island.
10. Her boss promised (promoting / to promote) her if she decides (working / to work) longer hours.
III Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.He continued talking even though no one was listening. He kept …
2. ‘Alright, I will help you with your maths homework,’ said Joe. Joe agreed …
3. I hate to listen to my neighbour practicing the drums. I can’t stand …
4. Would you ever go to a job interview dressed like that?! Just imagine …
5. Maybe I’ll take a gap year. I’m considering …
IV Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
Over the centuries, different languages 1) (have created / have been created) across the world. These languages are part of a country’s
culture, but they also have a disadvantage, as we 2) (now live / are now lived) in a global society where we need to communicate with people
all over the world. English 3) (often used / is often used) as an international language, but not by everyone. One man 4) (has invented / has
been invented) a new language called ‘Globish’. Actually, it’s not entirely new. It’s a simplified form of English which 5) (can speak / can be
spoken) by everyone including native speakers. It 6) (consists / is consisted) of the 1500 most important words in the English language that
we need for communication. However, with any language like ‘Globish’, there is still the problem that it will have 7) (to learn / to be learnt).
Technology 8) (might provide / might be provided) the real answer. Lots of companies are trying to produce machines that will automatically
translate what we say or write. The latest machine allows you to speak it in your own language. Then the phrase 9) (repeats / is repeated) in
the language of your choice. The translating machine won’t help you to have a long discussion, but it will help you to order food in a
restaurant or 10) (to buy / is bought) a train ticket.
V Wstaw czasownik w stronie biernej w odpowiednim czasie:
1.The post (deliver) every day at ten o’clock.
2. Our new house (still, build). It should be ready in a month.
3. ‘Heart of Darkness’ (write) by Joseph Conrad in 1899.
4. Cars (make) in this town for over 50 years.
5. Your essay (mark) by your teacher by the end of the week.
6. Your letter of application (can, send) to 98 Malvern Road, London.
7. The subject of English (teach) at my school since 1998.
8. The computers (switch) off every night when everyone has left.
9. Please note that this shop (close) all next week.
VI Wstaw czasownik w stronie czynnej lub biernej w odpowiednim czasie:
1.This area (visit) by millions of tourists every summer. Last year for example, holidaymakers (visit) the Regional Museum most often.
2. Sarah (interview) some locals now. They (interview) nowadays quite a lot due to some mysterious findings.
3. There is a widespread usage of this language. To be honest it (use) by some tribes for hundreds of years. What is more, they claim they
(use) it in the future. It (not, replace) by any other language.
4. You know this plant (already, become) extinct. It can (not, plant) anywhere outside this region.
5. Humans (think) to be very intelligent creatures. They can (think), (feel) emotions, (love) and (love) by others.
6. The guidebook on this area (publish) three months ago. Now they are planning (publish) another one which is going to be a success too.
7. Kate and Laura (set up) a long time ago but now their work is becoming visible.
8. Chinese (believe) to be too difficult to learn, but I know people who (believe) that it is possible to learn it in a year.
9. All the money from our taxes (spend) nowadays on saving extinct species. It’s a pity the government (not, spend) it on healthcare.
10. I (hope) this tribe can (find) in the jungle. If not, I don’t know where we can (find) them.
VII Wstaw czasownik w stronie biernej w odpowiednim czasie:
The Polish language 1) (speak) by more than 95% of Poles. There are only insignificant differences between the variants of Polish, which 2)
(use) in different regions of the country for hundreds of years. Therefore, the linguistic variation of dialects in Poland cannot 3) (compare) to
that in Great Britain, or even Germany. However, there are several dialects in Poland which should 4) (mention). Broadly speaking, most of
the differences 5) (cause) by tribal divisions that date back to a 1000 years ago when Poland 6) (divide) into smaller independent territorial
units, since then the population of these regions have mixed and, as a result, the language 7) (standardize). There are still clearly
distinguishable dialects though, which 8) (now, popularize) by various groups who promote folk culture. One of them is the Podhale dialect,
which 9) (speak) among the highlanders in the south of Poland. Although a strong accent and a specific vocabulary with many distinctive
words 10 (develop) by the Polish highlanders mostly in the 19th and 20th centuries, it 11) (easily, understand) by urban Poles. In contrast – the
Kashubian or the Silesia dialects, also spoken in Poland, can 12) (hardly, understand) by speakers of standard Polish. That’s why a debate
13) (recently, start) by linguists about the classification of these dialects. Those dialects demonstrate such significant differences from the
Polish language that perhaps they 14) (declare) independent languages.
Writing
I Napisz artykuł na temat tego, czy warto uczyć się więcej niż jednego obcego języka. Wspomnij również o metodach nauki
II Napisz ulotkę reklamującą kółko zainteresowań (nie przedmiotowe), które postanowiłeś założyć w szkole:

Napisz, jakie to kółko

Podaj jego program

Zachęć kolegów do przyłączenia się

Podaj czas, częstotliwość i miejsce spotkań
III Napisz rozprawkę na temat dobrych i złych stron trzymania w domu egzotycznych zwierząt.
IV Napisz list z zapytaniem do szkoły języka angielskiego na Malcie. Użyj informacji ze s. 184.
V Napisz maila do kolegi z Londynu o twoim pobycie w Hackney School of English.

Napisz, jak ci się mieszka u angielskiej rodziny

Napisz o swoich zajęciach w szkole

Wspomnij miejsca, które widziałeś w Londynie i napisz, jak ci się podobały

Opisz ogólne wrażenia z kursu i poinformuj go, co najbardziej ci się tam podoba
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
A ‘hidden’ language has 1) (be, been, being, was) discovered in an isolated hill tribe in a north-eastern Indian region, linguists have
announced. ‘This is a language that had been undocumented, completely unrecognized and unrecorded,’ says researcher Gregory Anderson,
director of the Living Tongues Institute for Endangered Languages. The new language is 2) (speaking, spoke, speeking, spoken) by about a
thousand people called the Koro. However, the Koro tribe’s language may be in 3) (dangerous, endangered, danger, dungeon) as it has not
been written down. The team of linguists visited local people and recorded them speaking. In this region there is 4) (other, rather, others,
another) larger tribe called the Aka who speak a different language. The 5) (three, two, four, five) groups share 9% of their vocabulary and
linguists believe that Koro may eventually become extinct because the language of the majority, Aka, will probably take 6) (under, up, over,
after). As for the local people, they seem unconcerned about the differences and live happily side 7) (off, upon, on, by) side.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.The range of words describing rain reflects the weather conditions in England. The weather conditions in England …
2. Would you like to be creative and appreciate art? Would you be interested in …
3. Rico knew the names of 200 different toys. The names of 200 different toys …
4. The majority of the students have imitated the accent correctly. The accent …
5. They stopped adding comments on this subject. They gave …
6. I was looking after your pet. Your pet…
7. Pupils were preparing the school play. (being) The school play …
8. People associate a Birmingham accent with criminals and low intelligence. (is) A Birmingham accent …
9. She did not intend enrolling for cookery classes, but she did in fact. (mean) She did not …
10. I hate to learn by heart – it is so impractical. (stand) I can’t …
11. All the students succeeded in memorizing the poem. (manage) All the students…
III Przetłumacz fragmenty w nawiasie:
1.I don’t remember (jak on rozwiązywał) the problem, but I will remember (żeby sprawdzić) if he did it when I return.
2. I didn’t (zamierzałem oblać) the exam. Yet, it turned out I have and this (oznacza konieczność uczenia się) once again.
3. A new shopping mall (buduje się) in our town right now. I hope it (zostanie ukończony) before Christmas.
4. My mum (natknęła się przypadkiem) my diary yesterday but she did not read it, luckily.
5. He (przypomina wyglądem) his father so much that you couldn’t (rozróżnić) them.
IV Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
Do you worry about your memory? Is there a way to make sure you can avoid memory 1) (lose) as you get older? Many 2) (medicine)
studies link both mental and physical exercise to a healthy memory and 3) (little) severe age-related decline. Even though there is no 4)
(define) evidence, we can do something to keep our memory healthy. Some evidence says that stress and 5) (anxious) are harmful to the
brain. So, it is advisable to avoid 6) (stress) situations. The other thing is that poor sleep affects the brain. One study shows that a good
night’s sleep improves your memory by up to 30%. And also goes without saying that a healthy diet also means a healthy brain.
Unit 9 Int
Grammar
I Z podanych wyrazów utwórz pytania pośrednie:
1.know, time, you , leaves, do, the, what, bus
2. me, with, mind, helping, something, would, you
3. any, idea, arrives, do, the , Queen, have, you, when
4. I’d, to, is, like, in, charge, who
5. where, I, you, was, wondering, live
6. do, if, I, ask, a, question, you, you, mind
II Zamień na pytania pośrednie:
1.What was the score of the last game? Do you know what …
2. What’s the biggest national newspaper in your country? Can you tell me what …
3. What is the price of this magazine? I’d like to know …
4. What newspaper does this journalist work for? Do you happen to know what …
5. Who agreed to this? Would you be able to say …
6. Why did the satisfaction of the viewers increase? Would you know why …
7. What exactly are the protestors criticizing? I wonder what exactly …
8. Did anybody survive the catastrophe? Could you tell me…
III Przetłumacz na j. angielski:
1.Could you tell me (ile Mike ma lat)?
2. Do you know (czy ta książka jest znana za granicą)?
3. I wonder (kiedy zamierzasz powiedzieć mi prawdę).
4. Do you know (jak długo oni się znają)?
5. Do you have any idea (dlaczego Mark i Lisa zerwali ze sobą w zeszłym tygodniu)?
6. Do you know (czy Susan umie jeździć konno)?
7. Do you mind (jeśli otworzę okno)?
8. I would like to ask (gdzie jest najbliższa księgarnia).
9. Can you tell me (czy Mark ostrzygł już włosy)?
10. I would like to know (co ty tu robisz).
IV Wstaw: say, tell, speak w odpowiedniej formie:
1.I think his plane has already landed, but I can’t … for sure.
2. Greg … me to remind him about it tomorrow.
3. What did you …?
4. He … three foreign languages fluently.
5. It’s really hard to … what the aim of this protest is.
6. Philip asked me to marry him, but I … ‘No’.
7. When the Prime Minister … with great confidence about the future of our country, one of the reporters raised his hand to ask a question.
8. Did you … him to be careful with the car when he drives at night?
9. Have you had a chance to … to Julian about it?
10. I am not quite sure what to …
11. What exactly did you … the police?
12. As a serious journalist, I find it quite difficult to … to some of today’s celebrities. They do not really have much to …
V Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.‘How old are you?’
a/ They asked me how old was I.
b/ They asked me how old I was.
c/ They asked me how old had I been.
2. ‘Where have you been?’
a/ She wanted to know where I’d been.
b/ She wanted to know where had I been. c/ She wanted to know where I was.
3. ‘When did Richard arrive?’
a/ I asked when did Richard arrive?
b/ I asked when Richard had arrived.
c/ I asked when Richard arrived.
4. ‘Are you looking for something?’
a/ We asked if was he looking for something.
b/ We asked if he was looking for something.
c/We asked whether was he looking for something.
5. ‘Do you think she’ll like it?’
a/ Mike wondered whether she likes it.
b/ Mike wondered whether would she like it.
c/ Mike wondered whether she’d like it.
VI Zamień na mowę zależną podane rozkazy i zakazy:
1.’Don’t ring anywhere!’ said mother to her child.
2. ‘Call the doctor!’ said a witness of an accident.
3. ‘Don’t talk to me like that!’ said Sue to her boyfriend.
4. ‘Tell me the truth!’ said John.
5. ‘Don’t open the window!’ said Fran.
6. ‘Go to bed!’ said father to his child.
7. ‘Give me money!’ said the robber to the bank clerk.
8. ‘Don’t go out now!’ said the heroine of the film to her husband.
9. ‘Make your bed!’ said Jenny.
10. ‘Don’t make the situation worse!’ said the teacher to the student.
11. ‘Stop!’ The police told them …
12. ‘Don’t stop!’ The soldier told us …
13. ‘Could you turn the music down, please?’ Julia asked me …
14. ‘Can you lend me your car tonight, please?’ I asked my dad …
15. ‘Don’t touch anything!’ The woman told me …
16. ‘Shut up!’ Fred told them…
17. ‘Don’t go this way!’ The police officer told us …
18. ‘Turn on the light, please.’ My mum asked me …
19. ‘Listen to me.’ She told me …
20. ‘Come to my birthday party this Saturday.’ Anthony asked me …
VII Zamień na mowę zależną:
1.’Don’t disturb me! I am reading a book now.’ My niece told …
2. ‘I’m going to visit Peter tomorrow!’ John said …
3. ‘We have decided to get married.’ Mark and Betty said …
4. ‘I can’t go to a party because I have to do my homework.’ Lucy said …
5. ‘Finish this meal! I was cooking it for three hours while you were listening to music.’ My dad told me …
6. ‘My brother wrote the editorial for this magazine a month ago.’ Jane said …
7. ‘We will publish this lead story soon.’ Our boss said …
8. ‘Don’t take any photo of me.’ This celebrity ordered …
9. ‘We will play games now.’ Children said …
10. ‘Our team can win this game.’ The footballer said …
11. ‘Your uncle is going to visit your parents today.’ My aunt warned me that my uncle …
12. ‘I got a job at a national newspaper and work as a columnist.’ Grace claimed that …
13. The Prime Minister declared, ‘There will be no further increase in taxes.’ The Prime Minister declared that …
14. ‘I can drop by tomorrow.’ Robert told me …
15. ‘My hair has never been that shiny.’ She said that …
16. ‘Did you see Peter’s blog?’ Betty asked us if …
17. ‘That was my best performance.’ The famous actor told the press …
VIII Zamień pytania na mowę zależną:
1.’Have you seen Michelle?’ They wanted to know …
2. ‘What did you study at university?’ She asked me …
3. ‘Is maths your favourite subject?’ My aunt asked me if …
4. ‘What’s his name?’ My best friend wanted to know …
5. ‘Who’s she talking to?’ I asked …
6. ‘Does this activity include pillow fighting?’ Jerry asked …
7. ‘Was James arrested by the police?’ My mum asked …
8. ‘Can Gina take some photos of this landscape?’ Mary asked …
9. ‘Has the article been replaced by another one?’ The editor asked …
10. ‘When did the book appear?’ My friend asked …
11. ‘How many people have come?’ The host asked …
12. ‘Will any problems occur?’ My boss asked …
13. ‘Why did Harry join this club last month?’ Becky asked …
14. ‘When is Fran going to make an announcement?’ My sister asked …
15. ‘Is Mark all right?’ Susan asked …
Writing
I Napisz artykuł do gazety o natłoku informacyjnym (infoglut) w obecnym świecie. Napisz, na czym to polega i jakie ma skutki.
II Napisz rozprawkę na temat dobrych i złych stron bycia korespondentem wojennym.
III Napisz maila do kolegi o zamieszkach w mieście, których byłeś świadkiem.

Napisz, jakie to były zamieszki, kiedy i gdzie miały miejsce

Opisz działania uczestników zamieszek i reakcję policji

Napisz, jaka była twoja rola w tym konflikcie

Napisz, co ty sądzisz o wszczynaniu takich zamieszek
IV Napisz notatkę do kolegi, z którym dzielisz pokój.

Poinformuj go, że rezerwujesz telewizor, napisz kiedy i na jak długo

Podaj powód, dla którego chcesz oglądać telewizję

Napisz, jakie zadośćuczynienie proponujesz w zamian

Poproś kolegę, by jak najszybciej dał ci znać, co o tym sądzi
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
The ‘baobab’ is a famous fruit on the African continent. It’s the same size 1) (like, alike, unlike, as) a coconut and it’s packed with nutrition.
It has six times as 2) (many, much, than, less) vitamin C as oranges, twice as much calcium as milk, and lots of B vitamins, magnesium, iron
and phosphorus. Until 3) (recently, just, already, ago), only local people enjoyed the fruit by mixing it into their food and drinks. Only a few
people outside the continent have 4) (done, be, been, being) able to taste the baobab’s distinctive flavor. One person described it as tasting
like a mixture of grapefruit, pear and vanilla. But now baobab will soon appear in supermarkets all over Europe and the United States. It will
be one of the ingredients in jams and sauces, and 5) (previously, lastly, normally, eventually), cereal bars and drinks. To get ready for the
expected increase 6) (in, of, on, over) baobab sales, women in Malawi are picking the fruit for selling abroad. Some expert estimate that
international baobab sales could be about a billion dollars 7) (for, a, in, the) year.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.Where do you live? I was wondering …
2. Why are you so upset? I’d like to know…
3. Is she a foreigner? Would you mind telling me …
4. How much does he earn? Could you tell …
5. Did they pay much for their new house? Have you got any idea …
6. ‘I am taking part in a peaceful demonstration next week,’ said Tom. (was) Tom said …
7. ‘I hope this article will appear on the front page tomorrow,’ said the journalist. (that) The journalist said that …
8. ‘Please record these episodes of my favourite soap opera while I’m away,’ she asked. (was) She asked …
9. ‘Did you see him last month? James asked. (if) James asked …
10. ‘Where have you put my glasses?’ she asked her mum. (had) She asked her mum …
III Przetłumacz fragment zdań:
1.I (pozwolono mi opublikować) the interview in our local newspaper, but I (zmuszono mnie do usunięcia) biased news from it.
2. My mum (nie pozwala mi) smoke at home – she says it upsets her.
3. The documentary which included an eye-witness report (sprawił, że ja) believe the theory.
4. Authors of the most outspoken comments (zostali nakłonieni) to remove them from the blog yesterday.
5. (Pozwól me) read your glossy magazine – I will give it back as soon as I finish.
IV Słowo w nawiasie napisz w odpowiedniej formie:
The Boston Tea Party took place on Decemnber 16, 1773 when a group of American 1) (colony) disguised as native Americans boarded a
British ship in Boston Harbour and threw the cargo of tea overboard. 2) (symbol), it was a protest against the British 3) (govern) which had
passed the Tea Act which taxed their produce. It remained an 4) (icon) event in American history, and one of many acts of 5) (resist) to the
British crown which culminated in the War of 6) (independent).
Unit 10 Int
Grammar
I Wstaw: allow, let, make w odpowiedniej formie:
1.Are children in your country … to eat sweets at school?
2. Don’t … her talk in class. It stops the others from concentrating.
3. You need to … them work harder. They’re too lazy!
4. I’ll … you choose what to watch.
5. The physical education teacher … everyone run round the football field ten times.
6. Why don’t you … everyone to go home early for being so good.
7. Will they … me take some photos of this building? Or is it forbidden?
8. Did James … you prepare this project or did you volunteer?
9. You know that Susan doesn’t like children at all. She has obviously been … to take care of these children.
10. The teacher … her students write the unexpected test to check their knowledge of irregular verbs.
11. Jake’s younger brother is not … to go to parties. He has to stay at home and help his parents.
12. John was not … to open this letter! Who gave him permission to do it?
13. Her parents … Vanessa to eat a bar of chocolate every day. Aren’t they worried about her teeth?
14. Alexander … her friends play with her toys – she is a social child.
15. Was Betty … to use her brother’s credit card? I don’t think so.
16. I am … to cook dinner for my whole family – they say it’s my duty.
II Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.You get a drink when you (will put, would put, put) your money in the machine.
2. If you give them your address, they (sent, ‘ll send, ‘d send) the information in the post.
3. We’ll fix your computer (as soon as, unless, would) you pay us some money.
4. If I had some money, I (‘ll donate, donated, ‘d donate) it to charity.
5. The new version of ‘Street Tank Figure’ is a waste of money (unless, as soon as, would) you enjoy palying bad computer games.
6. I’ll make you a good offer if you (‘re, were, will be) really interested.
7. What if I (allowed, will allow, would allow) you to use my mobile phone?
8. If you (won’t have, don’t have, wouldn’t have) time to buy me some dishes, don’t worry about it.
9. I (won’t, didn’t, wouldn’t) lend her any money if I were you.
10. If my parents (pay, paid, will pay) me more pocket money, I’d be able to afford it.
III Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.Please call me (as soon as / if) you land at the airport.
2. I won’t let you watch TV (if / unless) you do some homework first.
3. He’ll be hungry (if / when) he arrives, so I’ll prepare a snack for him.
4. (If / When) it’s raining tomorrow, we’ll have to think of something to do in the house.
IV Wstaw: if, when, unless:
1.Let me know exactly … you can come.
2. Please inform Grace … you cannot make it to the meeting at 11 am.
3. … I looked at Ralph, he started laughing.
4. Gloria asked me … I would like to join their project.
5. … you tell me right now what you know about it, I will have to call the police.
6. I would definitely use online banking … I had a PC at home.
7. Please call me … you get home. Otherwise, I’ll be very worried.
8. … I had known what kind of person he was, I would never have married him.
9. George told me to phone him … I had any trouble with the new software.
V Wstaw czasownik w odpowiednim czasie:
1.If I’d known you were coming, I (make) dinner for you.
2. If you learn more, you (pass) this exam.
3. I (collect) you from the airport if I (know) you were coming.
4. If Bruce shaved his beard, he (be) such a handsome man.
5. If I (be) you, I (not, promise) to solve this problem.
6. Susan has never wanted a computer. If she (realise) how useful it is, she (buy) one a long time ago.
7. Diana (apply) for this scholarship if she had heard about it in time.
8. That’s how it is with best friends – they help when you (have) problems.
9. If I (be) invited to this party, I (come) but nobody said a word about it.
10. If you (click) on the link, it will take you directly to my blog.
11. Would you have bought that laptop if you (see) this other model?
12. Susan will get this job if she (be) qualified enough.
13. I (waste) more time last month if Janet (not, tell) me about this marvelous invention.
14. If I had known that you were coming, I (make) sure to have something in the fridge.
15. No one (invent) the computer if it hadn’t been for the microchip.
16. (your sister, talk) to me if I call her to apologise for my misbehavior?
17. James (have) his car repaired long ago if he (not, spend) all his money on gambling.
18. I (not, speak) to Mike about it unless you want me to.
19. If you’d taken it back, the shop (replace) it for you.
20. My brother doesn’t have a car. If he (own) one, he (give) us a lift.
21. I’m really sorry. I (call) you earlier if I simply (not, forget). I was so busy!
22. If my boyfriend (not, help), I would have paid a fortune to get it fixed.
23. If I (be) a millionaire, I’d surely invest in new technologies.
24. My dog (go) mad when the firework (start) on New Year’s Eve.
25. Janet (pass) her driving test if she (prepare) better for it. But she didn’t.
26. (Hollywood directors, film) some horror movies if Mary Shelley hadn’t written Frankenstein?
27. If we don’t have the system up and running in one hour, Beth (put) the whole project on hold.
28. What (I, do) if there’s a robbery? What are the rules?
29. Jane (not, get) married to John if somebody (tell) her about his past problems.
30. She’ll be mad unless there (be) a traffic jam on the way out of the city centre.
31. If Mark (have) enough money, he will buy the latest digital music player.
32. If they (save) more money, they (buy) a better DVD player last week.
33. If I (can) become somebody else for one day, I’d probably choose to the Marylin Monroe.
34. I could read on a bus without any problems if I (own) an e-book reader.
35. Fred (accept) this job if the interview (be) more satisfactory. The future boss seemed to be too irresponsible.
36. I (take) my umbrella with me if I had known that it would be pouring all day long.
37. Supposing they invited you to their wedding, what (you, buy) them as a present?
38. I (stay) at the party if I (enjoy) it. It was a total bore!
39. We (be) late if we don’t hit the road immediately.
40. If my mother hadn’t forced me to go, I (avoid) going to the dentist forever.
41. If I (have) a cat, I would call it Bronek.
42. I (not, discover) anything unless you allow my lawyer to attend the hearing.
Writing
I Napisz artykuł o tym, czy szybki rozwój technologii ma dobry czy zły wpływ na nasze życie.
II Napisz list do kolegi o urządzeniu, które sobie kupiłeś:

Napisz, jakie to urządzenie i dlaczego je kupiłeś

Opisz je, jego funkcje itp.

Napisz, co sądzisz o cenie tego urządzenia

Poleć je koledze i uzasadnij, dlaczego
III Napisz rozprawkę o dobrych i złych stronach smartfonów lub innych urządzeń tego typu.
IV Napisz maila do kolegi, w którym:

Zaproponujesz pójście na film, określisz, jaki to film

Napisz, co wiesz o tym filmie, tak aby zachęcić go do pójścia z tobą

Przytocz opinię ludzi, którzy widzieli ten film

Poproś o odpowiedź i zaproponuj ewentualny dzień i godzinę
Use of English
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
‘Technology Today’ is the show in 1) (that, which, where, who) we look at some of the coolest technology that’s 2) (or, another, other,
either) available now or could be in the future. Let’s start with a new type of tent which will help you 3) (find, found, finding, have found)
your way home. The fabric of the tent has solar threads so it captures energy from the sun during the day and can light up if you send a
message from your mobile phone. 4) (After, On, In, Under) cold nights, the same technology senses the change in temperature and heats up
the 5) (outside, inside, exterior, indoors) of the tent. There is also a new mobile phone which you wear like a watch but touch the screen with
your finger and it turns 6) (out, down, into, up) a phone. And finally, a new design by NASA is an airplane that’s fuel-efficient and ecofriendly. The special design means that it would use 50 % less fuel 7) (than, then, this, them) a normal plane and hold twice as many people.
II Wstaw odpowiednią formę czasowników w nawiasie:
1.I (not find out) that I was seriously ill if I hadn’t an MRI.
2. If this camera (have) a large memory card, you (be able to) store large amount of photos, but it does not.
3. If you (be, not) at home while somebody is calling you, your answering machine (record) a message for you and you can listen to it when
you return.
4. His confidential documents (leak out) of his office if he (destroy) them with a shredder, but he didn’t.
5. Unless she (install) a new driver for her photocopier, her device (be) compatible with her laptop.
III Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.I advise you to group files in folders. (would) If I … you, I … files in folders.
2. They will lose all the important data and the system will collapse if they do not install anti-virus software on their computer (unless) They
will lose … anti-virus software on their computer.
3. Your battery went flat because you forgot to charge it. (have) If you … flat.
4. Replacing the ink in the printer may make it work again. (replace) The printer … the ink in it.
5. It was a good idea to start fertility treatment – thanks to it they had a baby. (hadn’t) If they … a baby.
IV Przetłumacz fragment zdań:
1.If (na twoim miejscu), I (nosiłbym) contact lenses.
2. You (staniesz się) a victim of cyber-bullying (chyba że) you stop sharing your photos on the Internet.
3. (Czy ściągnąłbyś) this file from the Internet if you (wiedział) it was illegal?
4. If this search engine is not good enough for you, why (nie zmienisz jej) for another one?
5. (Czy twoje dzieciństwo byłoby) different if (gdybyś miał) access to fast Internet then?
V Wstaw odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
New Delhi is a large city in 1) (north) India. The heavy smog that usually fills the sky is so unclean that it is difficult to see the city. The
water supply does not look much 2) (good). The Yamuna River is the city’s main source of drinking water. Fifty gallons of 3) (industry)
waste are thrown into the river every day. At times, the river looks more like a science experiment than a proper water supply. The 14 million
people in and around New Delhi must get their water from community water tankers. Outside the city, in the desert of Rajasthan, getting
water is even harder. The temperatures 4) (frequent) reach 120 degrees Fahrenheit. Villagers walk for miles to get water. An annual season of
heavy rain does provide 5) (relieve). But it does not replace the water that is used every year. Some 6) (lead) think that a series of new dams
is the solution to the problem. However, many people 7) (agree) with this proposal. They believe that India’s current water 8) (short) is
caused by existing dams.
Unit 1 Upper
Grammar
I Complete the interview with a rock musician. Use Present Perfect Simple or Continuous:
Journalist: What 1) (you, do) ……….. since we last met? I haven’t really heard anything for a few years now.
Frantz: We 2) (record) ……….. our next album, but we 3) (not, finish) ……….. it yet.
J: How far 4) (you, get) ……….. with it?
F: I 5) (write) ……….. about 20 songs, which is too many to put onto one CD. So we 6) (try) ……….. to work out which ones to keep and
which ones to leave out.
J: Is that why you’re not planning any live shows at the moment?
F: That’s right. We 7) (tour) ……….. more or less non-stop for about two years. I need some quiet time to write.
J: And what is the new material like? Is it very different from earlier songs?
F: Yes, I 8) (work) ……….. with a Cuban guitar player called Fernando Guttierez. We 9) (admire) ……….. each other’s music for a long
time, but this is the first time that we 10) (actually, play) ……….. together.
II Wstaw czasownik w Present Perfect Simple lub Continuous:
1.They (open) ……….. two new cinemas in my city this year.
2. I (browse) ……….. the Internet all day today in search of some interesting ballet shows.
3. Photography (gain) ……….. popularity and it seems that it is even more popular than painting nowadays.
4. The Phantom of the Opera (be) ……….. in the repertoire of the Roma Theatre in Warsaw for months now.
5. Few people buy music DVDs nowadays. I (buy) ……….. just one or two this year.
6. Frank (go) ……….. to ballroom dancing classes for several weeks now and seems to be really enjoying it.
7. I (see) ……….. most of Shakespeare’s plays at the theatre.
8. This band (reach) ……….. number one in the Polish charts four times so far.
III Uzupełnij tłumaczenia stosując Present Perfect Simple i Continuous.
1.Teatr Narodowy remontują już trzy lata. (renovate) They ………..……….. the National Theatre for three years already.
2. Właśnie wyremontowali Teatr Narodowy. (just / renovate) They ………..……….. the National Theatre.
3. Cały dzień ściągam muzykę z Internetu. (download) I ………..……….. music from the Internet all day.
4. Ściągnąłem dziś z Internetu trzy najnowsze hity. (download) I ………..……….. three top ten tracks from the Internet today.
5. Zarysowałem sobie płytę. (scratch) I ………..……….. my CD.
IV Wstaw czasownik w Present Simple, Continuous lub Future Simple.
Mime 1) (be) ……….. a theatrical performance in which the actors 2) (not, use) ……….. words. Mime artists 3) (tell) ……….. a dramatic
story using body language – gestures, facial expressions, etc. Stage settings, props and music also 4) (play) ……….. a vital role. Mime shows
sometimes 5) (share) ……….. certain characteristics and 6) (have) ……….. a lot in common with fairy tales. For instance, the storyline
usually 7) (involve) ……….. a good character battling against a baddie. Traditionally, the villain 8) (enter) ……….. the stage first from the
left, followed by the hero who 9) (appear) ……….. from the right. Throughout the show, the goodie 10) (fight) ……….. against the baddie
and 11) (defeat) ……….. him in the end. Nowadays, mime entertainment 12) (undergo) ……….. numerous changes and pure mime shows
13) (lose) ……….. their popularity. It 14) (seem) ……….. that various forms of street and performance arts, such as breakdancing, which
15) (now, develop) ……….. rapidly, have absorbed elements of traditional mime.
V Use the words in brackets to express irritation at the situations:
1.I can’t find my keys again! I (always, stuff, into my bag, them) ………..………..
2. I’m not going out with Andrew anymore! He (his wallet, forget, always) ………..……….. and I have to pay for both of us.
3. Let’s not invite Brigit to the party! She (ridiculous jokes, always, tell) ………..……….. and they are not funny at all.
4. I’m not dancing with you! You (my feet, tread, forever, on) ………..………..
VI Wybierz właściwy ‘article’:
It’s much easier to take 1) (a, the, -) good photos than it was in 2) (a, the, -) past because technology these days is so much better. What I
mean is that anyone can now take 3) (a, the, -) pretty reasonable shot, because 4) (a, the, -) digital cameras are intelligent and do a lot of 5) (a,
the, -) thinking for you. But getting 6) (a, the, -) really great photos is as hard as it ever was. You still need to be creative and understand
what makes 7) (a, the, -) good composition.
VII Wstaw odpowiedni ‘article’:
Annie Leibovitz is 1) … American portrait photographer. She took 2) … interest in 3) … art when she was in 4) … high school and then she
went on to study 5) … painting at 6) … San Francisco Art Institute. To develop her skills in 7) … photography she attended 8) … night
classes at the same time as her college studies. In 9) … 1970s she was appointed 10) … chief photographer at 11) … magazine called Rolling
Stone. After 12) … decade at this magazine she moved to Vanity Fair where she achieved 13) … international fame as 14) … photographer
of 15) … American celebrities. 16) … exhibition of Leibovitz’s photos was held in 17) … 1998 at 18) … Modern Art Centre in Warsaw.
Functions
I Nick wants to see a musical at the theatre on Saturday. Complete his phone conversation with the ticket agent at the box office.
Nick: Ask about remaining tickets
Have you got any tickets left for this Saturday?
Agent: Yes, we’ve still got a few.
N: Ask about the stalls.
1) ………..………..
A: Sorry, no, we’ve none left in the stalls, but there are a few in the circle.
N: Ask about the price.
2) ………..………..
A: £32.
N: Ask about a discount for 15 people.
3) ………..………..
A: Yes, there is a 20% discount on groups of 12 or more.
N: Ask for 15 tickets.
4) ………..………..
A: OK, but I’m afraid they’re not all in the same place.
N: Ask for clarification.
5) ………..………..
A: Well, six are in Row D and the other nine are in Row E.
N: Agree.
6) ………..………..
A: OK. I’ll book those for you now.
N: Ask about the start time of the show.
7) ………..………..
A: The doors open at 7 pm and the show starts at 8 pm.
N: Ask about collecting the tickets.
8) ………..………..
A: We can post them to you or, if you prefer, you can collect them at the door.
Vocabulary
I Complete the words for different artists:
1.a paint…
3. a film direct…
2. a music…
4. a playw…
5. a photograph…
6. a poe…
7. an act …
8. a novel…
II Uzupełnij tekst wybranymi słowami: auditions, band, cast, encore, gigs, landscape, lyrics, portrait, scenery, sketch, stage, still life:
1.When listening to a song, girls are much more likely to follow the ……….. than boys.
2. Q: Why did the actor fall through the floor?
A: It was just a ……….. he was going through.
3. The film Gandhi had the largest ……….. of any film: over 300,000 people were used in the funeral scene.
4. ‘Every time I paint a ……….., I lose a friend.’ (John Singer Sargent, painter)
5. Man: You spent the whole show throwing tomatoes at the actors, so why are you shouting for an ……….. now?
Woman: We still have some tomatoes left.
6. Even well-known actors sometimes have to do five or six ……….. before they get a part in a film.
7. It is said that a woman once approached Picasso on a Paris street and asked him to do a quick ……….. of her. When he had finished, she
asked him how much she should pay. ‘5,000 francs,’ he replied. ‘But it only took you three minutes,’ she protested. ‘No,’ said Picasso, ‘It
took me all my life.’
8. Just before he died, Michael Jackson had planned a series of 50 ……….. at London’s O2 Arena, a new record for the number of shows at
a single venue.
III Wstaw słowo utworzone od słowa w nawiasie:
1.Art is a medium that everyone can use to express their (create) ………..
2. West Side Story is an adaptation of Shakespeare’s (playwright) ……….. Romeo and Juliet.
3. I saw Michael Bublé at a KD Lang concert: he made a guest (appear) ………..
4. We tried to get tickets for the last night, but unfortunately, it was (sell) ……….. out.
5. Recently, a lot more (collect) ……….. have started to buy street art.
6. I was really looking forward to the show, but in fact it was a little (disappoint) ………..
7. He gave a very convincing (perform) ……….. of a man who is losing his memory.
8. Music companies are worried because many people are downloading songs (legal) ………..
Unit 2 Upper
Grammar
I Przekształć zdania używając słowa w nawiasie:
1.I like tennis. She likes tennis. (both) ……………..
2. I don’t eat fish. He doesn’t eat fish. (neither) ……………..
3. No participant was under 16 years old. (none) ……………..
4. All the countries have different immigration rules. (each) ……………..
5. Only one of us can go. (either) ……………..
6. Not everyone wants to study abroad. (some … and … others …) ……………..
7. None of the volunteers had previous experience of this kind of work. (no) ……………..
8. Each of the contracts lasts three months. (every) ……………..
II Uzupełnij luki wstawiając: some of, none of, neither…nor, all, either…or, both…and:
1.W Polsce nie zdarzają się ani tsunami, ani silne trzęsienia ziemi. …………….. tsunami …………….. major earthquakes occur in Poland.
2. Niektóre polskie organizacje charytatywne prowadzą własne badania naukowe. …………….. the Polish charity organisations conduct
their own scientific research.
3. Żaden z uchodźców nie chciał wrócić do swojego kraju. …………….. the refugees wanted to go back to their country.
4. Będę w kontakcie, albo mailowym, albo telefonicznym. I’ll be in touch …………….. by email …………….. by phone.
5. Długie susze dotknęły zarówno biednych, jak I bogatych. Severe droughts affected …………….. the poor …………….. the rich.
6. Wszyscy nasi pracownicy jeżdżą służbowymi samochodami. …………….. our employees drive company cars.
III Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple, Continuous or Past Perfect:
The small group of protestors 1) (arrive) …………….. at the fence surrounding the perimeter of the airport at about 3.30 am. It 2) (rain)
…………….. and clearly the security guards 3) (decide) …………….. that their cabin and a hot cup of tea were preferable to patrolling the
fence on this cold November morning. Jack 4) (take) …………….. out the wire cutters and in two minutes he 5) (make) …………….. a hole
big enough for the others to get through. One by one they 6) (climb) …………….. through the hole and then together they 7) (run) …………
towards the main runway. They 8) (unroll) …………….. their large banner which read ‘SAY NO TO AIRPORT EXPANSION’ and then 9)
(sit) …………….. down on the runway itself, unable to believe that everything 10) (go) …………….. so smoothly. It was only an hour later,
as the sun 11) (come) …………….. up that the authorities 12) (realize) …………….. that something unusual 13) (block) …………….. the
main runway.
IV Wstaw czasownik w Past Perfect Simple lub Continuous.
1.It was the first time she (ever, win) …………….. a prize.
2. We (meet) …………….. once before, but she didn’t remember me.
3. She (cry) …………….. – that much was clear from the redness around her eyes.
4. I (look) …………….. forward to the concert all week, so I was really disappointed when it was cancelled.
5. He (prepare) …………….. a lot for the interview, but her questions were completely unexpected.
6. We (not, wait) …………….. long, but it seemed like ages because it was so cold.
7. When we finally got through to the box office on the phone, they (sell) …………….. all the tickets.
8. She didn’t recognize him because he (lose) …………….. so much weight.
9. The police (work) …………….. on the case for three years before they realized they were looking for the wrong man.
10. The weather (get) …………….. gradually worse so they decided to turn back.
V Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.When I … my boyfriend, he … in Russia for two years.
a/ had met, was studying
b/ met, had studied
c/ was meeting, studied
2. I … of a flat of my own for years when I … a lovely house from my aunt Jennie.
a/ was dreaming, inherited
b/ dreamt, had inherited
c/ had been dreaming, inherited
3. A Danish rescue boat finally … to locate the sunken whaling boat yesterday. The Pacific-wide search … for almost two weeks.
a/ managed, had been going on
b/ had managed, went on
c/ managed, went on
4. In 1965 the United States … restrictive immigration laws after several decades in which hundreds of thousands of foreigners … in the
country.
a/ was introducing, have settled
b/ had introduced, settled
c/ introduced, had settled
5. Massive emigration from Ireland to America in the 19th century … the result of a potato disease which … potato harvests throughout the
country.
a/ was, had devastated
b/ had been, devastated
c/ was, devastated
VI Przetłumacz na angielski używając used to / would:
1.Elle chadzała na spacery po starym mieście podczas wakacji.
2. Kiedyś wierzyłem w Świętego Mikołaja.
3. Kiedy studiowałem, często jeździłem na rowerze.
4. Kiedyś trudniej było wyjechać za granicę.
5. Pracowaliśmy z wieloma organizacjami pozarządowymi.
6. Ten dom należał do polskich emigrantów.
Functions
I Wybierz właściwe słowo:
The train from Kandy to Nuwara Eliya passes through 1) (totally / absolutely) stunning scenery. The train is 2) (a bit / absolutely) slow but
that’s actually 3) (a bit/pretty) helpful, because it gives you a chance to appreciate the countryside. Our carriage was at the back of the train
and was 4) (totally / a bit) empty apart from one old couple.So we sat on the observation platform taking photos. I was 5) (absolutely / a bit)
disappointed not to see more animals, but I got some 6) (absolutely / pretty) amazing shots.
II Wstaw: actually, anyway, luckily, unfortunately, well, you know:
1.A: Did you see any animals from the train?
B: …………….., we didn’t see any.
2. A: Is it a modern train?
B: …………….., it’s a steam train dating back to the 1940s.
3. A: Were you able to take a lot of photographs?
B: …………….., we could, because we had a great position in the observation car.
4. A: Why did you take the train instead of driving? B: …………….., we had heard that it was the best way to see this part of the country.
5. A: Would you recommend the trip?
B: Of course, it was great, and ……….. there are so many interesting things to do in Sri Lanca.
III Zamień na uprzejmiejsze pytania:
1.I have a few questions about working in the UK. Could I ……………..
2. Do I need a special visa? Could you tell ……………..
3. Can I visit other countries in Europe too? I was wondering ……………..
4. Can you give me an application form? Would you be ……………..
5. Can you help me to fill it out? Would you mind ……………..
Vocabulary
I Uzupełnij definicje:
1.A b…………….. is a frontier between two countries.
2. To study a…………….. is to go to university in another country.
3. To v…………….. is to work without pay.
4. To keep in t…………….. is to remain in contact.
5. To e…………….. is to leave and live in another country.
II Wstaw przymiotnik związany ze słowem w nawiasie:
1.p…………….. people (poverty)
4. g…………….. trade (world)
2. h…………….. rights (mankind)
5. e…………….. protection (environment)
3. m…………….. aid (medicine)
6. e…………….. migrant (economy)
III Podaj odpowiednią formę słowa w nawiasie:
1.Aid groups are generally (charity) …………….. organisations.
2. Their mission is to offer (practice) …………….. help to victims of disaster.
3. Oxfam and Medicins sans Frontiers are examples of well-(establish) …………….. charities.
4. These organisations all have (extend) …………….. networks of helpers around the world.
5. A few are (religion) …………….. organisations, but most, like the Red Cross, are secular.
6. Unlike a normal money-making business, a charity cannot be (profit) ……………..
IV Przekształć zdani używając przymiotników złożonych:
1.The journey took three hours. It was a …………….. journey.
2. The building is over 120 metres high. It is a ……………..
3. Yellowstone park is famous all over the world. Yellowstone is a ……………..
4. He has a high profile as a photographer. He is a ……………..
5. The dispute between the countries has run for a long time. It is a ……………..
6. They made some changes at the last minute. They made a ……………..
7. The colour of her hair was a mixture of red and brown. She had ……………..
V Wybierz po dwa rzeczowniki tak, by powstały rzeczowniki złożone: burn, care, check, letter, light, place, research, sign, story, table,
works, zone
1.TIME …………….., ……………..
4.NEWS …………….., ……………..
2. HEALTH …………….., ……………..
5. SUN …………….., ……………..
3. MARKET …………….., ……………..
6. ROAD …………….., ……………..
Unit 3 Upper
Grammar
I Wstaw czasownik w Present Simple, Continuous, Future Simple lub wyrażenie ‘be going to’:
Anna: So, what 1) (you, do) ……………… this weekend? It’s a three-day weekend and I 2) (not, spend) ……………… it at home.
Clare: I haven’t made any plans, but I know Tom 3) (go) ……………… stay in his cottage in Wales. Perhaps I 4) (ask) ……………… him if
there is a room for us too.
A: Do you think he 5) (mind) ………………?
C: I don’t think so. As far as I know, he 6) (only, take) ……………… his dog.
A: Well, I’d certainly be keen. My last class 7) (finish) ……………… at 12.30 on Friday, so we could leave after that.
C: OK. I 8) (give) ……………… him a call.
Nathan: 9) (you, do) ……………… anything this Friday evening?
Louis: Umm… nothing planned. Why?
N: We 10) (have) ……………… a barbecue. Would you like to come?
L: I’d love to… Oh, actually, I can’t. I just remembered. My sister 11) (come) ……………… over with her new boyfriend. She 12)
(introduce) ……………… him to me.
N: Well, ask them too.
L: Are you sure? OK, great. We 13) (bring) ……………… some hamburgers … and some salad or something.
Interviewer: What 14) (you, do) ……………… tomorrow?
Doctor: I 15) (go) ……………… to a village in the mountains with a colleague. We 16) (vaccinate) ……………… the children.
I: How 17) (you, get) ……………… there?
D: The village is three hours on foot from the nearest road. We 18) (take) ……………… a bus part of the way. Then we 19) (walk)
……………… from there. We 20) (get up) ……………… early because the bus 21) (leave) ……………… at 5.30 am.
II Dopasuj zdania do kontekstu:
1.I’m going to visit Dubai next month.
2. I’m visiting Dubai next week.
3. The President visits Dubai next week.
4. I will probably visit Dubai next week.
5. I will visit Dubai next week.
6. This time next week I’ll be visiting Dubai.
A It may happen, but I’m not sure.
B I have already decided to go but I have no fixed arrangements yet.
C At that time I will have already started my visit and will not have finished it yet.
D I’ve just decided to go.
E I’ve decided to go and all the arrangements have been made.
F He has a schedule of visits for the whole year and Dubai is planned next week.
III Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.It was nice and sunny and now the sky’s overcast.
a/ It’s going to rain.
B/ It will rain.
C/ It will be raining.
2. European societies are ageing and I’m sure that governments…
a/ are extending the retirement age.
b/ are going to extend the retirement age.
c/ will extend the retirement age.
3. The hotel and flight bookings are confirmed. The Bahamas are waiting!
a/ We’re leaving tomorrow.
b/ We’ll leave tomorrow.
c/ We’re going to leave tomorrow.
4. Environmental changes are speeding up around the world. I don’t think the situation …
a/ is getting an better soon.
b/ will get any better soon.
c/ gets any better soon.
5. Oh dear, we’ve run out of fuel and it’s 50 km to the nearest petrol station. We …
a/ won’t make it!
b/ aren’t going to make it!
c/ are definitely not making it!
IV Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
By 2050…
1.we (will have built / will have been building) a lot more renewable energy plants.
2. the world population (will have stopped / will have been stopping) rising.
3. we (will have used / will have been using) automatic translators for so long that we (will have forgotten / will have been forgetting) how to
speak other languages.
4. computers (will have thought / will have been thinking) like humans for years.
5. genetic engineering (will have eliminated / will have been eliminating) most inherited diseases.
V Przekształć zdania używając czasu Future Perfect lub Future Perfect Continuous:
1.Tomorrow between 2 and 4 pm I will be planting salad in my garden.
a/ Tomorrow at 5 pm I (plant) ……………… the salad.
b/ Tomorrow at 3 pm I (plant) ……………… for one hour.
2. We are negotiating our new contract conditions from Monday to Thursday.
a/ On Friday we (negotiate) ……………… the contract.
b/ On Wednesday we (negotiate) ……………… for two full days.
3. I’m staying at that hotel from 13th to 24th August.
a/ On 25th August I (leave) ……………… the hotel.
b/ On 19th August I (stay) ……………… for one week.
VI Wstaw czasownik w czasie Future Perfect, Future Perfect Continuous, Future Simple, Future Continuous.
1.I (finish) ……………… writing this essay by next Friday and I’m sure my English teacher (love) ……………… it.
2. By the middle of this century the climate (change) ……………… a lot.
3. Tomorrow at noon I (fly) ……………… over the Pacific Ocean. My flight takes off at 10 am.
4. On 1st September next year my parents (be) ……………… married for 25 years, so on that day we (celebrate) ……………… with family
and friends.
5. By 2016 I (graduate) ……………… from university and I (have to) ……………… find a job quickly.
6. This time next week we (sit) ……………… our end-of-term exam.
VII Przetłumacz zdania:
1.Jutro o tej porze będę leżał na plaży w Tunezji. ……………… on a beach in Tunisia.
2. Skończę ten projekt do następnego piątku. ……………… next Friday.
3. Jestem pewna, że Julie zda ten egzamin. ……………… this exam.
4. Możliwe, że nanotechnologia zmieni nasze życie w najbliższych dziesięcioleciach. Maybe ……………… our lives within the next few
decades.
5. Gdy wybije północ, minie 12 godzin, od kiedy uczę się bez żadnej przerwy. At midnight I ……………… for 12 hours without a break.
Functions
I Przekształć odpowiedzi używając bardziej nieformalnych wyrażeń:
Katya: Do you fancy seeing the new James Bond film tonight?
Laura: I’m afraid I am not available tonight. (free) 1) ………………
K: Oh, that’s a shame. What about tomorrow?
L: Yes, that would be more convenient. (suit) 2) ………………
K: OK. Shall we meet outside the cinema at about 7.00?
L: Great. I shall look forward to meeting you then. (see) 3) ………………
II Przekształć odpowiedzi używając bardziej formalnych wyrażeń:
Jan: Hello, I need to fix a time to see the bank manager. (appointment) 1) ………………
Bank: When did you have in mind?
J: What about some time this week? (would) 2) ………………
B: One moment – I’ll check his diary. Would 3.00 on Thursday be convenient for you?
J: No, sorry. I can’t do Thursday. (available) 3) ………………
B: He has a space at 10 am on Friday.
J: Yes, that’s OK. Thank you. (would) 4) ………………
Vocabulary
I Rewrite the text about the changes to a town by replacing the words in brackets with their opposites.
My home town is completely 1) (unchanged) ……………… from what it was like ten years ago. But most of these changes have been for
the 2) (better) ……………… They 3) (have enhanced) ……………… the town centre by building a rather ugly new shopping centre.
However, they 4) (haven’t touched) ……………… the harbor area. It is now full of fancy restaurants and cafés. Unfortunately, the fishing
industry that used to dominate it is 5) (booming) ………………
II Wstaw słowa: birth, expectancy, generation, group, life, older, outlive, population:
In developing countries, the question of the 1) ageing ……………… has got politicians worried. The 2) ……………… rate is declining, the
population is 3) getting ……………… - 4) life ……………… is now around 80 and rising. The fastest growing 5) age ……………… is the
over 80s and these people need extra care and assistance.
III Wstaw odpowiedni prefix: hyper, micro, semi, ultra:
1.Be careful how you tell her the bad news, she’s ………………sensitive at the moment.
2. There is no need to be too formal with your boss. I’d advise you to write in a ………………formal tone.
3. He ………………managed the project, checking every detail as it went along.
4. We live in a ………………detached house, but our neighbours are really nice.
5. They are an ………………left political party that split off from the Socialist Party.
6. The burglars broke into the house during the night. I was only ………………conscious and didn’t realize what was happening.
7. At the post-match conference he was ………………critical of his own performance.
8. Their new watches are ………………fashionable and being worn by all the stars.
9. He’s completely ………………active – he can’t sit still.
IV Wstaw odpowiedni prefix: multi, re, mis, trans, over, under, pre, inter:
1.”Nanotechnology’ is a relatively new term. There are a lot of successful ‘nano’ experiments that ………………date the expression
‘nanotechnology.’
2. People ………………estimate the power of nanotechnology. They don’t realize that it is going to completely change our lives.
3. One idea is clothes that can be ………………functional: they can resist harmful bacteria, help you get a suntan, even power your mobile
phone.
4. Nanotechnology is the idea that we can ………………form basic materials into new materials.
5. You should not get too ………………excited. These technologies are still some way in the future.
6. There are many doubters who think faith in such technology is ………………placed.
7. They think nanomaterials will have to be tested and ………………tested many times before we can be confident that they are not harmful.
8. Scientists also need to investigate how different nanomaterials ………………act with each other.
V Wstaw słowa związane z jedzeniem:
1.It is said that former British Prime Minister Mr Gladstone ……………… each mouthful of food 33 times before swallowing it.
2. Over 20% of shelf space in American supermarkets is dedicated to ……………… foods – potato crisps, sweets, etc.
3. The most popular ……………… meal in Britain is not fish and chips, as you might imagine, but Chinese.
4. On average, the British now spend £1,250 per year on eating ………………, rather than eating at home.
5. Very few people still eat a full three-……………… meal of starter, main dish and dessert.
6. British workers are the most likely to eat lunch on the ………………, while the French are the most likely to have a proper
………………-down meal.
Unit 4 Upper
Gramatyka
I Wstaw czasownik w odpowiednim czasie:
1.Everyone will be relieved when the election (be) ……………… over.
2. The parties started campaigning long before the election date (announce) ………………
3. I saw one of our local candidates while I (stand) ……………… in the queue to vote.
4. We will know the results of election as soon as all the votes (count) ………………
5. Women in Switzerland couldn’t vote until the government (change) ……………… the law in 1971.
6. More people will vote when they (feel) ……………… they can trust politicians.
7. In the UK no one is allowed to vote until they (reach) ……………… the age of 18.
8. Once a candidate (elect) ………………, he or she must give up any other job that they have.
II Wstaw: after, as soon as, before, during, following, on, prior to, until, when, while
1.Four people have been arrested ……………… a secret film showed them bribing a politician.
2. ……………… the prisoner was released, he burgled a house and was caught on film.
3. Witnesess have reported seeing a low-flying jet ……………… the crash happened.
4. ……………… the discussion with the Prime Minister last week, the unions have called off the strike.
5. ……………… becoming a TV presenter, he was a politician.
6. ……………… 2010 the building had been a car factory, but it closed down in the recession.
III Uzupełnij tłumaczenia, wstawiając odpowiednie słowo: as soon as, until, before, after, when:
1.Zrobię sobie przerwę, gdy skończę to ćwiczenie. I’ll have a break ……………… this exercise. (finish)
2. Daj mi znać, jak tylko wrócisz do domu. Let me know ……………… home. (get back)
3. Przemyśl to jeszcze, zanim podejmiesz decyzję. Think it over once again ……………… a decision. (make)
4. Zadzwonię, gdy będę na lotnisku. I’ll call you ……………… at the airport. (be)
5. Wyjdę, dopiero gdy zadzwoni Hanna. I will not leave ……………… (call)
6. Będziesz jeździć samochodem, jak zdasz egzamin. You will drive the car ……………… the exam. (pass)
7. Nie będziemy czekać, aż potwierdzą nasze najgorsze obawy w wiadomościach. We will not wait ……………… our worst fears confirmed
in the news. (hear)
8. Zadzwoń, gdy będziesz znać wynik egzaminu. Call me please ……………… the result of the exam. (know)
IV Uzupełnij zdania wstawiając odpowiednią formę czasownika w nawiasie (przeszłość):
1.It (must, be) ……………… very exciting to be in America at the time of Obama’s election.
2. I don’t think anyone (could, predict) ……………… such a result.
3. The candidates (can’t have) ……………… any sleep during the last weeks of the campaign.
4. The result (might, be) ……………… different if the world economy hadn’t collapsed.
5. A lot of people who don’t normally vote at elections (must, vote) ………………
V Przepisz zdania używając czasownika modalnego w nawiasie:’
1.There was a huge explosion which destroyed life on the planet. (could) ………………
2. The climate suddenly changed. (may) ………………
3. Robots didn’t rebel against their masters. (couldn’t) ………………
4. Animals adapted to the changing climate. (might) ………………
VI Sparafrazuj zdania używając must lub can’t:
1.The light is on, so Tom is at home. Tom ……………… at home as the light is on.
2. Jenny didn’t drive to work. Her car is in the garage. Jenny ……………… to work, because her car is in the garage.
3. There is no doubt that they reached the shuttle on time. They ……………… the shuttle on time.
4. I’m sure Rob doesn’t feel old. He’s only 25. Rob ……………… old since he’s only 25.
VII Przepisz zdania Używając czasowników modalnych:
1.It is still possible that alien life forms will be discovered in outer space. (may) ………………
2. Perhaps Jenny is preparing for her driving test. (could) ………………
3. Susie was probably not invited to the party. (might) ………………
4. I’m pretty sure John wasn’t at home yesterday. (can’t) ………………
5. I’m sure the driver was talking on the phone when the accident happened. (must) ………………
VIII An experienced climber has gone missing on a mountain in bad weather. Transform the sentences speculating about what happened
using the words in brackets.
1.I’m almost certain he knew that the weather was going to be bad. (must) He ………………
2. Perhaps he lost radio contact with base camp. (might) He ………………
3. It’s possible that he has fallen and hurt himself. (may) He ………………
4. There’s no way he was able to climb very far in those conditions. (can’t) He ………………
5. He has probably taken shelter in a cave somewhere. (well) He ………………
6. He probably took enough emergency supplies with him. (likely) He ………………
Vocabulary
I Uzupełnij luki słowami: heroes, overpopulation, peaceful, puzzling, remarkable, scarce, skeptical, unsettling, villains:
People who imagine what the future might be like fall into two categories. On one side are the economists, scientists and political advisers.
They look around at all our 1) ……………… achievements and predict a 2) ……………… future world where science will have solved all
our problems: 3) ………………, environmental degradation, and so on. The other group – the writers and film makers – are more 4)
……………… The vision of the world they paint is far more 5) ……………… : a world where ruthless business corporations continue to
exploit our 6) ……………… resources. This is 7) ……………… to me. Which is the more likely scenario? It is possible that the 8)
……………… of today – those that have caused the mess – can be the 9) ……………… of the future?
II Wstaw: accomplish, achieved, attempt, discover, fulfill, gained, reach, survive, took on
1.Victory is never ……………… by violence.
2. Nothing ventured, nothing ………………
3. Aim for the stars and you will ……………… the sky.
4. There is no point worrying about life – you’re not going to ……………… it anyway!
5. If you thought about everything that might go wrong, you would never ……………… to do anything.
6. Eat to ……………… your hunger, not your desires.
7. If you take on too much, you will ……………… little.
8. If no one ever ……………… a challenge because of fear of failure, the world would be a less interesting place.
9. When we try to ……………… the best in others, we bring out the best in ourselves.
III Dopasuj pytania i odpowiedzi:
1.What is the biggest issue for you at this election?
2. Have you decided who to vote for next Thursday?
3. Why do you think the turnout is so low these days?
4. How would you describe the political views?
5. Why do you prefer the Conservative party?
A Left-wing, probably.
B I think they have better economic policies.
C Law and order, without a doubt.
D People aren’t motivated to vote because no one trusts politicians anymore.
E Yes, I know which local candidate I like.
IV Uzupełnij zdania parami czasowników o przeciwnym znaczeniu: carried through / abandoned, confirmed / dispelled, fulfilled / failed to
achieve, met / didn’t live up to, hit / missed, kept / broke, raised / dashed, seized / wasted:
1.He ……………… my hopes.
2. It ……………… our worst fears.
3. We ……………… the opportunity.
4. We ……………… our plans.
5. They ……………… the target.
6. It ……………… my expectations.
7. She ……………… her ambition.
8. He ……………… his promise.
Unit 5 Upper
Grammar
I Wstaw Question Tags:
1.It’s not rocket science, ………………?
2. It was great to hear that Jane had passed her exams, ………………?
3. You haven’t seen my pen anywhere, ………………?
4. Let’s take a break, ………………?
5. You didn’t study history at university, ………………?
6. I should have known better, ………………?
7. I don’t suppose you know what date the summer term ends, ………………?
8. You wouldn’t like to see a movie tonight, ………………?
9. I’m really oversensitive about it, ………………?
10. Let’s talk about your career path, ………………?
11. You shouldn’t have done that, ………………?
12. I think she gets a monthly student grant, ………………?
13. I’m not telling her about the surprise, ………………?
14. Let’s dance, ………………?
15. You couldn’t lend me a pound or two, ………………?
16. Getting a degree won’t be easy, ………………?
17. I’m not very popular with your parents, ………………?
18. Let’s enroll on the course together, ………………?
II Przeczytaj sytuacje i uzupełnij zdania:
1.Lottie has applied for a place at Cambridge University to study medicine.
a/ If they offered me a place, I (certainly, accept) ……………… it.
b/ If it wasn’t one of the best universities for medicine, I (not, apply) ……………… there.
c/ If they reject my application, I (have to) ……………… look elsewhere.
2. Dan didn’t go to university. He left school and got a job as an IT technician. But now after three years of work he has decided to go back
to college.
a/ If I hadn’t already worked for three years, I (not, have) ………………such a clear idea of what I want to do now.
b/ If I (go) ……………… to university straight after school, I wouldn’t have got the experience that I have now.
c/ If I (pass) ……………… the course, I will be able to get a better paid job.
3. Simon is studying French at university. He likes his course but wants to study Spanish too, because he thinks it will offer him better career
prospects.
a/ If you speak Spanish, you (have) ……………… a lot of opportunities to use it in different countries around the world.
b/ If I had chosen to do Spanish and French in the first place, I (not, face) ……………… this problem now.
c/ If I (think) ……………… it would be too much work, I wouldn’t be considering it.
4. Mariana wanted to do a postgraduate degree in marine biology, but she didn’t apply for a course because she wasn’t confident enough in
her own abilities.
a/ If I (have) ……………… more self-confidence, I would have applied to do the postgraduate course.
b/ If an interesting job comes up, I (not, think) ……………… they’ll give it to someone with only a first degree.
c/ If there (be) ……………… more internships in this sector, it would be easier for graduates like me.
III Uzupełnij dialog wstawiając odpowiedni czas:
Hillary and Bill are at the petrol station.
H: You know what, Bill, I think the assistant inside the petrol station is my ex-boyfriend, Tom. If I 1) (not, meet) ……………… you. I 2)
(not, dump) ……………… Tom and I’m sure I 3) (marry) ……………… him.
B: You see how lucky you are being with me, a successful lawyer!
H: Hmmm, he was really devastated when I left him. If I 4) (not, leave) ……………… him, he 5) (not, drop out) ……………… of his
medicine studies.
B: If you 6) (not, meet) ……………… me, you 7) (marry) ……………… Tom and you 8) (be) ……………… the wife of a petrol station
attendant today.
H: Don’t be silly, Bill. If I 9) (marry) ……………… Tom, he 10) (become) ……………… a renowned surgeon and you 11) (drop out)
……………… of law school!
IV Sparafrazuj zdania używając okresów warunkowych:
1.I made an appointment two days ago. I can’t help you with the cooking today. If I ……………… an appointment, I ……………… you
with the cooking today.
2. I didn’t pass my Matura exam with good results. I am not studying medicine now. If I ……………… my Matura exam with better results,
I ……………… medicine now.
3. I am not a doctor. I didn’t follow in my parents’ footsteps. I ……………… a doctor today if I ……………… in my parents’ footsteps.
4. Ron doesn’t have rich parents so he applied for a state grant to pay his tuition fees. If Ron ……………… rich parents, he ………………
for state grant to pay his tuition fees.
5. You didn’t get down to serious studying in May and June so you have to resit your exams now. If you ……………… to serious studying
in May and June, you ……………… your exams now.
6. You should’ve taken a joint honours degree. You would have better chances in the job market. If you ……………… a joint honours
degree, you ……………… better chances in the job market.
V Przetłumacz zdania, korzystając z podanych kontekstów:
1.Jeśli powiedziałbym ci prawdę, nie uwierzyłabyś.
a/ ……………… Nobody ever believes me.
b/ ……………… That’s why I didn’t say a word about it.
2. Gdybym wiedział, co zrobić, powiedziałbym ci.
a/ ……………… I have no idea how to settle this conflict.
b/ ……………… At that time I didn’t know what to do.
3. Jeśli miałabym wystarczająco dużo pieniędzy, pojechałabym na wakacje do Azji.
a/ ……………… Unfortunately, I was really broke at that time.
b/ ……………… But I’m flat broke at the moment.
4. Byłabym teraz w Niemczech, gdybym dostała ten grant.
………………
5. On mógł ci pomóc, gdybyś do niego zadzwoniła. ………………
6. On mógłby ci pomóc, gdybyś do niego zadzwoniła jutro.
………………
7. Gdybyś do niego zadzwoniła wczoraj, to mógłby ci dzisiaj pomóc.
………………
Functions
I Jake and Liam are history students at university. Choose the correct options to complete their conversation:
J: It sounds like an interesting assignment, But I didn’t really understand what we 1) (‘re supposed / should) to do. I mean, how much
freedom do we have here?
L: Well, as I understood it, we 2) (should / ‘re required) to choose a historical figure and write about how they influenced events. In other
words you 3) (‘re expected / don’t have) to analyse how things might have been different if they hadn’t acted as they did.
J: And 4) (is it up to us / do we expect) to choose who we write about?
L: Well, up to a point. You 5) (have to / should) choose someone, write a brief summary of what you are going to say about them and then
present your idea to your tutor. He will tell you whether it’s acceptable.
J: How much 6) (are we required / is it up to us) to write for the summary?
L: You 7) (ought / don’t have) to write much… about a page, I think. He definitely said a brief summary.
J: Have you decided who you are going to write about yet?
L: No, I’ve had so much other work. But I really 8) (am expected / ought) to start thinking about it soon.
II Complete the conversation between a bank employee and Kim, a student, who wants to arrange a bank loan.
B: Hello, how can I help you?
K: I’d like 1) ……………… a student loan.
B: OK. Is it for your tuition fees?
K: No, it’s really to cover my living 2) ……………… I already get help with tuition fees.
B: I see. And how much do you want to borrow?
K: Well, it depends. I can’t 3) ……………… pay a lot of interest. What is the interest rate?
B: It’s fixed at 0.5% over the base lending rate.
K: And when do I have to start 4) ………………?
B: Not until your salary is over £15,000 per year.
K: I see. So is there a limit on how much 5) ……………… me?
B: Yes, up to £4,000 a year.
K And is there a 6) ……………… setting up the loan?
B: No, our service is free. Can I just ask, do you have any other debts at the moment?
K: Well, I 7) ………………£700 to my credit card company, but I also 8) ……………… about £100 per week from my part-time job.
B: I see, and how much is your accommodation?
K: I 9) ……………… £60 per week on rent.
B: OK. Well, I don’t see any problems … if you’d like to fill out these forms then …
Vocabulary
I Wstaw: academic, activities, application, course, degree, gain, get, prospects, requirements, vocational:
Just after sending off their 1) ……………… form, this is the question most people embarking on a university 2) ……………… ask
themselves. They think they will enjoy the subject, but are now anxious that their career 3) ……………… would be better if they had
listened to Uncle George and opted for law rather than an 4) ……………… subject like history of art. But, is this worrying really necessary?
Jobs in medicine, dentistry and architecture require a specific 5) ……………… However, a look at the top 100 graduate employers’ 6)
……………… reveals that very few specify a particular subject. Instead, employers want a good grade and the candidate to possess certain
skills, such as good communication skills, teamwork, enthusiasm, motivation and initiative. Employers also like candidates to 7)
……………… some life experience. Moreover, they say work experience and involvement in extra-curricular 8) ……………… show a
candidate’s motivation and commitment.
It is a mistake to choose a 9) ……………… course with the presumption that a ‘good job’ lies at the end of it. Instead, if you select a subject
that you will enjoy studying, you are more likely to 10) ……………… the best out of your time at university!
II Wstaw rzeczownik oznaczający zawód:
1.history - ………………
2. psychology - ………………
3. biology - ………………
4. design - ………………
5. physics - ………………
6. politics - ………………
7. law - ………………
8. economics - ………………
III Uzupełnij zdania:
1.He took out a l……………… to pay for his university studies.
2. She won a sch……………… to Harvard Law School.
3. You don’t have to begin making re……………… to the bank until you have a job.
4. Before 2006 students in the UK didn’t have to pay tuition f………………
5. Tuition is only part of the cost; you also have to pay your living ex………………
6. Young people worry that they will end up with a lot of d………………
7. The government gives g……………… to people from low income families.
8. The worry is that young people will not apply for university if they feel they can’t a……………… it.
IV Wstaw odpowiedni przyimek: along, by, down, down to, for, in, out, out, out of, up:
1.When you reach university level, you are often left to find things …………… or work …………… the answer to a problem for yourself.
2. We don’t give specific instruction in how to use this equipment, but students usually pick it ………… quite quickly as they go …………
3. As he didn’t have any savings or government grant, he had to get ……………… on money from his part-time job.
4. By joining ……………… with activities whenever she could, she got the best ……………… life at university.
5. It was only in his final year that he really got ……………… serious work.
After she graduated she went ……………… a job with a top legal firm, but she was turned ………………
Unit 6 Upper
Grammar
I Wstaw odpowiedni zaimek:
1.If a person wants to be successful at sport, ……………… need to start practicing at a very young age.
2. An Olympic swimmer has usually finished ……………… career by the age of 28.
3. In 1988 Kristin Otto won every swimming race that ……………… participated in.
4. A woman golfer gets paid less than ……………… male counterpart.
5. In the Tour de France cycling race, each rider has a team of other riders to support ………………
6. The Olympics is probably the only occasion when an athlete can show off ……………… abilities to a worldwide audience.
II Uzupełnij tłumaczenia:
1.Dobry nauczyciel traktuje swoją pracę poważnie. A good teacher treats ……………… seriously.
2. Jeśli klient składa reklamację, wysłuchaj go cierpliwie. If a customer makes a complaint, listen to ……………… patiently.
3. Każdy lekarz powinien doskonalić swoje umiejętności. Every doctor should improve ……………… skills.
4. Nikt nie powinien być dyskryminowany ze względu na swoje pochodzenie etniczne. Nobody should be discriminated because of
……………… ethnic origin.
5. W centrum odnowy biologicznej każdy może skorzystać z takich zabiegów, jakich potrzebuje. In a spa anybody can get the kind of beauty
treatment ……………… need.
6. Każdy powinien znać swoje wady i zalety. Everybody should know ……………… strengths and weaknesses.
7. Każdy student musi wiedzieć, gdzie ma zajęcia. Each student must know where ……………… have classes.
8. Ktoś do ciebie zadzwoni i się nie przedstawi. Somebody will call you and ……………… will not introduce ………………
III Wstaw odpowiednią formę czasownika w nawiasie:
Coming to the UK from Bangladesh was not Jayashri’s own idea. Her parents made her 1) (come) ……………… and as she had been
thought 2) (respect) ……………… her parents’ wishes, she felt she had no choice. They had arranged for her to marry a cousin 15 years
older than her who lived in London. Although she had tried 3) (persuade) ……………… them she would be happier in Bangladesh, she did
not expect them 4) (change) ……………… their minds. She even hoped they might have forgotten 5) (confirm) ……………… the
arrangement with the other family. But of course they hadn’t and six months later she found herself in London. She had visited London once
before when she was 12 years old and remembered it 6) (be) ……………… a cold and wet place. But she would adapt. Her husband was a
nice man, but he worked all the time. He gave up 7) (work) ……………… for one day for the wedding and that was it. After that she was
left at home all day every day. She didn’t mind 8) (not, have) ……………… a job, but she didn’t like 9) (be) ……………… alone. She
didn’t speak English and there was no one to help her 10) (learn) ……………… Life went on like this for a year until she decided enough
was enough. ‘If I go on 11) (sit) ……………… around doing nothing, I’ll go crazy,’ she told herself. So she enrolled on an English course
and started 12) (learn) ……………… And that is when her life really changed …
IV Wybierz właściwą formę czasownika:
1.She tried (to do / doing) various things to relieve the boredom – reading, sewing, watching TV – but none of them really worked.
2. Often when she felt lonely, she stopped (to think / thinking) about Bangladesh and all her friends there.
3. She remembered (to live /living) in Bangladesh and (to chat / chatting) with her friends.
4. She didn’t like (to talk / talking) to her husband about his work.
5. She tried (to make / making) the best of her life in London.
V Wstaw właściwą formę czasownika:
1.Remeber (call) ……………… when you get back.
2. Don’t forget (leave) ……………… the key at reception.
3. Let’s stop (buy) ……………… some flowers on our way.
4. After a short interruption the teacher went on (analyse) ……………… the theory of relativity.
5. Try (open) ………………the door with my key. Maybe it’ll work.
6. A: Fang looks hungry. Did you forget (feed) ……………… him?
B: No, he ate his food. He thinks he is hungry because he doesn’t remember (eat) ……………… it.
7. I (tried) ……………… remember how I met my wife.
8. I think we should stop (watch) ……………… this film. It’s so boring.
9. He left his secretarial job and went on (have) ……………… a career in modeling.
10. Can you try (persuade) ……………… her? She won’t listen to me.
VI Dokończ zdania używając konstrukcji ‘have/get sth done’:
1.A: Did you say you were going to the dentist today?
B: Yes, I need to have ………………
2. A: I can’t read this small print.
B: Go to the optician. I had ……………… last month and now I’ve got reading glasses.
3. A: The car is making strange noises.
B: I know. I need to take it to the garage and get ………………
4. A: Your hair’s getting a bit long.
B: Do you think so? I only got ……………… last week.
5. A: The paint on these walls is coming off.
B: I know. My landlord promised he would have ………………
6. A: Your car is filthy.
B: I know, it’s embarrassing. Do you know where I can get ………………?
VII Sparafrazuj zdania używając konstrukcji ‘have sth done’:
1.They are servicing my computer tomorrow. I ………………
2. My shoes were repaired by a local cobbler. I ………………
3. They are repairing my roof now, as it has been leaking recently. I ………………as it has been leaking recently.
4. Gerry has a new house and the interior will be designed by a professional designer. Gerry has a new house and he ………………
5. My car was serviced two weeks ago, so I don’t expect it to break down. I ……………… so I don’t expect it to break down.
6. My secretary will book the flights for us, so you don’t need to worry. I……………… so you don’t need to worry.
Functions
I Look at the sentences from a conversation about hiring a car. Who said them: the customer (C) or the car-hire assistant (A)?
1.Does that include full cover?
2. The car’s reserved in the name of Parker.
3. Do you require an additional driver?
4. Where will you be returning the car to?
5. There’s an excess of £250 in the event of an accident.
6. It comes with a full tank.
7. Is mileage unlimited?
8. Is that with or without VAT?
II Which sentence in exercise I refers to:
a/ rental location?
b/ insurance?
c/ petrol?
d/ total price?
e/ who can drive the car?
f/ how far the customer can drive?
Vocabulary
I Wstaw: denying, discriminating, fighting, playing, raising, voting:
The term ‘feminism’ did not become well-known until the 1970s. Up to then there had been a long history of women 1) ……………… for
their rights: 2) ………………………………rights, property rights and other legal rights. But in the last 40 years feminists have been 3)
……………… awareness of the way in which not only laws but also our culture itself is 4) ……………… against them. Feminists argue
that society has constructed an artificial hierarchy in which men are more valued, 5) ……………… women the opportunity to participate
equally. The role that women are 6) ……………… , they argue, is one forced on them by men. Or, as one feminist put it, ‘Feminism is the
radical notion that women are people.’
II Napisz synonimy zaczynające się od podanych prefiksów:
1.it can’t be done
im………………
2. against the law
il………………
3. boring
un………………
4. not enough
in………………
5. you can’t read it il………………
6. rude
im………………
7. it’s not the point ir………………
8. not fully grown or developed
im………………
9. you can’t say what will happen
un………………
II Wstaw słowo pochodzące od słowa w nawiasie:
1.These days men and women share (house) ……………… tasks more than in the past.
2. It is difficult for women with children to get out to work if they cannot afford (child) ………………
3. Women with children also need to be offered more flexible (work) ……………… hours by their employers.
4. There is a difference between having equal rights and equal (opportune) ………………
5. Fixing a quota for women in certain jobs in an organization is example of (affirm) ……………… action.
6. One definition of poverty is having a lack of basic (necessary) ……………… like adequate clothing or electricity or enough food.
7. There are two kinds of poverty: extreme poverty and (relate) ……………… poverty, which means you have only a little compared to
others in your society.
8. (general) ……………… speaking, women are more organized than men.
9. A lot of men seem to think that doing the (house) ……………… isn’t a real job.
III Wstaw odpowiednie słowo: cut, do, hang out, make, mop, stack, take out, vacuum, water, wipe:
1.……………… the shopping
6. ……………… the rubbish
2. ……………… the carpets
7. ……………… the beds
3. ……………… the plants
8. ……………… the kitchen floor
4. ……………… the washing
9. ……………… the surfaces
5. ……………… the grass
10. ……………… the dishwasher
Unit 7 Upper
Grammar
I Wybierz właściwą konstrukcję:
The annual Royal Shrovetide Football match has been held in the town of Ashbourne for over 1,000 years. It involves the locals 1) (to be
divided / being divided) into two teams: the Downards, who live south of the Henmore river and the Uppards, who live to the north. The goal
are five kilometres apart on either side of the town and the game begins with the ball 2) (to be thrown / being thrown) into the crowd in the
centre of the town. The aim is simple: to get the opposing goal. There are only two rules: the ball is not allowed 3) (to be carried / being
carried) in a motor vehicle and no one is 4) (to be killed / being killed) in the process of getting the ball into the opposing goal. It is a
dangerous game and on one occasion it resulted in a man 5) (to be drowned / being drowned) in the river. There have been several calls for it
6) (to be banned / being banned). However, not only does it continue 7) (to be played / being played) , it has, since 1928, had the patronage
of the royal family.
II Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.I am worried that people at work will not appreciate my innovative ideas. I am worried about my innovative ideas ……………… at work.
2. There is still a lot that we have to do. There is still a lot ………………
3. The company should not have paid this money to this agency. This money ought ……………… to this agency.
4. Terry doesn’t mind his parents sending him to a summer school this year. Terry doesn’t mind ……………… to a summer school this year.
5. At the beginning of a housewarming party a bottle of champagne is usually opened. A housewarming party usually begins with a bottle of
champagne ………………
6. Her mistrust of strangers results from the fact that she has been cheated many times. Her mistrust of strangers results from her
……………… many times.
7. Nobody likes the authorities telling them what to do. Nobody likes ……………… what to do by the authorities.
8. You ought not to have informed Professor Courtney about this. Professor Courtney should ……………… about this.
III Ułóż zdania:
1.by / King George III / is said / the first ball / in honour of his wife / to have been arranged
2. an opportunity for / the debutante season / to be / young ladies / to improve / was supposed / their social skills / in the past
3. presenting debutantes / by many people nowadays / is thought / an outdated concept / to be
4. said / a cattle market / by others / it is / to resemble
5. debutantes / known / Queen Charlotte’s Ball / to this day / is still / to attract
IV Sparafrazuj zdania używając strony biernej:
1.Nowadays many people think that online dating is a common social practice. Nowadays it ………………that online dating is a common
social practice.
2. I hear people saying that the owner of this flat disappeared in mysterious circumstances. The owner of this flat ……………… disappeared
in mysterious circumstances.
3. A century ago people believed that rites of passage and rituals were an essential part of life. A century ago it ……………… that rites of
passage and rituals were an essential part of life.
4. Everybody knew that my grandfather had been a very generous man. My grandfather ……………… to have been a very generous man.
V Wybierz właściwą formę czasownika:
1.They say the new uniforms were not comfortable. The new uniforms are said (not to be / not to have been) comfortable.
2. It is rumoured that he made his fortune through tax fraud. He is rumoured (to make / to have made) his fortune through tax fraud.
3. Everybody knows that women take more and more initiative in dating and courtship these days. Women are known (to take / to have
taken) more and more initiative in dating and courtship these days.
4. Most people in western societies arranged marriages to be a thing of the past. Arranged marriages are considered (to be / to have been) a
thing of the past in western societies.
5. Many people think he did not commit that crime. He is thought (not to commit / not to have committed) that crime.
VI Wybierz zdanie będące właściwym tłumaczeniem zdania w j. polskim:
1.Istnieje przekonanie, że przyjaciele z dzieciństwa to przyjaciele na całe życie.
a/It is believed that childhood friends are friends for life.
b/ It was believed that childhood friends are friends for life.
2. Chodzą pogłoski, że Ron i Marta biorą ślub tego lata.,
a/ Ron and Marta are rumoured to have got married this summer. b/ Ron and Marta are rumoured to get married this summer.
3. Uważa się, że w wieku 18 lat człowiek jest dojrzały.
a/ It is believed that at the age of 18 a person is mature.
b/ At the age of 18 a person is believed to have been mature.
4. W ubiegłym wieku panowało przekonanie, że zawód górnika jest wysoko płatny.
a/ In the previous century the job of a miner was believed to have been highly paid.
b/ In the previous century the job of a miner was believed to be highly paid.
5. Powszechnie sądzi się, że wieczory kawalerskie są szalone.
a/ Stag nights are thought to be wild.
b/ Stag nights are known to have been wild.
6. Sądzi się, że obchody rocznicy były nieudane.
a/ The anniversary celebrations are thought to have been unsuccessful.
b/ The anniversary celebrations are thought to be unsuccessful.
Functions
I Wstaw odpowiedni przyimek:
1.Are you looking ………………something in particular?
2. Can I have a look ……………… the one in the window?
3. Is it made ……………… real leather?
4. You can bring it ……………… if she doesn’t like it.
5. Can I exchange it ……………… another one, if she doesn’t like it?
6. Would you like me to wrap it ………………?
II Complete the conversation between a sales assistant (A) and a girl (G) buying a present for her brother.
A: Hi. Can I help you?
G: Yes, 1) ……………… belt for my brother.
A: We’ve got lots of belts. Do you know what kind? Leather, cotton, plastic?
G: Not really. Can 2) ……………… examples?
A: Sure. They are over here.
G: I like this one. 3) ………………?
A: That’s £40.
G: Er… 4) ………………?
A: There are some reduced in the sale over there.
G: OK. I’ll look at those.
G: This is nice. 5) ………………?
A: It’s part leather, part fabric.
G: I like it but what happens if he doesn’t? 6) ………………?
A: Yes, but we can’t refund your money. We can only exchange it for another item.
G: OK. I’ll take it. 7) ………………?
A: I’m sorry, we can only do that on Saturdays when there are more of us working in the shop.
G: OK, never mind. Can ………………tag, though?
A: Of course.
Vocabulary
I Wybierz właściwe słowo:
I don’t know the exact 1) (origin / background) of Halloween, but I think it had something 2) (connect / to do) with an old pagan festival in
Ireland. Someone told me that it was supposed to be the 3) (occasion for / day when) the living could contact the dead. Like a lot of festivals
these days, it has important commercial 4) (benefits / profits) for shops and supermarkets.’
Valentine’s Day doesn’t have any religious 5) (significance / consequence) anymore, even though it takes 6) (place / part) on 14th February,
which is the official feast day of St Valentine. It’s just a day when people 7) (commemorate / celebrate) being in love by sending messages or
giving presents to people they feel attracted to.
Thanksgiving is a big celebration in the USA. It ) (remembers / commemorates) the first few colonists to reach America surviving a hard
winter. People 9) (note / mark) it by gathering around the family table to eat a big meal consisting of the same traditional foods that the early
colonists feasted on: turkey, pumpkin and cranberries, etc.
II Wstaw odpowiednie słowo:
1.When our American friends left to go back to the USA after two years here, we gave them a 1) f……………… party. We had a barbecue
in the garden and my dad made a really funny 2) s……………… about how we wouldn’t miss them at all. Of course, he didn’t mean it.
Then, when it got dark, we lit a fire and let off a few 3) f………………
My sister had a 4) f……………… dress party for her 18th birthday. It was a ‘tropical’ theme. I went as a lion. I wore orange pyjamas and a
lion 5) m……………… on my face. My sister dressed up as a Hawaiian Hula dancer with a 6) g……………… of flowers round her neck
and a grass skirt. We had great fun.
Each year there’s a big 7) s……………… party near my house. It’s called ‘Cowley Road Carnival’. It starts with a 8) p……………… along
the road with different groups of dancers and musicians. There are also some circus performers – jugglers and 9) a……………… People line
the street cheering and 10) c……………… This year my school made the main 11) b……………… It read ‘Cowley Road – cultural heart of
Oxford’.
III Dopasuj osoby do etapów życia:
1.a 45-year-old man
2. a teenager
3. a ten-year-old boy
4. an elderly couple
5. a baby
6. a 22-year-old woman
a/ infancy
b/ childhood
c/ adolescence
d/ adulthood
e/ middle age
f/ old age
IV Wstaw odpowiednie słowo:
I was born in England, but I don’t remember it because I only spent my 1) ……………… there. The rest of my 2) ……………… was quite
unusual. We moved to Singapore when I was four years old and instead of sending me to a normal school, my parents employed an 3)
……………… retired school teacher of 68 to teach me and my brother at home. It was OK at first, but by the time I reached 4)
……………… I was very bored and desperately wanted the company of other 5) ……………… Luckily, my parents recognized this and
sent me to the local school when I was 14.
V Uzupełnij tekst słownictwem związanym z byciem w związku:
1.The first stage is that you 1) ……………… someone or feel attracted to them. If you feel this way, you will probably try to flirt with them
or 2) ……………… them up. If things go well, you will start 3) ……………… with them, in other words start having a relationship. When
you end the relationship, you 4) ……………… up with them.
VI Sparafrazuj zdania używając słów w nawiasie:
1.About eight of my friends came to my house. (got together) About ………………
2. It was an end-of-term party. (celebrating) We ………………
3. We had a really good time. (enjoyed) We ………………
4. Everyone relaxed completely. (hair down) Everyone ………………
5. Some people wore funny costumes. (dressed) Some people ………………
6. Afterwards there was a firework display. (let) Afterwards we ………………
7. We didn’t go to bed until very late. (stayed) We ………………
8. It was a great way to commemorate the end of school. (mark) It was a great way to ………………
Unit 8 Upper
Grammar
I Wybierz właściwe słowo. Czasem więcej niż jedno jest możliwe:
Job interviews: tips for employers
The things 1) (which / what / -) you really want to find out are:
what really motivates the candidate
is the candidate someone 2) (who / that / -) is going to fit in with the team
is the candidate someone 3) (who / whose / that) skills are not only going to be useful in the job 4) (which / who / -) they are
applying for but also in the organization in general.
Every interviewer will have their favourite questions 5) (which / that / -) have worked for them in the past, but here are a few more 6) (which
/ that / - ) you may not have seen before. Remember that the element of surprise is important!
Tell me a few of the things 7) (which / that / -) you did yesterday
If you won a lot of money, 8) (which / that / -) meant you didn’t have to work again, what would you do with your time?
How would you help a colleague 9) (who / which / whose) had lost confidence in their ability to do their job?
II Wstaw: which, who, that, If you ask Michael Hamilton , 1) ………………is Australian, about his profession, he will say – ‘I am a dinosaur driver’. It’s probably a
profession 2) ……………… you have never heard of. It has recently become popular with the advent of Walking with Dinosaurs: the Live
Experience, 3) ………………is the most amazing life animatronic puppet show 4) ……………… has ever been put on a theatrical stage. It
is based on the BBC TV series 5) ……………… was created with the use of computer imagery and 6) ……………… was extremely popular
in the 1990s. The idea behind the live animatronic show is to bring the prehistoric beasts back to life, 7) ……………… may seem to be a
daunting task. Yes, where is a will, there is a way! Fifty engineers, animatronic experts and artists 8) ……………… had a lot of experience
of large cinematic projects, such as Star Wars, made the show a success.
III Wstaw przecinki, tam gdzie to konieczne:
1.The number of flight attendants which is required on each flight depends on the number of passengers.
2. Mrs Judie Onslow who is my physics teacher holds a PhD in astrophysics.
3. Psychometric tests are tools which have become increasingly popular in recruitment procedures.
4. Poles who became EU citizens in 2004 are famous for their mobility in the job market.
5. Renting a flat in the city centre which you can afford easily with your salary will save you two hours of commuting to work every day.
IV Zaznacz zdanie/a, w którym/ch zaimek względny może być opuszczony.
1.This is the flight that we are checking in for.
2. The best-performing students who passed their final exams with flying colours will find jobs quickly.
3. This is the house which we want to take out a mortgage for.
4. The fact that he failed the exam, which was a real surprise to me, should not discourage him from further studies.
V Wybierz właściwy czasownik:
The candidate 1) (gone / going) to an interview with only a little preparation will probably do better than one 2) (over-prepared / overpreparing). This is because the person 3) (interviewed / interviewing) you wants to find out about you the person, not you the exam
candidate.
Remember that these people are experts, 4) (trained / training) to spot when someone has ready answers for each question. They will avoid
this situation, 5) (asked / asking) unexpected questions. Instead, just try to be yourself and, if you do prepare, concentrate on finding out
more about the organization and the job 6) (advertised / advertising). This at least will show your interest in them.
VI Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.Słuchając rozmowy rekrutacyjnej, dyrektor robił notatki.
… the interview, the director was taking notes.
a/ Listening to
b/ Having listened to
2. Wysłuchawszy rozmowy rekrutacyjnej, dyrektor podjął decyzję.
… the interview, the director made a decision.
a/ Listening to
b/ Having listened to
3. Zadawszy pytanie, student od razu opuścił aulę.
… the question, the student left the lecture theatre immediately.
a/ Asking
b/ Having asked
4. Zadając pytanie, uczeń patrzył na swoich kolegów.
… the question, the student was gazing at his classmates.
a/ Asking
b/ Having asked
VII Sparafrazuj zdania używając struktury ‘The more …, the more…’
1.When you learn about something new, you realise how much you don’t know. The more ………………, the more you realize how much
there is to learn.
2. Jobs with more responsibility are usually better paid. The more responsible the job, the ………………
3. The competition for skilled jobs is greater because there are now more graduates. The more graduates there are, the greater ………………
4. It’s more difficult to find a job when you get older. The ……………… , the more difficult it is to find a job.
5. If a job is boring, the time goes slowly. The more boring the job, the ………………
6. I hope to find a job soon. The sooner I find a job, ………………
VIII Sparafrazuj zdania stosując inwersję:
1.She not only raises a family, she also runs her own company. Not only ………………, she also runs her own company.
2. The number of applications meant that they had to turn away a lot of good applicants. Such ……………… that they had to turn away a lot
of good applicants.
3. The minute they had heard the news, he rang his parents. No sooner ………………, than he rang his parents.
4. He doesn’t realize how hard he is going to have to work. Little ……………… how hard he is going to have to work.
5. You shouldn’t attempt to repair a computer fault yourself under any circumstances. Under no circumstances ……………… to repair a
computer fault yourself.
6. I have rarely come across a team that works so well together. Rarely ……………… a team that works so well together.
IX Wstaw czasownik w odpowiedniej formie:
1.Little (they realise) ……………… what had happened in the company during their absence.
2. Not until I asked my boss about the newly advertised post (I / find out) ……………… that the company had decided to dismiss me.
3. Under no circumstances (our employees / can) ……………… use business email addresses for private purposes.
4. Rarely (I / come across) ……………… interesting job advertisements.
5. No sooner (the plane / take off) ……………… , than one of the engines blew up, smashing one of the wings to pieces.
6. Not only (the job / be) ……………… rewarding, but it was prestigious as well.
7. So insecure (he / feel) ……………… in his job that he started looking for a more stable position in public administration.
8. Such a strict and rigid dress code (company / follow) ……………… that he couldn’t really accept it and left after several months.
9. Hardly (he / send) ……………… his application, when they called and invited him to an interview.
Functions
I Uzupełnij zwroty, wstawiając odpowiednie słowo: by, catch, follow, missed, other, saying, was, with
1.Sorry, what ……………… that again?
2. Sorry, I didn’t quite ……………… that.
3. Sorry, I ……………… that.
4. Sorry, I’m not ……………… you.
5. Sorry, I don’t ………………
6. What do you mean ……………… that?
7. In ……………… words, …
8. So are you ……………… that …?
II Complete the conversation between the headmistress of a primary school and a new teacher using the phrases in exercise 1.
H: So, Stephen. How are things going?
T: Not bad. It was a bit of a shock at first teaching the top class.
H: 1) ……………… a shock?
T: Well, at training college we focused on teaching Grade 1 literacy and numeracy.
H: 2) ………………, basic reading and arithmetic.
T: Yes, and the top class here is quite advanced.
H: I see. 3) ……………… that it’s too difficult?
T: Sorry, 4) ……………… you.
H: I mean perhaps you should stick to lower levels.
T: Oh no, it’s OK. It was just a bit of a surprise at first.
III Wstaw odpowiedni przyimek:
1Why do you want to work ……………… us?
2. What do you know ……………… our company?
3. What special skills could you bring ……………… our company?
4. Where do you see yourself ……………… five years?
5. Tell us about your biggest achievement: what you did and why it was important ……………… you.
IV Dopasuj poniższe odpowiedzi do pytań z poprzedniego ćwiczenia:
A I have up-to-date IT knowledge.
B Hopefully, in a managerial position in a company like this one.
C I think I fit the profile advertised very well.
D I climbed the 14 peaks in Wales last year.
E I have the impression it’s a young dynamic business.
V Dopasuj:
1.I’ve acquired
2. I’ve tackled
3. I enlisted
4. I promoted
5. I identified
a/ a need in the community.
b/ my idea to local companies.
c/ my friends’ support.
d/ a lot of useful skills.
e/ some difficult problems.
VI Wstaw zdania z poprzedniego ćwiczenia w odpowiednie miejsca:
1)……………… for more sports facilities for young people. So 2) ……………… and together we conceived a plan to convert an old
rubbish dump into an adventure playground. 3) ……………… and got them to give us some financial help. We were successful and now the
playground is a reality. 4) ……………… doing this, for example, how to raise money, how to manage a team and also 5) ……………… like
dealing with opposition to the idea from a few of the local people.
Vocabulary
I Podaj przymiotniki związane z pracą:
1.boring and repetitive - m………………s
2. unlikely to be sacked or made redundant - s………………e
3. bringing high status and respect - p………………s
4. with too low a salary - b………………-p………………
5. giving a lot of satisfaction - r………………g
6. not requiring a lot of training or expertise is - l………………-skilled
7. interesting and exciting - s………………g
8. with high pressure and causing anxiety - s………………l
II Uzupełnij przymiotnikami z poprzedniego ćwiczenia:
Hospital nurse – ‘My job is very demanding but also very 1) ………………, particularly when you are able to help people who have been
very ill back to good health’.
Swimming pool attendant – ‘Most people imagine that your job is really 2) ………………, just sitting there all day watching people in the
pool, but actually there is a lot more variety in it than that’.
Academic researcher in biology – ‘There is big difference between the public perception of this job and the reality. My current research
project is very important so in that way it’s quite a 3) ……………… job, but my position is not at all 4) ……………… - I only have a threeyear contract which may or may not be renewed. It’s also quite 5) ……………… I work in a bar at weekends to supplement my income!’
III W każdym ogłoszeniu są dwa niewłaściwe przymiotniki określające cechy charakteru. Zastap je właściwymi: cheerful, confident,
creative, dynamic, efficient, organised, sociable, trustworthy:
1.We have a vacancy for Senior Administrator in our Insurance Agency in Bristol. Candidates must be incompetent and highly chaotic.
a/ ………………
b/ ………………
2. A leading Advertising Company is seeking apathetic and unimaginative graduates to train as Junior Account Managers.
a/ ………………
b/ ………………
3. Unreliable and bad-tempered Healthcare Assistants needed to visit the elderly in their homes and help with personal care and domestic
duties.
a/ ………………
b/ ………………
4. We have vacancies for trainee sales people. No previous experience needed, just a hesitant and reserved personality.
a/ ………………
b/ ………………
IV Podaj brakujące słowo pochodzące od podanego:
Noun
Adjective
Opposite adjective
1. ………………
………………
untrustworthy
2. ………………
efficient
………………
3. ………………
confident
………………
4. ………………
organized
………………
5. logic
………………
………………
6. ………………
reliable
………………
7. ………………
dynamic
………………
8. motivation
………………
………………
9. ………………
sociable
………………
10. ……………… sensitive
………………
11. ……………… ………………
incompetent
12. ……………… literate
………………
Unit 9 Upper
Grammar
I Wstaw: a few, few, a little, little:
When I decided to sell 1) ……………… of my paintings on the Internet, my idea was just to make 2) ……………… extra money. I had no
idea how popular they would be. For the first two months there was 3) ……………… interest, but then a journalist from The Times bought
one and wrote about it in her weekly column. The number of hits on my website went from just 4) ……………… hits per day to over 10,000
per week. In a way, I feel very lucky: there are 5) ……………… artists who get that kind of free publicity. Most work for years before they
get recognized.
II Przetłumacz używając a few, few, a little, little:
1.There are (niewiele) ……………… job advertisements in today’s newspaper.
2. (kilkoro) ……………… patients were queuing in front of a local surgery.
3. There was (niewiele) ……………… furniture in the flat, so we had to furnish it from scratch.
4. There is (trochę) ……………… milk in the fridge for breakfast.
5. The President had (niewielkie) ……………… experience in dealing with such conflicts.
III Wstaw odpowiednią formę czasownika. Czasem wymagany jest również przyimek:
1.Like many entrepreneurs Walt Disney started young. By the age of seven he was persuading his neighbours (buy) ……………… the
sketches he had drawn.
2. All entrepreneurs innovate in some way. Coco Chanel, for example, encouraged women (dress) ……………… more like men.
3. Ambition is also a key quality. Henry Ford refused (let) ……………… anything stand in the way of his dream of every American family
owning a motor car.
4. Some entrepreneurs are more eccentric. Richard Branson (of the Virgin group) just does what he enjoys: selling records, flying balloons,
etc. People have criticized him (not take) ……………… his responsibilities seriously, but it has not stopped him becoming a billionaire.
5. Many successful people have difficult childhoods. Oprah Winfrey (American TV presenter) cannot ever be accused (take) ………………
the easy way. She was moved between her mother’s, father’s and grandmother’s houses, was abused, and lost a baby at the age of 14.
6. Others thank their parents (put) ……………… them on the right track. JP Morgan (of Morgan Stanley Bank) spent his career working for
his father’s bank, before taking over the business on his death.
7. The other quality common in entrepreneurs is persistence. Estee Lauser was making and trying to sell her beauty creams for over ten years
before the manager of Sak’s agreed (put) ……………… them in his department store.
8. Debbie Fields (of Fields bakeries) urges would-be entrepreneurs (take) …………… a risk. ‘The greatest failure,’ she says, ‘is not to try.’
9. In a similar way, Nolan Bushell (of Atari video games) recommends just (get) ……………… on with it. ‘The true entrepreneur is a doer,
not a dreamer’.
IV Wstaw odpowiednią formę czasownika. Czasem wymagany jest również przyimek:
1.To raise consumer awareness the National Office for Consumer Rights Protection proposed (organise) ……………… television and radio
campaigns.
2. He denied (cheat) ……………… in the exam.
3. He blamed himself (be) ……………… such a spendthrift.
4. The Inland Revenue Office asked me (file) ……………… a correction of this year’s tax return.
5. As Roy’s birthday party was cancelled at the last moment, Tim suggested (go out) ……………… for a beer.
V Zrelacjonuj wypowiedzi używając podanych czasowników:
1.’If I were you, I wouldn’t buy this company’s shares.’ (advised) Tom ……………… that company’s shares.
2. ‘I have never seen this man in my life!’ (denied) The witness ………………
3. ‘I really think we should buy a second-hand car instead of a new one!’ (insisted) Jim ………… a second-hand car instead of a new one.
4. ‘I will help you with the move to the new flat.’ (promised) My friend Bill ……………… me with the move to the new flat.
5. ‘You should really go and see this exhibition at the National Gallery!’ (recommended) Marta ……………… that exhibition at the National
Gallery.
6. He said to me, ‘Move out within a month!’ (told) The landlord ……………… within a month.
VI Zrelacjonuj wypowiedzi:
A ‘There is a different attitude to risk these days. When I started out in business, people did not try to calculate the risks so much. They
went on their instinct. And that’s the right way to do it.’ David Lyle
David said that there 1) ……………… a different attitude to risk these days. He explained that when he 2) ……………… out in business,
people 3) ……………… to calculate the risks so much. They 4) ……………… on their instinct. He said that that 5) ……………… the right
way to do it.
B ‘You can’t learn to be an entrepreneur. You either are one or not. When I started selling cleaning products, I just used my instinct. I didn’t
have a business plan; just a good idea and the motivation to work hard.’ Alison Sweeney
Alison said that you 6) ……………… learn to be an entrepreneur; you either 7) ……………… one or not. She claimed that when she 8)
……………… selling cleaning products, she ……………… her instinct. She said that she 10) ……………… a business plan; just a good
idea and the motivation to work hard.
VII Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.Janet powiedziała mi, że nie widziała dobrego filmu od kilku miesięcy. Janet told me she … a good film for months.
a/ didn’t see
b/ hadn’t seen
c/ hasn’t seen
d/ wasn’t seeing
2. Ron obiecał, że zajmie się tym problemem. Ron promised … with this problem.
a/ he would deal
b/ is dealing
c/ he will deal
d/ he will have dealt
3. Zapytał mnie, ile kosztuje ten samochód. She asked me how much …
a/ that car cost
b/ had this car cost c/ did that car cost
d/ that car had cost
4. Zapytał, czy mogę przyjść jutro. He asked if I …
a/ can come the next day
b/ could come the next day
c/ could come tomorrow
d/ can come tomorrow
5. Zawsze chciałem ją zapytać, dlaczego go poślubiła. I always wanted to ask her … him.
a/ why did she marry
b/ why had she married
c/ why she married d/ why she had married
6. Marika przyznała, że nie zdała egzaminu na prawo jazdy trzy razy. Marika admitted she … her driving test three times.
a/ she failed
b/ she had been failing
c/ she had failed
d/ she was failing
VIII Zamień na pytania pośrednie:
1.What is the current inflation rate? Do you happen to know what ………………
2. How much money are you ready to invest in this house? Would you be able to tell me how ………………
3. Where are the cheapest youth hostels? Can you advise us where ………………
4. What is the best bank to obtain a student loan? Do you know what ………………
5. Where were you yesterday between 6 and 8 pm? Would you mind telling me where ………………
Functions
I Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.Would you be prepared (to lend / lending / for lending) me you favourite jacket?
2. How would you feel (to appear / about appearing / for appearing) on TV?
3. If I were to pay you, (will / can / would) you write my letter of application for me?
4. Supposing we (will go / would go / went) in the car, would you contribute to the cost of the petrol?
5. What kind of favour did you have ( in your mind / in the mind / in mind) ?
6. I couldn’t possibly (share / to share / sharing) a bedroom with another student.
7. I think that sounds (good / well / it’s a good solution).
8. I guess I (take / ‘m taking / ‘ll take) the large one then, if that’s all you have left.
II A landlord has just shown a perspective tenant around a house and now they are discussing terms of the rental. Transform the underline
phrases into more appropriate phrases. Use the phrases in the previous exercise as a guide.
L: OK, so that’s the place. What do you think?
T: Yes. The bathroom needs painting but otherwise it’s very nice. 1) What kind of deposit do you want? ………………
L: I need three month’s rent in advance.
T: Wow! That’s a lot. 2) Can you accept just two months? ……………… We’re only poor students, you know.
L: Mmm, I know you’re poor students. Not poor enough to go out every night but too poor to pay the rent. The rent is £400 per month. I’d
accept a deposit of £1,000.
T: OK. 3) That’s fair. ………………Another question. 4) What do you think about two people sharing a room? ………………
L: As long as you keep the place in good condition, I don’t mind.
T: 5) And if we redecorate the bathroom, will you share the cost? ………………
L: 6) No, I’m sorry I can’t. ………………Please go ahead and decorate it, but I can’t spend more on the place. I’ve already spent over
£2,000 putting in new carpets.
T: OK. Just one more question. The tenancy is until the end of July. 7) If we want to leave early, can we get a refund? ………………
L: Only if there were other tenants who wanted to move in immediately, but I think that’s unlikely.
T: OK. I guess we’ll take it then.
Vocabulary
I Wstaw odpowiedni przymiotnik:
A 1) r……………… household in Britain is one which earns £88,000 a year compared to the average of £33,000. Recent statistics show that
one in ten households are classified as 2) w………………, but nine out of ten of these people do not consider themselves to be 3)
w……………… off. These families typically take two holidays a year and own homes worth more than £390,000. But although they
consider themselves to be 4) c……………… , they think that to be classed as 5) a………………, they would need to earn at least £150,000
a year and be able to send their children to private school. At the other end of the scale there seems to be more 6) p……………… people
than ever. The amount needed for a household with two children to access essential goods and services is £20,000. Although these people are
not 7) d………………, they still fall below the official poverty line. If a person is unable to afford Internet access, use public transport
regularly and take the occasional holiday, naturally they feel 8) h………………-up.
II Wybierz właściwy przyimek:
1.They spend around £5,000 (for / on / in) holidays each year.
2. I paid £10 (for / on / to) this suit at a charity shop.
3. They didn’t mend my computer, but they charged me £50 (for / on / -) just looking at it.
4. I get my school meals (for / on / -) free.
5. I never waste my money (for / on / with) taxis if I can help it.
III What kind of organization are each of these young people talking about? Choose from these words: civil service, cooperative, e-company,
family business, multinational corporation, NGO, public sector, self-employed:
1.Gianluca (Italy)
‘When I graduate I’m going to work for the ……………… We’ve been masking jewellery for six generations.’
2. Kelly (USA)
‘I’m not interested in business. I want to do something to help people. I’ve applied to an ……………… to do some peace work.
3. Tomasz (Poland)
‘Some friends and I are setting up our own ……………… We are going to sell reconditioned mobile phones online.’
4. Daniel (Britain)
‘I’ve just taken entrance exams for the ……………… If I’m successful, I hope to work in the Foreign Office.’
5. Qiu Qing (China)
‘My plan is to work for a big ……………… for two years and then return to China to set up my own business.’
6. Mathilde (France)
‘As a journalist, I could choose to work for a particular newspaper, but I prefer to be ………………’
IV Uzupełnij wyrażenia: advertise for, apply for, assess, implement, join, owe, repay, retire from, run, search for, solve, tackle, take, train:
1.identify → ……………… → ……………… a problem
2. ……………… → employ → ……………… volunteers
3. ……………… → ……………… → start a job
4. ……………… → work for → leave an organization
5. borrow → ……………… → ……………… money
6. design → ……………… → review a project
7. ……………… → understand → ……………… the risk
8. set up → ……………… → ……………… a company
Unit 10 Upper
Grammar
I Dopasuj części zdania:
1.I could
2. I was able
3. I succeeded
4. I managed
a/ to swim 40 lengths.
b/ in swimming 40 lengths.
c/ to swim 40 lengths.
d/ swim 40 lengths.
II Wstaw could, was able to, managed to, succeeded in oraz właściwą formę czasownika w nawiasie:
There was a girl sitting on a bench at the train station crying. I 1) ……………… (see) that she was very upset and so I approached her and
asked her what the matter was. She 2) ……………… (hardly speak) for crying, but after some effort I 3) ……………… (get) it out of her.
someone had stolen her handbag, she said, and she now 4) ……………… (not get) to London where she had an important interview. So I
gave her £20, but I don’t really know if her story was genuine.
I 5) ……………… (arrive) at the canteen early because there was lasagna on the menu and it’s my favourite. When I got there, there was
only one portion left. I was just about to take it when the guy behind me reached over me and grapped it. I 6) ……………… (not, believe)
his nerve, but I 7) ……………… (control) my temper. We moved down to the dessert section and the same thing happened. As I went to
pick up an apple, the guy behind me snatched it. But as he took it, I 8) ……………… (see) there was a maggot in it. I didn’t tell him …
would you have?
My best friend 9) ……………… (get) two tickets for me and her to see our favourite band in concert in Paris. I had been trying for ages to
get hold of tickets to see them but I 10) ……………… (never, do) so. So I was really looking forward to it and 11) ……………… (not wait)
to see them. Then two days before the concert, my mum had to go into hospital for an operation. It wasn’t a serious operation, but I 12)
……………… (not bring) myself to just go off to Paris and have a good time knowing she was in hospital. So, I cancelled and gave my
ticket to a friend.
III Wstaw: could, couldn’t, managed to:
1.The police ……………… convince the eye witness to testify and he didn’t appear in court.
2. The climbers were caught up in a terrible blizzard but, happily, they ……………… reach the nearest mountain shelter.
3. When I was younger and fitter I ……………… dance the tango like a professional ballroom dancer.
4. Jenny was a brilliant mathematician and she ……………… complete her PhD within two years after graduating. That’s no mean feat!
5. His daughter ……………… draw toucans that actually looked like toucans when she was four. Amazing!
IV Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.I tried and tried and I finally (was able to / could) tie my tie.
2. They got lost on the way here but they (were able to / could) find their way in the end.
3. My grandmother (was able to / could) speak four foreign languages fluently.
4. They were all well-prepared climbers and they (managed to / could) climb for many hours in difficult conditions, but the wind was too
strong and they gave up.
5. I managed to do the first task but I (wasn’t able to / couldn’t) do the second.
V Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
An employer at the Aston Martin plant 1) (is due to / was due to) appear in court next week. He is charged with stealing more than 1,000 car
parts over a period of three years. The company believes he 2) (is intending / was intending) to build a complete new car and then 3) (will
keep / would have kept) it or 4) (sell / sold) it for a profit. The man claims that the parts he took were all faulty and that he 5) (is always
going to / was always going to) tell the company that he had them. He has now offered to return them immediately, hoping that the company
6) (will drop / would have dropped) the charges against him.
It appears that David Jones, the Minister of Energy, 7) (is about to / was about to) lose his job as a result of a scandal involving a large oil
contract. ‘He 8) (is going to / was going to) find it difficult to explain why he accepted this money,’ a colleague told the newspaper. The
money 9) (is going to / was going to) be paid into his private bank account, but was paid instead into his public expenses account. Jones 10)
(is expected / was expected) to make an announcement about his position later today, but this has now been postponed until tomorrow.
Circumstances surrounding the death of railway worker Jim Bradley were becoming clearer yesterday. It seems that Bradley who was
completing track repairs on the London to Bristol line 11) (is about to / was about to) reopen at 2 pm when the maintenance team gave the
all-clear that work had finished. ‘Another 30 minutes and it 13) (will be / would have been) safe,’ said a fellow worker.
VI Uzupełnij tłumaczenia używając słowa w nawiasie:
1.Myślałam, że Tomek zamierza się oświadczyć Joannie podczas naszej rodzinnej kolacji wigilijnej, ale najwyraźniej się rozmyślił.
(going)
I thought Tomek ……………… propose to Joanna during our family Christmas Eve supper, but apparently he changed his mind.
2. Jako dziecko zawsze myślałam, że zostanę pisarką powieści kryminalnych. (become)
As a kid I always thought I ……………… a writer of detective novels.
3. Trzy lata temu ta firma była bliska bankructwa, ale udało im się odzyskać klientów. (about)
Three years ago this company ……………… go bankrupt but they managed to win back their customers.
4. Powiedziałabym ci o tym wczoraj, ale mieliśmy niespodziewanych gości. (would)
I ……………… you about this yesterday but we had unexpected guests.
5. Wiedziałam, że kiedyś w przyszłości pożałuję tej decyzji. (regret)
I knew I ……………… this decision one day in the future.
6. Musiałem wyjść wcześniej, bo miałem się spotkać z właścicielem. (seeing)
I had to leave early because I ……………… my landlord.
7. Byliśmy świadomi, że zapasy słodkiej wody się wyczerpią. (about)
We were aware that fresh water supplies ……………… run out.
8.Kiedy ostatnio cię spotkałem, zamierzałeś wyjechać z Polski na trzy lata. (going)
When I met you last time you ……………… leave Poland for three years.
9.Poszukiwania zatopionego statku miały rozpocząć się wczoraj, ale ekipa ratunkowa utknęła na lotnisku. (to)
The search for the sunken ship ……………… start yesterday, but the rescue party got stuck at the airport.
VII Sparafrazuj zdania używając słów w nawiasie:
1.You don’t look well. It would be wise of you to go to the doctor straightaway. (better)
You don’t look well. You ……………… go to the doctor straightaway.
2. Your exams start next week so it’s not a good idea to stay up late tonight. (ought)
Your exams start next week so you ……………… stay up late tonight.
3. You should really take the 6,05 train. (off)
You would ……………… the 6.05 train.
4. If you experience discrimination in our company you should not keep it to yourself. (better)
If you experience discrimination in our company you ……………… keep it to yourself.
Functions
I Uzupełnij jednym lub dwoma słowami w lukę:
Fran: I applied for a job with a newspaper two weeks ago and I still haven’t heard anything. Do you think I 1) ……………… call them?
Dave: I think it would 2) ……………… to wait a bit. People don’t like to be hassled.
F: Maybe not. But I need to know one way or another, so that I can get on and look for other things.
D: Well, if I 3) ………………, I’d carry on looking for other things anyway and hope you hear from them soon.
Kate: What are you getting Sarah for her 18th birthday?
Sam: I want to get her tickets for a Stevie Wonder concert, but the question is whether she’s free that weekend or not. Do you think I should
4) ……………… her first?
K: Well, it’ll spoil the surprise, of course, but I think you had 5) ……………… tell her. It would be awful if she had already fixed
something.
S: I think you’re right.
Jo: I need to get a new bicycle. What do you 6) ……………… those new battery-powered ones?
Kay: I’d advise against it. They’re very expensive and they’re also hard work to pedal when the battery is off. You’d better 7) ………………
a well-made commuter bike.
J: Yeah, in interest of my health, I 8) ………………, but I need something to help me get up the hill without arriving at work all hot and
bothered.
II Complete the conversation between a travel agent and a customer. Write one word in each gap.
A: Hi. Can I help you?
C: Yes. We’re looking 1) ……………… a beach holiday this summer … for two weeks in July.
A: OK. Did you have anything in particular in 2) ………………?
C: Well, definitely somewhere hot. We were 3) ……………… of Spain, but we don’t want to go anywhere too crowded. We’d prefer to give
the big resorts a 4) ………………
A: And you have got a 5) ……………… ? I mean, is money an issue for you?
C: Well, we just wanted to 6) ……………… an idea of the price of things first.
A: I see. Well, there are some fantastic deals on Spanish resorts at the moment.
C: Are they package holidays – with everything 7) ………………?
A: That’s right. I’ll show you some examples.
C: Could we look at some villas instead?
A: Yes, of course. How many of you are 8) ………………?
C: We’re a family of four. Two adults and two children, 12 and 14.
III Przekształć zdania używając słowa w nawiasie:
1.How many people are in your party? (you) How many ………………
2. Where were you thinking of? (mind) Where ………………
3. How much time do you want to spend away? (got) How ………………
4. How much do you want to spend? (budget) What ………………
5. Would you consider camping? (how) ………………
6. I don’t think Malaga is a good place to go. (miss) Personally, I ………………
7. A lot of people make reservations at hotels quite early. (booked) The hotels ……………… quite quickly.
Vocabulary
I Dopasuj wyrażenia do czasowników: by the rules, common sense, fair, reason, straight, the game, your feelings, your head, your heart,
your intuition, your judgement:
1.use ………………
2. follow ………………
3. play ………………
II Dopasuj przestępstwa do nagłówków: bribery, conflict of interest, corporate manslaughter, discrimination, fraud, theft:
1.Employee builds new car from stolen parts
2. Politician admits taking payments from oil company
3. Rail company charged with death of worker
4. 54-year-old TV presenter told ‘You are too old for the job’
III Wybierz właściwa odpowiedź:
Sam: ‘My brother was really 1) (distracted / naughty) when he was young. He used to play terrible 2) (tricks / traps) on people. He once 3)
(told / spread) a rumour around our neighbourhood that my parents had lost all their money gambling and couldn’t even clothe us properly.
All the neighbours were 4) (discussing / gossiping) about it and a few even brought second-hand clothes for us. My parents had no idea what
was going on until my sister 5) (told / informed) on him.’
Gabi: ‘I was quite 6) (impulsive / insecure) as a child. I’m the youngest of five and my brothers and sisters were always making 7) (fun /
jokes) of me. For example, they used to call me “Gappy” because there were big spaces between my front teeth. Now I see the funny 8)
(edge / side) of it but I certainly didn’t at the time.’
IV Dopasuj synonImy:
1.remote
2. authentic
3. extortionate
4. unspoilt
5. eco-friendly
6. built-up
a/ genuine
b/ green
c/ well-preserved
d/ off the beaten track
e/ developed
f/ a rip-off
V Uzupełnij zdania słowami z poprzedniego ćwiczenia:
1.We chose the hotel because the brochure said it was ……………… and ethically managed. In fact what that meant was no swimming pool,
no air-conditioning and small rooms. It was a complete ………………!
2. When they said the cottage was in beautiful, completely ……………… countryside in the heart of Ireland, we had no idea it would be so
far ……………… We were 40 miles from the nearest town in the middle of nowhere!
3. ‘Come and experience ……………… Spanish culture,’ the advertisement said. But our apartment was in an area that was so
………………, it could have been anywhere. I suppose if you like construction worker culture, it would be OK.
Powtórzenie – podstawy
To be / to have (present, past, future), określenia czasu
I Zamień na czas przeszły i przyszły:
1.What is your daughter like?
2. You’re not a driver.
3. This skirt is not new.
4. These animals are beautiful.
5. Are you at school?
6. Has Mr Grey got a family in the USA?
7. They have got six lamps in their bedroom.
8. She has a white carpet in her room.
9. Have they new furniture in their house?
10. My friend has a radio in the bathroom.
II Wstaw odpowiedni czas:
1.(you, be) in Kraków last Christmas?
2. I (not, be) at home next weekend.
3. He (be) at work now but an hour ago he (be) at a canteen.
4. Where (you, be) this time tomorrow?
5. She (be) in hospital on Monday because she (have) an accident.
6. How many children (I, have) in the future?
7. They (have) a Mercedes 5 years ago but now they (have) a Toyota.
8. (she, have) apple trees in her garden?
9. She hopes she (not, have) a test in English on Monday.
10. Her parents (be) on holiday in Greece last month.
III Wstaw ‘be’ lub ‘have’ w odpowiednim czasie:
1.Those … Peter’s keys. I … my keys in my pocket.
2. There (not) … any keys in the drawer yesterday. There … photos in it.
3. She (not) … any sandwiches on the plate.
4. These people (not) … on the plane next Sunday.
5. We … a brother or sister soon. His/Her name … Jack or Jenny.
6. Whose … these chocolates?
7. What colour … your bike. It … balck and red.
8. … (I) a good husband in the future?
9. Flicker … a good dog. He … long ears.
10. … (she) any friends in London when she … there last year?
IV Przetłumacz:
1.Czy ci chłopcy są kolegami Roberta?
2. Betty ma dużą szafę w swojej sypialni.
3. Czy Pan Jones miał dwa ogrody?
4. Nie będę miał kwiatów w swoim pokoju.
5. Tamci ludzie nie byli z naszego miasta.
6. Czy park jest w pobliżu centrum?
7. Mieliśmy 4 pokoje w naszym mieszkaniu. Teraz będziemy mieć osiem.
8. Byliście wczoraj w kinie? Jaki był film?
9. Czy będzie pani miała świeży chleb jutro?
10. Nie byłem w szkole, bo byłem chory.
11. Czy wczoraj się spóźniłeś?
12. Oni są z Kanady. A wy skąd jesteście?
13. Będziesz miał czas w przyszły weekend?
14. Co to jest? Czy to jest wąż? To nie ma nóg.
15. O której będzie śniadanie?
V Przetłumacz określenia czasu:
w weekend, w przyszły weekend, w ubiegły weekend, na wakacjach, w przyszłym tygodniu, w zeszłym tygodniu, co tydzień, w poniedziałki,
w przyszły poniedziałek, jutro, wczoraj, dzisiaj, jutro rano, o północy, wczoraj w południe, za 10 minut, za kilka dni, kilka dni temu,
codziennie, każdego dnia, 2 godziny temu, na jutro, po południu, wieczorem, dziś wieczorem
There is / are; czasowniki modalne: can, could, must, may
I Zamień na pytania i przeczenia:
1.On the shelf there are Peter’s books.
2. There are posters on the walls of my room.
3. There is a notebook on the desk.
4. There were some children in the garden.
5. In this house there was some furniture in the kitchen.
6. Tomorrow there will be a strong wind.
7. Last week there were some tourists in the museum.
8. There will be a lot of time on holidays.
9. There was some money in the drawer.
10. There are two dogs behind the house.
II Wstaw ‘be’ w odpowiednim czasie:
1.There … a flood next spring.
2. Tomorrow, there … only 1 doctor in the clinic.
3. There … many pictures in this gallery.
4. There … Santa Claus in the supermarket last week.
5. Yesterday, there … no water in our house.
6. There … no new messages on my telephone.
7. … there any butter in the fridge?
8. … (there) any snow during next winter holidays?
9. There … (not) any good film at the cinema last month.
10. … there still a Christmas tree in your house?
III Przetłumacz:
1.Na stole znajdują się pocztówki. To są pocztówki Micka.
2. W pokoju Marii będą dwa nowe fotele.
3. Czy w pobliżu centrum znajduje się park?
4. Na stole nie było twoich kluczy.
5. Na ścianach są plakaty, ale nie ma obrazów.
6. Czy na biurku jest mój zeszyt?
7. Na stole nie ma twoich paczek.
8. Nie będzie wolnego czasu na wycieczce.
9. Czy były jakieś dobre filmy w telewizji wczoraj? Był jeden.
10. Nie ma herbaty w szafce.
IV Wstaw: can, must, could, may
1.He … paint very beautifully.
2. … I ask you a question?
3. You … get up! It’s late!
4. he … play chess when he was 5 years old.
5. It … rain tomorrow.
6. How … I help you?
7. You … (not) come in. There is an exam in progress.
8. … you open the window? It’s so hot here.
9. It … snow in the evening, it’s so cold.
10. You … answer 3 questions out of 5.
11. … he ski? Yes, but he (not) … snowboard.
12. I (not) … come yesterday because I was busy.
13. … I smoke here?
14. You … eat something. You will be hungry.
15. They haven’t got a map. They … got lost.
V Przetłumacz:
1.Czy umiecie grać na gitarze?
2. Moglibyście kupić więcej chleba.
3. On musi iść do pracy. Nie może się spóźnić.
4. Czy wolno mi użyć twojego telefonu?
5. Oni umieli mówić po polsku w dzieciństwie.
6. Czy muszę jutro umyć samochód?
7. Może padać. Weź parasol.
8. Mogliby przyjść wcześniej.
9. Nie wolno mi spać za długo jutro
10. Musisz iść do parku z psem.
Tryb rozkazujący, propozycje, zaproszenia
I Przetłumacz:
1.Pomóżcie Piotrowi.
2. Bądź ostrożny.
3. Pokaż mi swój pokój.
4. Daj mi trochę pieniędzy.
5. Kup mleko i wstaw je do lodówki.
6. Wyłącz lampę i idź spać.
7. Mamo, kup mi zabawkę.
8. Michał, przynieś kawę z kuchni.
II Przetłumacz:
1.Chodźmy do kina jutro.
2. Zatańczmy.
3. Napijmy się herbaty.
4. Porozmawiajmy o tym filmie.
5. Pobawmy się w ogrodzie.
6. Chodźmy spać.
7. Zróbmy to teraz.
8. Popracujmy po obiedzie.
III Do każdego zdania ułóż odpowiednie zdanie według przykładu:
This house is too big for us. (buy) Let’s not buy it.
This house is too big for you. (buy) Don’t buy it.
1.This dress is too long for you. (wear)
2. The coffee is too cold for us. (drink)
3. The film is too dull for us. (watch)
4. the book is too difficult for you. (read)
5. It’s very cold here and you’ve got a cold. (open the window)
6. The apple is not ripe. You will be ill. (eat)
7. The story is not interesting for us. (listen to)
8. The car is too expensive for us. (buy)
IV Przetłumacz:
1.Nie bawmy się z tym kotem.
2. Przeczytaj tę książkę, jest bardzo interesująca.
3. Pomóż Betty.
4. Nie rozmawiajcie o tym człowieku.
5. Nie drażnij psa.
6. Posłuchaj muzyki.
7. Zaczekajcie na nas na lotnisku.
8. Napisz list do Anny.
9. Porozmawiajmy po rosyjsku.
10. Umyj ręce.
11. Kupmy trochę zabawek dla naszych dzieci.
12. Nie leć do Londynu, zostań z nami.
13. Nie chodźmy na basen wieczorem.
V Każde zdanie przerób 4 razy używając różnych form proponowania:
1.Let’s dance.
2. Would you like to go to the cinema?
3. Why don’t we go home?
4. Why don’t you read a book?
5. Maybe we could play chess.
6. Shall we go out to the cinema?
7. Do you feel like going for a walk?
8. Do you fancy playing cards?
Zaimki
I Wstaw odpowiedni zaimek:
1.I’ve got … own room now.
2.To somebody spilling milk: The cat has .. bowl over there.
3.They’ve got … own problems. Don’t give them yours.
4.Everyone has got … own hell, they say.
5.The heart has got … own rules and principles, you see.
6.She keeps all .. money under the pillow, which is not very wise.
7.Have you got … own company now, as you’ve always dreamt you would?
8.We finally received the keys to … own flat.
9.He’s got … paintings on most of the walls n … flat.
10.It’s not my sweater. It may be Alex’s. He keeps … here as well.
II Przetłumacz:
1.Mam komputer w biurze, ale pan Brown m swój w domu.
2.To nie są nasze bilety. Nasze są w niebieskiej kopercie.
3.Jest dużo plakatów w ich pokoju, ale nie ma żadnych w naszym.
4.Czyje są te listy? Czy są jej?
5.Oni mają samochód i my mamy. Ale nasz jest lepszy od ich.
6.Sukienką, którą kupiłam, jest za duża.
7.To jest człowiek, którego pies zakopał kość w moim ogrodzie.
8.Człowiek, którego policja przesłuchiwała, jest moim ojcem.
9.To jest stół, którego nogi wymagają naprawy.
10Dom, o którym ci mówiłam, został już sprzedany.
III Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.That is you r cat. That cat is …
2. These are my postcards. These postcards …
3. That is our villa. That villa …
4. Those are their hats. Those hats …
5. Is this her watch? Is this …
6. Is this his fish? Is this …
7. These aren’t my glasses. These glasses…
8. That is their food. Their food …
9. Is this our ice cream? Is this …
IV Przetłumacz:
1.We often visit (naszych) friends who live in Manchester.
2. English people drink a lot of tea. Is (ich) tea very strong?
3. These are Jenny’s exercise books. They are on (jej) desk.
4. I have got (mój) computer in my office but Mr Jones has (swój) at home.
5. These are not (nasze) tickets. (Nasze) are in the blue envelope.
6. There are a lot of posters in (ich) room, but I have no posters in (mój).
8. She doesn’t want to take (swojej) camera for the trip.
9. Peter and Ivor, where have you got (swoje) bicycles?
10. The Spice Girls are singing (swoją) latest song every time I turn the radio on.
11. The dog buried (swoje) bones somewhere and I cannot find (ich) now.
12. They have got a car and we have got one, but (nasz) car is better than (ich).
13. Do you like (waszych) teachers? We like (naszych).
14. Whose are those letters? Are they (jej)?
15. The bank has (swoje) headquarters in Warsaw.
16. John keeps (swój) car in the garage.
17. They have got plenty of (swoich) worries.
18. We’ve found (swoje) gloves but where are (jej)?
19. I haven’t got (swojego) own bedroom.
20. I don’t know what Rita will do with (swoimi) debts.
III Wstaw odpowiedni zaimek:
1.Helen’r mother is a hairdresser and … father is a ticket collector.
2. Do you like this film? Not really. I think … is boring.
3. This isn’t the Simpsons’ house. … is much bigger.
4. How long have you known the people? I’ve known … for 2 years.
5. What do you do in the evening? I usually take … dog for a walk.
6. Children don’t want to play with Paul. They don’t like … at all.
7. Do you often argue with … parents? Well, they do make … upset.
8. The building looks nice even though … walls are a bit scratched.
9. We repaired his bicycle and he paid … in cash.
10. Simon is still a small child, so … mother is always worried about …
11. Jack must clean his room, but … sister needn’t do the same with …
12. The Maxwells didn’t sell … car, but Alex sold … last week.
13. Ann had problem with … exams. I passed … very well.
14. We own these apartments. They are …
15. Jim and Ann don’t like … biology teacher but I quite like …
16. Is this Mr Watson’s wallet? Yes, it’s … for sure.
17. You say you’ll spent all … money. They say they want to save …
18. This is an old cigar box. … lid is made of bronze.
19. You will sleep in your tent and we’ll spend the night in …
20. I have found my luggage but Sandy cannot find …
IV Uzupełnij zdania używając słów w nawiasie:
1.They want (come + we) as early as we can.
2. John wants (marry + Jane) him.
3. Mike doesn’t want (come + his sister) with us.
4. Paul wants (write + we) a play for his school theatre.
5. Ann wants (understand + they) her.
6. I really want (have + thay) less money and (have + we) more!
7. Would you like (write + they) the letter in English?
8. I’d like (know + you) English better.
9. John would like (let + Patrick) him go.
10. I’d like (fetch + you) me a large pizza.
V Przetłumacz:
1.Mary (chce, żebyśmy byli) quiet.
2. Tom and Jerry (chcieliby, żebyśmy przyszli) to them.
3. Vera chciałaby (żebym miała) more time.
4. Chcą (bym został) the President but I don’t want to!
5. They (chcą jechać) to the mountains and we (chcemy jechać) to the seaside.
6. (Czy chciałbyś, żeby Tom) put up our tent?
7. Where (chcą, żebyście pojechali) on holidays?
8. We (nie chcemy kupować) a new car but our children (chciałyby, byśmy kupili) one.
9.(Chcę, żebyś dał) me this notebook. It isn’t (twój).
10. Czy chciałbyś przyłączyć się do nas?
11. Look at (ich samochód). (jego) windscreen is broken.
12. We don’t have (naszego własnego) bedroom. We have to share (go z nimi).
13. He (chciałby, żebyśmy zaczekali) for (niego).
14. Is this mobile phone (jej)? Her brother took (swój) home.
15. The canary’s cage is dirty. I don’t want to clean (jego) cage. I (chciałbym, żeby moja mama to zrobiła).
16. The children are very tired. Take (je) home. I (chcę, żeby poszły) to bed early.
17. A cousin of (nasz) brought (nam) some toys. He (chce, żeby nasze dzieci bawiły się) with (nimi).
18. A friend of (jej) lost (swoją) way in the forest. He (chce, żebyś go znalazł) and help (mu).
19. This house is (mój). Look at (jego) roof. (on) is new.
20. (czy chcesz iść) to the theatre? I’d love to but I (nie chcę, by twoja siostra szła) with (name).
21. Why are you thinking about (tym) all the time? (chcę, żebyś przestał). It won’t change anything.
22. What (chcieliby, żebyśmy przywieźli) with (sobą) from Italy?
23. Whose umbrella is it? I guess it’s (jego). I’ve got (mój) with (sobą).
24. Give the cat (jego) food. It’s hungry.
25. English people drink a lot of tea. Is (ich) tea very strong?
26. He (chciałby, żebyśmy zaczekali) for (niego).
27. I have got (mój) computer in my office but Mr Jones has (swój) at home.
28. Children don’t want to play with Paul. They don’t like … at all.
29. Whose are those letters? Are they (jej)?
30. (Jego dzieci) left abroad and he often thinks (o nich).
31. (Czy chciałbyś) join (nas)?
32. The bank has (swoje) main office in Warsaw.
33. (Chcę, żebyś dał) me this notebook. It isn’t (twój).
34. Is this Mr Watson’s wallet? Yes, it’s … for sure.
35. You say you’ll spent all … money. They say they want to save …
36. Czy chciałbyś nam pomóc? / Czy chciałbyś, żeby oni nam pomogli?
VI Przetłumacz:
1.Chcę, żebyście mnie dobrze zrozumieli. / Chcę cię dobrze zrozumieć.
2. Nauczyciel chce, żebyśmy się dobrze uczyli.
3. Mój brat chciałby, żebym wyprowadziła psa. / Mój brat chciałby wyprowadzić psa.
4. Czy chciałbyś nam pomóc? / Czy chciałbyś, żeby oni nam pomogli?
5. Nich chciałbym pożyczać im samochodu. / Nie chciałbym, żeby oni pożyczali nasz samochód.
6. Czy on chce, aby jego żona znalazła sobie pracę? / Czy on chce znaleźć pracę?
7. Nie chcemy, byście chodzili po deszczu.
8. Nie chciałbym, żeby to się stało.
9. Jeden z naszych przyjaciół (użyj: ‘a’) dał nam swój nowy numer telefonu.
10. Te buty nie są twoje. One należą do mnie!
11. Czy on ma swój własny pokój? Nie, dzieli go z jednym ze swoich braci (użyj: ‘brother’)
12. Nasi rodzice pozwolili nam przeczytać swoje listy miłosne.
13. Jej dzieci wyjechały za granicę i ona często o nich myśli.
14. Dlaczego oni nas szukają? Bo mamy plecak, który jest ich.
15. Znalazłem psa i wziąłem go do weterynarza. Jego noga jest złamana i weterynarz włożył ją w gips. (in plaster)
16. Czyż ta książka nie jest twoja? Tak, zupełnie o niej zapomniałem.
Present Simple / Continuous
I Wybierz odpowiedni czasownik:
1.My grandmother often (is coming/comes/come) to us on Sunday.
11. We (rest/have resting/aren’t resting) in the living room now.
2. George (help/is helping/does not help) mother in the kitchen now.
12. She always (come/comes/is coming late to school.
3. Andrew’s brother (lives/is living/do not live) in a big house.
13. My father (reads not/isn’t reading/doesn’t read) a book now.
4. They (don’t make/aren’t making/making) cakes now.
14. (Are/Does/Do) they often dance together?
5. A small dog (stands/is standing/stand) in the middle of the picture. 15.You (aren’t having/hasn’t/have not) got any pictures in your room.
6. (Eat you/Do you eat/Are you eating) at the moment?
16. Our mother (isn’t watching/watches/doesn’t watch) TV now
7. This man (is not playing/does not play/plays) with his child now.
17. (Is/Are/Does) his brother knocking at the door?
8. Judy often (is talking/talks/don’t talk) with her neighbours.
18. What (he does/does he do/is he doing) on Saturdays?
9. Frank (have/is having/has) some fruit on his plate.
19. I read books when I (am having/am/have) got time.
10. Do your parents often (visiting/visits/visit) Warsaw?
20. When (do/are/have) they usually eat lunch?
II Napisz czasownik w Present Simple lub Present Continuous.
1.In our school there (be) some new computers.
2. Cindy’s boyfriend (live) in Texas.
3. We often (meet) together in the club.
4. Dr Green (help) people when they are not well.
5. My brother (listen) to some music in his room now.
6. This book (be) not more interesting than that one.
7. Our father usually (work) at weekends.
8. The boys (not, play) basketball now.
9. There (be) some very old pictures in the museum.
10. We normally (not sleep) long.
III Zapytaj o podkreśloną część zdania:
1.Robert’s sister has got 5 cats at home.
2. In the wardrobe there are only two jackets.
3. My younger sister is drawing something on paper.
4. They often go to the cinema on Saturdays.
5. Cindy visits her friends in New York when she has time.
6. The workers are repairing something in the street.
7. Tom’s mother is the nicest teacher in our school.
8. Our neighbours often write letters to their friends.
9. Mary’s mother is very well.
10. Monica’s father is painting the living room.
IV Przetłumacz na j. angielski:
1.Czy oni mają jakieś prezenty dla nas?
2. Ci ludzie nie są z naszego miasta.
3. Przynieś mi kilka gazet z pokoju.
4. Jak się ma dzisiaj pan Green?
5. Chcesz kilka kanapek?
6. Ojciec Dicka jest w garażu. Naprawia samochód.
7. Czy listonosz często przychodzi do waszego domu?
8. John zwykle chodzi spać później niż jego brat.
9. Co Frank teraz robi? Maluje obraz w swoim pokoju.
10. W lodówce nie ma żadnych pomarańczy.
V Wybierz właściwy czasownik:
1.What kind of film (are you like / do you like / you like)?
2. How many children (have they got / do they have got / they have)?
3. Susan (isn’t playing / don’t play / doesn’t play) the guitar.
4. ‘Where (you going / do you go / are you going )?’ ‘To the dentist.’
5. I (don’t have / am not having / has) a job at present.
VI Wstaw czasownik w Present Simple lub Present Continuous:
1.He (wait) for a bus right now.
2. She often (drive) to work but at the moment she (go) by bus.
3. Peter (have) a lot of money in the bank. He (be) very rich.
4. We (go) to Italy next week.
5. They never (drink) coffee after 6 pm.
VII Wstaw: now, usually, rarely, times, never, twice, often, always, every, sometimes
1. How ………………………… do you play tennis?
2. I try to go on holidays at least three ………………………… a year.
3. I don’t ………………………… talk to strangers, but what’s your problem?
4. I go swimming very ………………………… because I don’t have enough time.
5. I get up at six o’clock ………………………… day.
6. ………………………… I visit my parents on my way home, I do it every ………………………… and then.
7. She ………………………… helps me whatever I ask her for.
8. I visit my dentist ………………………… a year.
9. She ………………………… comes on time. That’s very irritating.
VIII Wstaw: where, when, why, who, how often, what, how, how long
1. ……………… do you spend your free time?
I love riding a bike.
2. ……………… do the lessons last?
Three hour and a half.
3. ……………… wants to start?
4. ……………… does she live? She lives in Warsaw.
5. ……………… I finish my school, I want to be a teacher.
6. ……………… is she so sad? I don’t know. She doesn’t say a word to anyone.
7. ……………… is your problem?
8. ……………… do you want to play bridge? I don’t know, maybe once a week.
Past Simple / Past Continuous:
I Uzupełnij pytania w Past Simple:
1. You didn’t come to school last week.
……………………………. ill?
2. This souvenir is beautiful.
…………………………… it on holiday in Egypt>
3. A: I saw a film last night.
B: …………………………… it?
A: Yes, it was quite good.
4. A: I visited my friend in Berlin last week.
B: …………………………… there by car?
5. A: It was Sandra’s first flight.
B: Oh dear. …………………………… scared?
A: No, I went by train.
II Ułóż pytania odnoszące się do podkreślonych informacji:
1. ……………………………? He went home early because he was tired.
2. ……………………………? I bought this bike two years ago.
3. ……………………………? Henry bought his daughter a doll.
4. ……………………………? We met them at the marketplace.
5. ……………………………? He lived in France for two years.
6. ……………………………? She left the house at 6 o’clock this morning.
7. ……………………………? I paid $130 for this hi-fi.
8. ……………………………? She asked Steven for help.
9. ……………………………? Mark sent me these flowers.
III Uzupełnij zdania czasownikami z ramki, wstawiając je w odpowiedniej formie czasu Past Continuous:
practise, ride, read, get, lie, look, work, wait
1. I can’t believe I’m back in the office. This time yesterday I …………………………… on a beautiful beach.
2. I met Tom this morning. He …………………………… for a bus.
3. Jeff plays the guitar in a band. They …………………………… before a concert all evening yesterday.
4. It was already after midnight and Mary still wasn’t asleep. She …………………………… a book in bed.
5. A: I called you three times this morning! Were you out?
B: Sorry, I didn’t hear the phone. I …………… in the garden all morning.
6. Helen broke her leg last week she …………………………… very fast and fell off the bike.
7. A: I saw you in the park yesterday. I think you …………………………… for someone or something.
B: Ah yes. My mum asked me
to bring my little brother back home
8. My brother and I had a busy afternoon on Saturday. We …………………………… our bikes ready for a two-week cycling trip.
IV Uzupełnij zdania przeczące w Past Continuous:
1. A: I am terribly sorry I had to call you so late last night.
B: It’s all right. I (not, sleep) anyway.
2. When I came into his room, Adam (not study). He was in bed already.
3. It was a quiet family evening and we (not, wait) for anybody when there was a knock on the door.
4. I have a feeling that you (not, enjoy) yourself at the party. What was the matter?
5. The weather was awful yesterday so I only cleaned the garden a little while it (not, rain).
V Zastąp podkreślone fragmenty wyrażeniami z ramki w Past Continuous, tak aby zachować znaczenie zdania wyjściowego.
spend their holiday, go by train, take his driving exam, have lunch, play tennis
1. I talked to him over lunch. I talked to him while we ……………………………
2. I met an interesting girl on the train to London. While I …………………………… to London, I met an interesting girl.
3. She hurt her knee in a game of tennis last week. She …………………………… last week when she hurt her knee.
4. They met an old friend on holiday in Greece. They met an old friend while they …………………………… in Greece.
5. He was terribly nervous during the driving test. He was terribly nervous while he ……………………………
VI Uzupełnij zdania czasownikami w Past Simple lub Past Continuous:
1. While we (not, look), the cat (jump) on the table and (steal) one of the fish sticks.
2. It was past midnight and everyone (sleep) when the bell (ring). It was Diana. She (not have) the key and (wait) outside for someone to
open the door.
3. Teddy (drive) back home when he (see) a police car. Two policemen (stand) beside it. They (give) him a signal to stop the car.
4. I (see) you this morning. You (talk) to Joan and you (not look) too happy. (you, have) an argument or something?
5. Jeff (read) a book in bed when he (hear) some voices outside. He (look) out of the window) and (see) a group of young people who (stand)
in front of the building. They (make) a lot of noise.
VII Używając podanych wyrazów ułóż zdania złożone w Past Simple i Past Continuous:
1. while / I / leave / the house / his morning / the postman / bring me / a telegram
2. they / walk / in the park / when / it / start / rain
3. as / she / walk / towards / the front door / she / hear / some voices / inside / her house
4. they / sit / in the pub / when / a fight / start
5. she / find / an old painting / while / she / clean / the attic
6. he / ride / his bike / very fast / when / he / crash / into / a tree
VIII Przetlumacz fragmenty zdań.
1. I (spotkałem) Christine a few days ago when I (jechałem) to Cracow by train.
2. While we (czekaliśmy) at the bus stop, Mark (poszedł) to buy a newspaper.
3. When we (zobaczyliśmy the accident, we (zatrzymaliśmy się) at once and one of us (zadzwonił) for an ambulance.
4. It was already 1 am but Paul (nie spał). He (próbował) to finish his English composition.
5. It was horrible. All of them (patrzyli) at me and I (nie wiedziałem) what to say.
6. We (usłyszeliśmy) a woman shouting ‘Stop the thief!’ and we (zobaczyliśmy) a young man who (biegł) down the street with her handbag.
IX Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple lub Past Continuous:
1. We (watch) a comedy on TV when my friend (phone).
2. When I (hear) the news I (start) to cry.
3. I (run) down the hill and (think) about work when I suddenly (stop).
4. When (you, go) on your first date?
5. Who (you, talk) to when I arrived?
6. I suddenly (realize) that I (walk) in the wrong direction.
7. When she (look) for her credit card, she (find) an old school photograph.
8. I (stop) the car because the light (be) red.
9. He (lose) his documents when he (run) away.
10. She (live) there at the moment of catastrophe.
11. I (have) breakfast at eight.
12. I (have) breakfast when they (come).
13. I (go) to my children’s room to check what they (do). Inga (climb) up her bunk bed and Dora (tear) apart my passport.
X Wstaw czasowniki w Past Simple, lub Past Continuous.
1. “There was a power cut last night.”
“I know. I (do) ……………………………some paperwork when the lights went out.
2. It (rain) ……………………………while they (play) …………………………… the football match.
3. Liz (go) ……………………………to the Bahamas on holidays last summer.
4. “What (you, buy) ……………………………your mother for Christmas?”
“I (get) ……………………………her a new
blouse.”
XI Wstaw czas Past Simple lub Past Continuous:
1. They (drink) ………………………… wine every day when they (be) ………………………… in France.
2. She (drive) ………………………… very fast when the accident (happen) …………………………
3. We (have) ………………………… dinner when we (arrive) …………………………
4. They (have) ………………………… dinner when we (arrive) …………………………
5. She (correct) ………………………… her students’ essays all day yesterday.
6. It (begin) ………………………… to rain when we (start) …………………………
7. While we (listen) ………………………… to the concert, somebody (knock) ………………………… at the door.
8. My son (hurt) ………………………… his knee badly when he (ride) ………………………… his bicycle yesterday.
9. While the scientist (work) ………………………… in his lab, a friend (come) ………………………… to see him.
10. At half past 9 she (still, do) ………………………… her homework.
Wyrażanie przyszłości
I Napisz zdania używając słowa w nawiasie i wyrażenia ‘be going to’:
1. The plane is on fire and is going down very fast. (crash)
2. You haven’t done any work for the exam you have tomorrow. (fail)
3. This little boy loves animals and he often helps them. (become a vet)
4. The water is carrying a tray full of empty glasses. They are shaking. (drop)
5. Nancy has forgotten her umbrella and it’s starting to rain. (get wet)
II Wstaw czasownik w odpowiednim czasie wyrażającym przyszłość:
1. I (feed) your dog when you are away, I promise.
2. Look out! You (trip) over that cable!
3. When (the play, start)?
4. I (have) my hair cut tomorrow morning.
5. (you, tell) Jane to turn this awful music off?
6. Perhaps we (manage) to get there in time.
7. ‘Mary is in hospital.’
‘I’m sorry to hear that. I (visit) her tomorrow.’
8. ‘What are you carrying these things for?’
‘I (pen) the shed and take my bicycle out.’
9. It (rain). Look at these clouds.
10. I’m sure you (like) my boyfriend.
11. Oh no! I forgot my keys! I (have to) wait for my mum.
12. I (see) my doctor this afternoon.
13. ‘(you, go) shopping today?’
‘Yes, do you want me to buy anything?’
14. She (probably, disagree) with you.
15. I’m sure you (pass) your exam.
16. I’ve hired a few workers. I (have) my house done.
17. It (get) dark. Let’s go home.
18. Write the name on the paper or I (forget) soon.
19. You can’t borrow Peter’s car tomorrow. He (drive) us to our grandparents in Salisbury.
20. ‘These bags are too heavy for me to carry.’
‘Don’t worry I (help) you.’
III Na podstawie podanych sytuacji uzupełnij zdania w czasie Future Simple, używając wyrażeń I’ll lub I won’t oraz czasowników z ramki:
call, see, smoke, stay, stop, take
1. I’m too tired to go out tonight so …………………………… at home instead.
2. This jumper does not fit me very well. …………………………… it, I’m afraid. Thank you.
3. I’ve put on weight recently so …………………………… eating sweets for a while.
4. I’ve got a terrible cough. …………………………… any more!
5. I think we’re all getting a bit hungry. …………………………… for a pizza.
6. Sue, I’m sorry but …………………………… you this evening. I need to finish a report.
IV Uzupełnij pytania, używając formy Will you… + czasownik dla wyrażenia próśb:
1. It’s quite cold in here. …………………………… the window, please?
2. I’m not quite ready yet. …………………………… a moment, please?
3. We’re having guests tonight and I need a couple of things. …………………………… to the shops, please?
4. I have to carry these boxes outside. …………………………… the door, please?
5. Dan, I don’t quite understand the last Maths lesson. …………………………… me with my homework, please?
V Uzupełnij zdania w Future Simple, tak by wyrazić pewność dotyczącą przyszłych zdarzeń:
1. A: I’m looping for George. Have you seen him? B: He’s not here but you (find) him in the conference room.
2. A: Are you sure I can come to the party with you? B: Oh, I’m sure Tom (be) very glad to meet you.
3. My Chemistry teacher wants my parents to come to school and talk to her. B: Oh, does she? They (not be) happy to hear that.
VI Zaznacz poprawne formy czasowników:
1. We should go back home now. It (is raining / is going to rain) soon.
2. I haven’t got any plans for tomorrow afternoon. Maybe (I am going to watch / will watch) TV for a while.
3. Sorry, but I can’t meet you on Saturday. I (am going / will go) fishing with Daniel.
4. A: She’s still angry about that joke, you know.
B: Oh, all right. I (am going to apologise / will apologise) to her.
5. Steve, could you go to the shop and get some vegetables? I (am going to make / will make) a salad for supper.
6. Why don’t you ask Brenda? I think she (is going to help / will help) you.
7. Just look at my new school timetable! I (am having / am going to have) a horrible year.
8. These bags look heavy here, I (am going to take / will take) one of them.
9. Can you collect us from the airport, please? We (are arriving/ will arrive) at about six pm tomorrow.
10. I still use my old bike but soon I (am buying / am going to buy) a new bike.
VII Uzupełnij zdania używając wyrażenia be going to oraz zwrotów z ramki:
listen to your chest, start studying, do some clearing, not buy a new car, not sell the painting, tell my dad
1. Mark, you are taking your final exam next Monday so when ……………you……………… for it?
2. Gosh! I’ve scratched the car. What …………I…………………? He’ll never let me take it again.
3. That cough sounds awful. Right. Could you take your shirt off, please? I ……………………………
4. We’ve offered her a lot of money, but she says she ……………………………
5. I’m sorry about this mess, but I’ve been very busy this week. I …………………………… this weekend.
6. Our car is very old but we …………………………… this year.
VIII Uzupełnij zdania, wstawiając czasowniki w Present Continuous, Future Simple lub ‘be going to’:
1. Danny, could you lend me some money, please? I (buy) a present for Sarah. I (pay) you back next week, I promise.
2. Sandra and Jack (come) this evening, so if you cold tidy the living room a bit and I (start) cooking.
3. I’m afraid we (have) to cancel our trip tomorrow. I’ve just seen the weather forecast and they say it (rain) heavily all day.
4. A: We’ve bought a holiday in Egypt. We (go) there at the beginning of July. B: Great! I’m sure you (have) a fantastic time.
5. You’re so pale! I just hope you (not, faint) in a moment. I (get) you some water.
6. A: Have you bought flowers for Edwina yet? B: Not yet but I (buy) them in the afternoon. Look, they are on my shopping list.
7. A: It’s a very busy restaurant. Have you booked a table? B: No, but I think we (get) a table easily. It’s still early in the evening.
8. A: Have you made plans for the winter holiday?
B: Of course I have. I (go) skiing in the Alps for 12 days. Great, isn’t it?
IX Ułóż pytania do podkreślonych informacji:
1. ……………………………? They are coming next week.
2. ……………………………? They are going to London tomorrow.
3. ……………………………? She’s going to study medicine.
4. ……………………………? The test will take 2 hours.
5. ……………………………? They are going to get there by train.
6. ……………………………? I will ask Peter to help us.
7. ……………………………? This weekend I’m going to the mountains.
Czasy, pytania
I Wstaw odpowiedni zaimek pytający:
1…………… was the party?
It was great.
2. …………… you got any brothers?
Yes, two.
3. …………… did you leave early?
I didn’t feel well.
4. …………… are your brothers like?
They’re quite funny.
II Ułóż słowa w zdania, a potem dopasuj odpowiedzi:
1.do, go, cinema, how, you, to, often, the?
2. you, did, start, when, learning, English?
3. a, do, live, city, in?
4. at, last, home, you, night, were?
5. your, Poland, teacher, from, does, come?
6. listening, you, like, to, music, do?
7. is, your, best, name, friend’s, what?
8. old, how, is, your, phone, mobile?
5. …………… does your boyfriend look like?
He’s tall and thin.
6. …………… Jim at school yesterday?
I didn’t see him.
7. …………… did you arrive?
At 6 o’clock.
a/ Yes. I love it.
b/ About once a month.
c/ It’s six months old.
d/ Yes. She’s from Warsaw.
e/ It’s fine, thanks.
f/ It’s Lily
g/ About six years ago.
h/ Yes, I do.
III Wstaw odpowiednie pytanie:
Ana: (how, new, school)?
Maya: It’s great, thanks.
Ana: (you, new friends)?
Maya: Yes, I have. Everybody’s really friendly.
Ana: (when, exams)?
Maya: They’re in July. I’m not too worried about them.
Ana: (English teacher, like)?
Maya: She’s really nice.
Ben: Hello, I’m Ben. (what, name)?
Tom: Hi. I’m Tom.
Ben: (you, American)?
Tom: No, I’m Canadian.
Ben: (why, London)?
Tom: I’m doing an art course.
Ben: (live, a flat)?
Tom: Yeah, I’m sharing with some other students.
IV Napisz pytania do odpowiedzi:
1. ……………?
I go swimming twice a week.
2. ……………?
My parents are from Poland.
3. ……………?
Yes, I do. I like listening to music very much.
4. ……………?
5. …………… ?
6. ……………?
My brother? He’s 15.
We’re going to Italy next summer.
My teacher? She’s got dark hair.
V Przetłumacz:
1.Look at those 2 boys! (Czy oni są) your friends?
2. (Miałeś) an exam yeasterday?
3. (Jak często wchodzisz) on social networking sites?
4. (Jak ci minęły) your holiday?
5. (Czy lubisz) sport?
6. (Dlaczego się spóźniłeś in th morning?
VI Ułóż pytania pośrednie:
1.what, the, time, starts, you, me, tell, could, film?
2. to, do, if, train, goes, know, Oxford, you, this?
3. you, could, where, tell, me, is, the, bank, nearest?
4. do, today, whether, shop, know, this, opens, you?
5. you, know, cinema, is, the, where, do?
6. me, the, what, could, time, you, tell, is?
VII Zamień na pytania pośrednie:
1.Where is Jack?
Do you know……………
2. What time does the shop close?
Could you tell me ……………
3. Does this train stop in London?
I wonder ……………
VIII Przetłumacz na j. angielski:
1.Do you know (gdzie jest park)?
2. Could you tell me (o której godzinie odjeżdża pociąg)?
3. I wonder if you could tell me (gdzie wysiąść z) the bus?
4. How do you get to King Street? Do you know ……………
5. Is the post office open? Could you tell me ……………
4. Do you know (czy w tym sklepie sprzedaje się) mobile phones?
5. Could you tell me (ile kosztuje ta koszulka)?
6. Do you know (czy ten autobus jeździ) to the city centre?
IX Ułóż pytania w Present Simple lub Present Continuous:
1.how often / you / play sport?
4. your friends / study / now?
2. what / you / do / at the moment?
5. what time / you / get up?
3. you and your friends / like / watching films?
6. your family / eat / together / at the weekend?
X Wstaw czasownik w Present Simple lub Present Continuous:
1.The students (celebrate) …………… because it’s the end of their exams.
2. I usually (meet) …………… my friends on Saturday afternoons.
3. We often (eat) …………… in restaurants at the weekend.
4. The boys (not, work) …………… now because the teacher isn’t in the room.
XI Wstaw czasownik w Present Simple lub Present Continuous:
Hi Max,
5. Ellie (not, play) …………… much sport.
6. My parents (shop) …………… in town at the moment.
7. I (learn) …………… English right now.
8. We (have) …………… a vocabulary test every week.
I’m in America now. I 1) (visit) …………… my aunt, uncle and my younger cousin, Lucy. 2) (you, do) anything for Halloween? Everybody
here is crazy about Halloween. They 3) (celebrate) …………… it as much as they do Christmas, 4th July and Thanksgiving. Fancy dress
parties 4) (be) a huge part of the celebration. Right now Lucy 5) (run) …………… about the house in a witch’s outfit and 6) (wear)
…………… a sheet because I’m a ghost! My uncle, aunt and mum have dressed up too but my dad 7) (not, want) …………… to. He says
it’s stupid! Anyway, I’d better go. Lucy has just come into the room she 8) (shout) …………… at me to hurry up because she wants me to
go out trick and treating! What about you? What (you, do) …………… at the moment? I hope you 10) (not, work) …………… too hard.
See you soon, Harry.
XII Wstaw: how, how many/much/long/far, what, when, where, which, who, whose, why:
1.…………… size is this?
9. …………… good is your English?
2. …………… did you think of the exam?
10. …………… well do you speak English?
3. …………… bag is this?
11. …………… long have you lived here?
4. …………… is your coat – the black on or the brown one?
12. …………… is this book?
5. ……………’s that man?
13. …………… pens have you got in your bag?
6. ……………’s your birthday?
14. …………… is the journey?
7. …………… did you arrive so late yesterday?
15. …………… is your house?
8. ……………’s your school?
XIII Uzupełnij pytania:
Interviewer: 1) …………… did you first become interested in music?
Zane: I guess I’ve always loved music. I loved it when I was a child.
I: 2) …………… musical instruments did you play?
Z: I played the electric guitar and the piano.
I: 3) …………… were you when you started playing with a band?
Z: I was 15. It was a really exciting time.
I: 4) …………… are the members of your current band like?
Z: They’re great. We have a lot of fun.
I: 5) …………… do you get on with best?
Z: Probably Max, the lead guitarist. We’re quite similar people.
I: 6) …………… do you think the band will be together?
Z: Forever, I hope!
XIV Przetłumacz na j. angielski:
1.(Jaki / Który) is your favourite subject?
2. (Ile) subject do you do altogether?
3. (Jak daleko) is your school from your home?
4. (Kiedy) did you start learning English?
5. (O której godzinie) is your first lesson in the morning?
6. (W czyim) home do you meet at most: yours or your best friend’s?
7. (Skąd) is your teacher from?
8. (Jak długi) is your school day?
XV Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
1.A: What time (do you meet / are you meeting) Sara?
B: I’m not sure. I think I (am going to / ‘ll) phone her in a minute to find out.
2. A: What are you (doing / going to do) when you leave school?
B: That’s easy! I (‘m working / ‘m going to work) with animals.
3. A: Jack is really good at maths. He (‘s doing / ‘s going to do) so well in the exam.
B: I know. I bet he (‘s getting / ‘ll get) 100%.
4. A: We (‘re going to go/ will go) to the cinema this evening. Do you want to come? B: Yes, OK. I (‘m going to / ‘ll) meet you there.
5. A: I’m so bored! I (‘m not going / won’t do) anything today.
B: I (‘ll go / ‘m going to) Jamie’s house this afternoon. Why don’t you come?
6. A: Ana is so successful at everything. I’m sure she (‘ll be / ‘s going to be) rich and famous one day.
B: Ana? She (won’t be / isn’t being) rich. She’s too generous. She (‘s giving / ‘ll give) all her money away!
XVI Wstaw: be going to, will lub Present Continuous:
1.I’m sure Louie (become) …………… a lawyer! He never stops talking!
2. Mary’s studying medicine but she doesn’t think she (finish) …………… the course. It’s really hard.
3. The weather’s terrible. The match (be) …………… cancelled.
4. I don’t think I (have) …………… a party for my birthday this year, but I’m not sure.
5. I’m hungry! I think I (make) …………… a sandwich.
6. He (not, go) …………… on holiday this year. I haven’t got any money.
7. He (not, pass) …………… his driving test. He’s a terrible driver!
8. We (have) …………… lunch at one o’clock. Don’t be late!
XVII Wybierz właściwą odpowiedź:
Hi Alice,
Hope you’re OK. I just wanted to tell you about my plans today. I 1) (‘m going to go / ‘ll go)) into town a bit later because I need to find a
present for my sister’s birthday. after that I 2) (‘ll meet / ‘m meeting) Liz and Sal outside our school café. We 3) (are going to / ‘ll) have
something to eat then we 4) (am probably going to / ‘ll probably go) to the cinema. So, do you fancy coming? I’m about to go out, so send
me a text. I 5) (‘m checking / ‘ll check) my phone when I get on the bus.
See you later, Lottie.
XVIII Przetłumacz na j. angielski:
1.(On nie będzie) a businessman. He’s terrible at maths.
2. (Spotykamy się) outside the sports centre at 3 o’clock.
3. A: (Gram w) football in the park this afternoon.
B: Are you? Well, (nie ójdę) with you. It’s too cold.
4. I think (że pójdę do domu) in a minute. It’s getting late.
5. (Idziesz) to Joe’s party next week? I can’t decide.
6. What time (jadasz) dinner? (Zadzwonię) you after that.
XIX Wstaw was /were +not:
1.We …………… at school today because it was a national holiday.
2. The girls …………… in town yesterday. They needed to buy some clothes.
3. Our teacher …………… well today so she went home.
4. I …………… in the library for three hours this afternoon.
5. James …………… ashamed because he did badly in his exam.
6. You …………… happy yesterday. Did something good happen?
7. My parents …………… back from town, so I made lunch for myself.
8. It …………… sunny, so we stayed in the flat.
XX Wstaw odpowiedni czasownik w Past Simple:
1.My brother …………… me a lovely necklace for my last birthday.
2. I …………… a pair of shoes and a bag in the sales yesterday. I …………… too much money.
3. I …………… in town on Saturday. It was so hot and crowded.
4. We …………… to go shopping but then we changed our minds and …………… to the cinema instead.
5. I …………… for my exams until I felt too tired. Then I went shopping.
6. I …………… Jake in the music shop. It was really nice to see him.
XXI Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple:
Ana: How 1) (be) …………… your shopping trip in London? 2) (you, go) …………… to Oxford Street with your sister?
Gemma: No, we 3) (go) …………… to Camden Market.
A: Ah yeah. I 4) (buy) …………… some shoes there once. They 5) (be) ……………really nice.
G: Hmm. Well, we 6) (not, buy) …………… any clothes or shoes, but we 7) (spend) …………… a lot of money on music and food!
A: What 8) (you, eat) ……………?
G: I 9) (have) …………… noodles first. But I 10) (not, like) …………… them, so my sister 11) (eat) …………… them. Then I 12) (find)
…………… a stall selling Jamaican food. It 13) (be) …………… delicious.
XXII Ułóż pytania w Past Simple:
1.where, be, you, yesterday afternoon?
2. you, go into town, last weekend?
3. how, you, get, to school, this morning?
4. who, you, see, on your way to school?
5. what, you, do, last night?
6. your friends, call you, last night?
XXIII Wstaw czasowniki w Present Perfect: not ride, start, buy, not be, see, not do:
1.Hurry up! The exam ……………
4. …………… you …………… Josh today? I can’t find him anywhere!
2. I …………… an elephant before but I once travelled on a camel.
5. They …………… their homework, so they can’t go out.
3. I …………… to the opera before but I often go to the theatre.
6. …………… you …………… a new dress for the party?
XXIV Ułóż zdania w Present Perfect:
1.The artist / finish a new painting (just)
2. your sister / go to art college (yet)
3. I / eat / my lunch (already)
4. we / not see / the exhibition (yet)
5. the children / open / their presents (already)
6. The students / finish / their exam (just)
XXV Wstaw czasownik w Present Perfect, Past Simple lub Present Simple:
Hi Tess,
We 1) (arrive) in Sydney last night and we 2) (already, explore) …………… the city. We 3) (get up) …………… early this morning, 4)
(have) …………… breakfast in the hotel and disappeared into the streets. The weather 5) (be) …………… lovely at the moment and the city
6) (look) …………… really beautiful. I 7) (love) …………… the harbor and especially the Opera House. 8) (you, ever, see) ……………
pictures of it? It looks really amazing. Tomorrow we’re going to the Opera House because my parents 9) (want) ………………………… to
go to a concert there. I 10) (never, hear) …………… classical concert before, so it should be interesting!.
Love, Olivia
XXVI Sparafrazuj zdania:
1.The concert is about to start. The concert …………… yet.
2. I last acted in a play 6 years ago. I …………… in a play for 6 years.
3. It’s ages since I last was at the cinema. I …………… to the cinema for ages.
4. The film’s already finished. The film …………… a while ago.
5. He didn’t go to the museum yesterday. The …………… to the museum yet.
6. He’s just got home. He …………… a few minutes ago.
XXVII Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple lub Present Perfect:
Josh: How long 1) (you, be) …………… interested in photography?
Max: Well, I 2) (always, be) …………… interested in photography. My parents 3) (give) …………… me a camera for my 10th birthday. I
4) (take) …………… a lot of photos and discovered I had a talent.
J: How long 5) (you, have) …………… an exhibition at the art gallery?
M: I 6) (have) …………… pictures here for about three months now. I 7) (set up) …………… a website recently too, so you can see my
work there.
J: 8) (you, ever, think) …………… about doing something different?
M: No, I haven’t. I love this job.
XXVIII Ułóż pytania zaczynające się od ‘How long’ I odpowiedz na nie.
1.you, have, the Internet?
I, have, the Internet, ages.
2. your parents, work, in the theatre?
they, work, in the theatre, they were in their twenties.
3. you, want, to be an actor?
I, want, to be an actor, I was a child.
4. Liz and Lucy, be, interested in art?
they, be, interested in art, about 3 years.
5. your uncle, write stories?
he, write stories, he was a young man.
XXIX Wstaw czasowniki w Past Simple lub Past Continuous:
1.I (study) …………… maths when I started to feel ill.
2. While Josh was at the dentist’s, he fell off his chair and (break) …………… his arm.
3. The receptionist (talk) …………… to a patient when a group of injured footballers came in.
4. While I was waiting to see the doctor, I (read) …………… six magazines.
5. When I saw the long queue in the waiting room, I suddenly (feel) …………… much better!
6. As I (run) …………… to school, I tripped and hurt my ankle.
7. We (walk) …………… in the rain when the car splashed us.
8. I (come) …………… out of the house just as he appeared.
XXX Ułóż zdania:
1.text, sent, I, While, waiting, five, was, I, messages
2. an, home, I, when, saw, walking, was, I, accident
3. having, lunch, when, I, mobile, my, was, rang
4. were, football, We, playing, to, began, rain, it, when
5. their, when, arrived, I, They, doing, homework, were
6. was, She, when, came, he, in, talking
7. Henry, home, watching, when, his, was, parents, TV, came
8. down, dad, driving, when, My, the, was, car, broke
XXXI Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple lub Past Cointinuous:
I 1) (cycle) …………… to the park the other day when I saw a boy from my school. He 2) (jog) …………… past me just as I was going into
the park. Unfortunately, as I 3) (look) …………… at him, I cycled into a tree. I 4) (scream) …………… and fell off my bike. While I 5) (lie)
…………… on the ground, the boy came over to me. He 6) (hold) …………… out his hand and helped me up. While he 7) (help)
…………… me, he asked me my name. I told him and then, as we 8) (walk) …………… back together, we 9) (arrange) …………… to
meet the next day. We’ve been together ever since. It 10) (be) …………… a very lucky accident.
XXXII Przetłumacz na j. angielski:
1.The children were playing in the garden when (zaczęło) …………… to rain.
2. Max (uczył się) …………… when he fell asleep.
3. (w chwili, gdy wychodziła z) …………… the house, there was a clap of thunder.
4. While the band was playing, I (zdecydowałem się) …………… to go home.
5. They (czuli pragnienie) ……………, so they bought a drink.
6. I had a headache so I (wziąłem) …………… an aspirin.
7. The students were working hard when the teacher (wszedł) …………… into the room.
8. I (szedłem) …………… to the bus stop when three buses past me.
XXXIII Połącz zdania:
1.I had never seen a crime
2. She decided to go to the police station.
3. By the time the police arrived at the scene,
4. When I got home,
5. After he’d been mugged three times,
a/ I discovered we’d been burgled.
b/ the crime had been committed.
c/ because she had lost her passport.
d/ he decided to learn karate.
e/ until I witnessed the robbery.
XXXIV Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple lub Past Perfect:
1.I missed the bus. By the time I arrived at school, the exam (end) ……………
2. She (not, get up) ……………early because she had gone to bed late the night before.
3. My dad didn’t realize he (go) …………… over the speed limit until a policeman stopped him.
4. My mum was angry because someone (break) …………… our car window.
5. She’d never broken the law until she (steal) …………… that ring.
6. He (see) …………… ‘Inception’ before, so he didn’t go with his friends.
XXXV Wstaw czasownik w Past Simple lub Past Perfect:
Hi Seb,
I 1) (go) …………… to the cinema the other day to see ‘Inception’. Have you seen it? It’s directed by Christopher Nolan and stard Leonardo
di Caprio. I 2) (already, read) …………… a couple of reviews about the film, so I knew it was good. Some of my friends 3) (also, tell)
…………… me about the story. So I was really looking forward to going. Actually, the evening 4) (not, start) …………… that well. When I
got to the cinema, I realized I 5) (leave) …………… my money at home. My friend 6) (buy) …………… my ticket, but then we didn’t have
enough money for popcorn. Also, everybody else 7) (book) …………… their seats before, so we had to sit right at the front! Anyway, the
film is about a thief with a difference. He steals secrets from people’s minds! Overall, I 8) (think) …………… it was a really original film,
though the plot was a bit complicated!
See you soon, Max
Parafrazy i tłumaczenia – czasy
1.It (robi się) dark. Let’s go back to the hostel.
2. Your new dish (pachnie) promising.
3. We found the hotel and afterwards we went sightseeing. After … sightseeing.
4. Why (powiedziałaś mu) about my problems?
5. Who (zaprosił cię) to the party?
6. What (on miał na sobie) when you last saw him?
7. In the 19th century, a noble family lived in this palace. (used) In the 19th century, a noble family …
8. I used to stay at home with a nanny when I was a child. (would) I … when I was a child.
9. I (kiedyś nie mieszkałem) in such a big city.
10. Can you tell me (co się stało)?
11. How long do you travel to work by bus? (take) How long …
12. Do you have any experience of travelling abroad. (ever) Have you …
13. Can you believe it? He (nigdy nie jeździł) a bike.
14. I’m a doctor. I’ve (zawsze interesowało mnie) the human body.
15. This job (nie wymaga) any previous experience.
16. When I was at primary school, I (nie musiałem przynosić) books every day.
17. What (zamierzasz robić) tonight?
18. When did you become the chef of this restaurant? (been) How long … of this restaurant?
19. I’ve never changed a wheel before. (first) It is … a wheel.
20. We last met Tom 2 years ago. (seen) We … two years.
21. How long (znasz) James?
22. I’ve lived in this house (od urodzenia).
23. She’s interested in exploring other cultures. Exploring other cultures …
24. John started limping after an accident. John has …
25. She started studying these birds 10 years ago. (for) She …
26. Jessie has arranged to sail around the world single-handedly.
27. Many species (wymarły od kiedy) you (zacząłeś interesować się ) conservation.
28. He (pracuje od) the morning.
29. It’s the first time I 9widzę) such a strange creature.
30. Jake has never eaten a more sophisticated dish. It’s the most …
31. How long ago did she start her diet? How long has …
32. They ate something in the morning. it is afternoon. They haven’t …
33. When I started using extra virgin oil, my health improved. (as) My health improved as … I started using extra virgin oil.
34. I can see some crumble on the plate. (Czy jadłeś) the fruit tart?
35. John and Mary (pizza od siebie od kilku) years.
36. Why (nie zrobiłeś) scrambled eggs yet?
37. The grant beneficiary submitted the application form. Then he waited to be accepted. After the grant beneficiary …
38. John voted in the elections but he checked all the candidates beforehand. Before …
39. Winston was writing his diary and somebody knocked at his door. While …
40. Shipbuilding was once a major branch of industry in Poland. Shipbuilding …
41. I started working for the company in 2006. (have) I … 2006.
42. There are not as many groundhogs as there were before. (used) There … more groundhogs before.
43. He originally worked in the Belgian Parliament, then he was elected to be the President of the European Council. (would) He …, then he
was elected to be the President of the European Council.
44. The chairman didn’t propose the motion until it was backed by the majority. (before) The chairman waited … he proposed it.
45. There (kiedyś nie było tak wielu) Eurosceptics as there are now.
46. Before he (wypełnił formularz), he (rozważył) all the requirements of this program.
47. I have no intention of sharing a flat with a heavy smoker. (to) I am … a flat with a heavy smoker.
48. He is a good basketball player. He plays …
Infinitive / Participle
I Choose the correct answer:
1.Did you enjoy the horror?
No, it was very (frightened/frightening).
2. Mark is always biting his nails.
Yes, I know. It’s an extremely (annoyed/annoying) habit.
3. Why doesn’t John study French?
He is not (interested / interesting) in learning a foreign language.
4. What did you think of the new restaurant?
It was awful. The food was (disgusted / disgusting).
5. Miss Shaw is a wonderful teacher.
Yes, she’s always (encouraged / encouraging) in her attitude towards the students.
6. Do you like windsurfing?
Yes, I find it very (excited / exciting).
7. Vicky is good at art, isn’t she?
Yes, I was (impressed / impressing) by her painting.
8. Did you see the fireworks last night?
Yes, it was an (amazed / amazing) display.
II Zmodyfikuj zdania używając odpowiedniej formy bezokolicznika:
1.She has lost her job. (seem) She …………..
2. Ann was accepted to work there. (seem) Ann …………..
3. He is working hard. (appear)
4. They have been watching TV all afternoon. (seem)
5. Tom missed the train. (appear)
6. They are moving house. (seem)
7. She found the solution. (claim)
8. It has been raining hard. (appear)
9. She is reading a magazine. (pretend)
10. Sharon tells lies. (tend)
III Napisz czasownik w odpowiedniej formie bezokolicznika:
1.The weather seems (improve). Let’s go out.
2. She appears (work) on her composition for hours.
3. She has decided (accept) my offer.
4. I’m hoping (leave) by then so I won’t be able to come with you.
5. This carpet is filthy; it really needs (clean) soon.
6. The waste from the power station is said (pollute) the atmosphere for months.
7. It will be much too hot (wear) a coat.
8. You must have been thirsty (drink) all that water.
9. He appears (injure) as a result of the fight.
10. You’re not expected (pay) the whole amount today.
11. The report was supposed (finish) two hours ago.
12. It was very cold earlier on today but it seems (warm up) now.
13. He claims (discover) a cure for the common cold.
14. Can I trust you (keep) this a secret?
15. She seems (work) too hard these days.
IV Napisz czasownik w odpowiedniej formie:
1.I suggest (call) the cinema to find out what time the film begins.
2. It’s no use (try) to make excuses. She won’t believe you.
3. She spent a long time (talk) on the telephone so she didn’t finish her chores.
4. I look forward to (see) the artwork in the museum’s latest exhibition.
5. To tell you the truth, I don’t know how (dance).
6. We were happy (hear) that Mary is coming to visit us.
7. Will you let me (read) you some parts to tell me if you like them?
8. We saw him (paint) the fence as we walked past his house.
9. Sandra was the last (perform) at the dance recital.
10. It’s raining. There’s no point in (go) out now.
11. You should (speak) to her when you saw her.
12. He seems (work) hard on a solution to the problem. Don’t interrupt him.
13. He was the first runner (finish) the marathon.
14. We rushed to the station only (arrive) as the train was leaving.
15. When she opened the door she saw someone (try) to steal the car.
V Napisz zdania używając imiesłowów:
1.Because she was tired, Katie went to bed.
2. He was sitting in the garden and he was drinking tea.
3. After Janet had made dinner, she called the children.
4. The boy who is standing by the door is my brother.
5. John cut his hand while he was chopping some wood.
6. Donna had a shower before she went to bed.
7. Because we were late, we took a taxi.
8. Harry opened the window and breathed the fresh air.
9. She was lying on the bed and she was reading a book.
10. Her jewels which were taken by the thieves, were very valuable.
11. Amy had picked up her pen and started to write a letter.
12. The man who is walking towards us is my relative.
13. After the teacher had explained the exercise, he asked the students to do it.
14. Because she had forgotten to take the purse, she had to borrow some money from a colleague.
15. Alison washed the paintbrushes before she painted the living room.
VI Sparafrazuj podkreślone fragmenty na konstrukcje imiesłowowe:
1.She entered the hall and noticed that a great many people had gathered there.
2. After Mary had translated the text, she read it once again.
3. Mary was shocked by her little brother’s behavior and told him to leave the room.
4. I was looking everywhere for I hoped to find the missing documents.
5. As he was accused of lying, she tried to protest.
6. When I tried to solve the problem, I got a headache.
7. The minister arrived at the airport and he was accompanied by a group of officials.
8. As he was angry with us, Henry didn’t come to our party.
9. As I was very tired, I didn’t want to stay any longer.
10. As we knew nothing about the accident, we enjoyed the party.
VII Sparafrazuj zdania używając Perfect Infinitive:
1.Juliet was to become a dentist, she never did because she got allergic to acrylic. Juliet was ………..
2. I wish I had been with Edmund Hillary when he climbed Mount Everest. I’d like…………..
3. I’m so sorry that I treaded on your dog’s paw. I’m sorry……..
4. Gerald wishes he had joined us during our stay in Havana. Gerald would like………………
5. First Lucy was shocked when she learned that there was a rumour of her own death, than she was amazed. After a few days Lucy was
amazed …………
6. I’m so delighted that I’ve been invited to the convention. I’m delighted ………………..
7. Everybody knows that Jake was attacked by a tiger. Jake is ……………\
Inwersja
1.If the weather gets any colder, we’ll turn on the heating. Should ….
2. He had just entered when the telephone rang. No sooner ……
3. He visits us so rarely that I can hardly remember what he looks like. So ……….
4. If you had been there, you would have enjoyed it. Had ……….
5. He spoke to me only after I spoke to him. Only after …………
6. Janet won’t get on a plane under any circumstances. Under …………….
7. I realized who she was only after a few minutes. Only after ………….
8. She didn’t know that her wish would come true. Little …………
9. The scarcely talk to each other. Scarcely …………
10. This restaurant rarely gets so crowded. Rarely …………..
11. If he had left earlier, he would have been on time. Had ………………
12. She was so happy that she decided to celebrate. So …………..
13. If he notices anything, we’ll be in trouble. Should ………….
14. She performed so well that she won an Oscar. So …………………..
15. Thailand is warmer and cheaper than England. Not only …………….
16. If I were you, I would try calling her again. Were …………
17. You must not miss the plane on any account. On …………..
18. She had just left when the boss asked to see her. No sooner …………….
19. You will only understand him if you speak French. Only ……………….
20. If you don’t apologise, he will never forgive you. Should …………….
21. He seldom goes out at the weekends. Seldom ……………
22. You will only find a good job if you are lucky nowadays. Only if ………….
23. He had never before met with such hostility. Never …………..
1. I was robbed and my car was stolen. Not only…
2. We didn’t know much about John’s problems. Little…
3. I was only introduced to Mary after a year. Only after a year…
4. One rarely sees such beautiful girls. Rarely…
5. I seldom speak French. Hardly…
6. Thank you for the wonderful holiday. I haven’t been happier at any other time in my life. Thank you for the wonderful holiday. At no…
7. He cannot be invited here under any circumstances. Under no circumstances…
8. You shouldn’t trust that evil man on any account. On …
9. I will never lend you any money again. Under no…
10. If I were you, I should tell the truth. Were…
11. If you had helped me, I wouldn’t have been arrested. Had …
12. If she were here now, she’d know what to do. Were…
13. If any guests come early, ask them to wait here. Should…
14. If it were true, I still wouldn’t want to go there. Were…
15. Mary hasn’t got a dog. Peter hasn’t got a dog, either. Mary hasn’t got a dog. Neither …
16. I don’t live in London and they don’t either. I don’t live in London and neither…
17. They speak Italian. We also speak Italian. The speak Italian and so…
18. I can’t swim. You can’t swim. I can’t swim. Nor…
19. I seldom told my wife that I loved her. Seldom…
20. The students passed the exams only after weeks of hard work. Only after weeks of hard work…
21. Visitors are not allowed to feed the animals. On no account…
22. I’ve never been so happy. Never…
23. If you meet Mary, give her my love. Should…
24. We mustn’t show in any way how worried we are. In…
25. I I’d gone to the conference, I’d have met John. Had…
26. I had no idea, as I entered my flat, what a surprise was in store for me. Little…
27. He both paints and writes novels. Not only…
28. I caught flu as soon as I had recovered from measles. Hardly…
29. They won’t sent us the results until all the tests have been checked. Not until….
30. As I tuned in to the BBC, it turned out that my radio needed new batteries. No sooner…